TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21 , 2015

Registration No. 333- 206416

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Edge Therapeutics, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
2834
26-4231384
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922
(800) 208-3343
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Brian A. Leuthner
President and Chief Executive Officer
Edge Therapeutics, Inc.
200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922
(800) 208-3343

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

David S. Rosenthal, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1095 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 698-3500
Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Arthur R. McGivern, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
53 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 570-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box. o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Amount to be Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (2)
Amount of Registration Fee (3)
Common Stock, $0.00033 par value per share
 
6,516,667
 
$
16.00
 
$
104,266,672
 
$
12,116
 

(1) Includes 850,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments granted to the underwriters.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(3) $13,363 was previously paid on August 14, 2015.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated September 21 , 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

5,666,667 Shares


Common Stock

We are offering 5,666,667 shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EDGE.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

 
Price to
Public
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)
Proceeds to
Edge Therapeutics
Per share
$
         
 
$
         
 
$
         
 
Total
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 136 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to any of these stockholders, and any of these stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these stockholders as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 850,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about          , 2015.

Leerink Partners
 
Credit Suisse
 
 
 
Guggenheim Securities
JMP S ecurities
 

The date of this prospectus is          , 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Through and including         , 2015 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell shares of our common stock. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Do not assume after the date of this prospectus that the information contained in this prospectus is still correct. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read and carefully consider the following summary together with the entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the matters discussed in the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before deciding to invest in our common stock. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and other sections of this prospectus.

Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Edge , ” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Edge Therapeutics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company that discovers, develops and seeks to commercialize novel, hospital-based therapies capable of transforming treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening conditions. Our initial product candidates target rare, acute life-threatening neurological conditions for which we believe the approved existing therapies are inadequate.

We believe EG-1962, our lead product candidate, can fundamentally improve patient outcomes and transform the management of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage, or aSAH, which is bleeding around the brain due to a ruptured brain aneurysm. A single dose of EG-1962 is designed to deliver high concentrations of nimodipine, the current standard of care, directly to the brain with sustained drug exposure over 21 days. EG-1962 utilizes our proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform, or our Precisa® development platform, a novel delivery mechanism that enables targeted and sustained drug exposure while potentially avoiding the dose-limiting side effects associated with currently available formulations of nimodipine. On May 28, 2015, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, granted us orphan drug designation for EG-1962 for the treatment of patients with aSAH and on September 3, 2015 the European Union (EU) Committee on Orphan Medicinal Products (COMP) issued a positive opinion for orphan drug designation of EG-1962 for treatment of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage.

In April 2015, enrollment was completed in our Phase 1/2 trial of EG-1962 in North America, which we refer to as our NEWTON trial. The NEWTON trial met its primary and secondary endpoints of safety, tolerability, defining the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and pharmacokinetics. The results of the principal exploratory endpoint from the 90-day follow-up available for patients in the NEWTON trial cohorts demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable clinical outcome (a score of 6 – 8 on the extended Glasgow Outcome Scale, or GOSE) versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with the standard of care oral nimodipine. Of the 45 patients treated with EG-1962, 90 days following treatment 27% (12 of 45) of patients across 17 sites achieved the highest clinical outcome score (GOSE = 8, Upper Good Recovery) versus only 6% (1 of 18) patients treated with the standard of care oral nimodipine.

Based on End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, we have determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. Subject to submission and review by the FDA of a final protocol for the planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we expect to initiate the Phase 3 trial in mid-2016. Based on the results of the NEWTON trial, for a condition for which there is a substantial unmet medical need for better treatments, and the use of the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we believe this Phase 3 clinical trial, if successful, could form the basis of a New Drug Application, or NDA, submission to the FDA for EG-1962.

In addition to EG-1962, we are using our Precisa development platform to develop additional product candidates targeting other acute, serious conditions where limited or no current therapies exist. We are developing our second product candidate, EG-1964, as a prophylactic treatment in the management of chronic subdural hematoma, or cSDH, to prevent recurrent bleeding on the surface of the brain. A cSDH is a liquefied hematoma that has accumulated on the surface of the brain in an area referred to as the subdural space and is often caused by minor head trauma. Following neurosurgical intervention to drain the hematoma, bleeding in the

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subdural space typically recurs in up to 30% of patients at which point another costly and risky neurosurgical intervention is required. EG-1964 contains aprotinin, a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor approved to reduce bleeding after cardiac surgery. Aprotinin works by slowing the breakdown of blood clots. By way of a single administration at the time of the initial neurosurgical intervention, we believe EG-1964 will deliver a high concentration of aprotinin directly to the subdural space with sustained drug exposure over 21 to 28 days. If approved, we expect that EG-1964 can become the standard of care as a prophylactic treatment in the management of cSDH to prevent recurrent bleeding. We intend to submit an Investigation New Drug Application, or IND, to the FDA for EG-1964 in 2016 and initiate a Phase 1/2 trial thereafter.

Our Product Candidates

The following table outlines our pipeline of product candidates. 


EG-1962, Our Product Candidate for the Management of Subarachnoid Hemorrhage

Our lead product candidate, EG-1962, a polymer-based microparticle containing nimodipine suspended in a diluent of hyaluronic acid was developed using our Precisa development platform to improve patient outcomes following aSAH. EG-1962 will be administered typically by neurosurgeons or neurointensivists to deliver a single, high and sustained dose of nimodipine directly to the site of the injury in the brain via an existing external ventricular drain, or EVD, while potentially avoiding dose-limiting side effects. As part of the routine course of treatment, we believe approximately 50% of all aSAH patients receive an EVD to monitor pressure and to serve as a pathway to administer drugs. Since current treatment guidelines recommend that all patients receive nimodipine prophylactically after aSAH, we believe that EG-1962, if approved, can become the new standard of care for all patients who receive an EVD after aSAH. In addition, our approach does not materially alter current physician behavior or treatment protocol.

In the United States, approximately 35,000 patients with an average age of 52 are hospitalized in the intensive care unit, or ICU, each year for aSAH, and approximately 75% of these patients die or suffer permanent brain damage within 30 days. This results in overall inpatient charges of more than $5.0 billion per year in the United States. After the ruptured aneurysm is repaired these patients remain at risk for multiple complications that are managed over the course of the patient’s treatment to optimize clinical outcomes. To date, nimodipine administered over a 21-day period either orally every four hours or intravenously, is the only approved drug shown to have efficacy in reducing unfavorable clinical outcomes and neurological deficits after aSAH. EG-1962 delivers high and sustained concentrations of nimodipine directly to the site of injury in the

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

brain in a single administration, while potentially avoiding systemic side effects, primarily hypotension, associated with current formulations of nimodipine, which can exacerbate the complications of aSAH.

If EG-1962 is approved by the FDA as a therapy that can improve clinical outcome over the standard of care, it could result in significant pharmacoeconomic advantages that we believe can drive adoption and help to justify premium pricing.

EG-1962 Clinical Development Program in aSAH

In April 2015, we completed enrollment of the NEWTON trial in North America. The NEWTON trial is a multicenter, randomized, controlled, open label Phase 1/2 clinical trial of EG-1962. The NEWTON trial was designed as a safety, tolerability, MTD and pharmacokinetics trial of EG-1962 compared to oral nimodipine in up to 96 patients with aSAH. Six different dose cohorts (72 patients) have been evaluated at escalating doses of 100 mg, 200 mg, 400 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg and 1200 mg. Twelve patients in each cohort were randomized in a ratio of 3 to 1 to receive either single dose EG-1962 or standard of care oral nimodipine for 21 days. After 90 days we assessed multiple exploratory endpoints, the principal exploratory endpoint of which was patient clinical outcomes; and other exploratory endpoints included delayed cerebral ischemia, or DCI, and use of rescue therapies, all of which we believe are indicative of the potential efficacy of EG-1962. Seventeen medical centers in North America participated in the NEWTON trial.

The results for the NEWTON trial showed that the primary and secondary study endpoints were met and all of the exploratory endpoints favored the EG-1962 group. Safety and tolerability data are reported for all six cohorts, while efficacy results are reported for only five cohorts, as the sixth cohort (1200 mg) was not a tolerable dose. There were no safety concerns identified after administration of EG-1962 that precluded dose escalation. Further, safety data for the trial showed that 0% of patients (0 of 54) experienced EG-1962 related hypotension in the treated group, while 17% of patients (3 of 18) treated with standard of care oral nimodipine experienced hypotension. The MTD was determined to be 800 mg. Clinical outcome results from the 90-day follow-up for patients demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable functional outcome (GOSE score of 6 – 8) versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with oral nimodipine. In September 2015, we commenced enrollment of patients in a single expansion cohort in the Czech Republic and Finland. We expect to announce full trial results and initiate our Phase 3 program in mid- 2016.

Further Development of EG-1962

Since at least 50% of aSAH patients may not require an EVD, market expansion opportunities exist. We intend to explore alternative routes of administration of EG-1962, including intracisternal and lumbar administration to improve outcomes in patients with aSAH who do not receive an EVD, but remain at risk for delayed neurological complications. Intracisternal administration involves placing a single injection of EG-1962 into the basal cisterns of the brain during surgical repair of the aneurysm. Lumbar administration would entail the administration of a single injection of EG-1962 into the cerebral spinal fluid, or CSF, via a catheter in the lumbar region of the back.

If successful, we believe both intracisternal and lumbar administration, together with intraventricular administration, can establish EG-1962 as a prophylactic treatment to improve outcomes in substantially all patients with aSAH.

EG-1964, Our Product Candidate for the Management of Chronic Subdural Hematoma

EG-1964 contains aprotinin, a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, and is being developed using our Precisa development platform for the management of cSDH as a prophylactic measure to prevent recurrent bleeding. EG-1964 will be administered by neurosurgeons in order to deliver a sustained dose of aprotinin over 21 to 28 days directly to the site of the cSDH. Aprotinin was approved by the FDA in 1993 to prevent rebleeding and reduce the need for blood transfusions following cardiac bypass surgery. Our development strategy leverages aprotinin’s established mechanism of action as a clotting agent and its potential impact in the subdural space for targeted delivery in the brain.

Following a review of our non-clinical data and discussions with the FDA, we plan to submit an IND for EG-1964 to the FDA. The IND submission is expected to be made in 2016.

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Precisa Development Platform

Precisa is our proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform that enables us to create therapeutics, such as EG-1962 and EG-1964, and to explore other potential novel therapeutic agents. Precisa allows us to create polymer based therapeutics that we believe are capable of delivering medicines directly to the site of injury to potentially avoid serious systemic side effects often associated with oral or intravenous delivery of drugs and to enable high and sustained drug exposure with only a single dose at the initial time of procedural or surgical intervention.

The key principles of our Precisa development platform are:

Rational design.    Once we have identified an unmet clinical condition and identified several potentially effective therapeutics, we systematically vary physical and chemical properties, such as particle size, surface properties, dose level and release profile in order to engineer multiple types of polymer-based formulations. We optimize a product candidate by programming Precisa to achieve a sustained release rate with effective targeting for the particular administration and organ or tissue target.
Targeted delivery.    We use Precisa to design our product candidates based on specific physical and chemical properties (e.g., size, shape, surface area) that allow for one-time administration at or near the targeted injured organ or tissue.
Controlled and sustained drug exposure.    We program Precisa with a specific blend of polymers in order to obtain the desired release profile of the selected therapeutic. This is accomplished by immersing the specified therapeutic in a matrix of clinically-validated, biodegradable and biocompatible polymers.

While we have initially applied our development approach to acute neurological conditions with EG-1962 and EG-1964, we intend to leverage our Precisa platform beyond these product candidates to address other acute care areas, including neurosurgical oncology, cardiac surgery, general surgery and plastic and reconstructive surgery. We believe our Precisa development platform allows us to advance a new product candidate from concept to preclinical testing in an expedited manner. We plan on initiating formulation and development activities on EG-1963, which uses our Precisa platform to reduce bleeding following surgeries outside the brain. We plan on initiating formulation and development work on EG-1963 in 2016.

Other Discovery Programs

We have entered into a multi-year research and discovery collaboration with St. Michael’s Hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Toronto. The collaboration focuses on discovering new therapeutic approaches to treat various acute neurological conditions, such as intracerebral hemorrhages, brain microbleeds and cavernous malformations resulting from neurovascular instability.

Our Team

We are led by a team of executives and directors with significant experience in drug discovery, development and commercialization. Our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, Brian A. Leuthner, has been responsible for developing, launching and selling products in the hospital market for GlaxoWellcome plc, Johnson & Johnson, ESP Pharma, Inc. and The Medicines Company. Our other co-founder and Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. R. Loch Macdonald, is a world-renowned neurosurgeon and expert in the research and management of acute neurological conditions. Other members of our management team have held senior positions at Alpharma, Inc., Amgen Corporation, Celgene Corporation, ESP Pharma, Inc, Johnson & Johnson, MedPointe, Inc., Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Otsuka Pharmaceuticals, Purdue Pharma L.P and Schering Plough Corporation. In addition, our Chairman, Dr. Sol Barer was Chairman and the former CEO of Celgene, and the Chairman of our Scientific Advisory Board, Dr. Robert Langer, is a world-renowned scientist and pioneer in drug-delivery-related inventions.

Our Strategy

Our vision is to become a leading global biotechnology company that discovers, develops and commercializes novel, hospital-based therapies that transform treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening neurological conditions. We intend to utilize our product development and commercial execution strategies to achieve this vision.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We seek to maintain high barriers to entry around our product candidates and the markets in which they are utilized by using a three-layered approach. Our first layer of defense relates to patent rights. We currently have three issued U.S. patents, including composition of matter related to EG-1962, 12 issued foreign patents, one PCT application that will enter the national stage in September 2015 and more than 50 U.S. and foreign pending patent applications. Our second layer of defense involves manufacturing know-how and trade secrets relating to the design and manufacture of products using our Precisa development platform. Our third layer involves the difficulty a competitor may experience in proving bioequivalence. If a competitor were to attempt to prove bioequivalence, we believe the competitor would be required to conduct human clinical trials to demonstrate that direct delivery of a competitive product to the brain would have similar plasma concentrations and efficacy as any of our other product candidates.

Key elements of our execution strategy are as follows:

Rapidly develop our lead product candidate, EG-1962 to improve clinical outcomes following aSAH.
Expand the development of EG-1962 for intracisternal and lumbar administration to improve clinical outcomes in patients with aSAH that do not receive an EVD but remain at risk for delayed neurologic complications.
Develop our second product candidate, EG-1964, to prevent recurrent bleeding after treatment for cSDH.
Develop our third product candidate EG-1963 to prevent rebleeding following surgeries outside the brain.
Evaluate other indications for EG-1962 in therapeutic areas outside of the brain, such as ophthalmology and plastic and reconstructive surgery.
Commercialize our wholly-owned product candidates, including EG-1962 and EG-1964, if approved, through a targeted sales force in the United States, Canada and Europe and with potential strategic partnerships outside of these regions.
Leverage our proprietary, programmable, polymer-based Precisa development platform to develop life-saving therapies in acute care areas such as neurosurgical oncology, cardiothoracic surgery, general surgery, ophthalmology, and plastic and reconstructive surgery.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. As a clinical-stage biotechnology company, we face many risks inherent in our business and the industry in general. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the information under the heading “Risk Factors,” prior to making an investment in our common stock. These risks include, among others, the following:

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception, had a net loss of $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the foreseeable future. We will require substantial additional capital in the future. If additional capital is not available, we will have to delay, reduce or cease operations.
We depend almost entirely on the success of one product candidate, EG-1962, which is entering Phase 3 clinical development. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, EG-1962 or any of our other product candidates.
Positive results from our NEWTON trial are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned Phase 3 program for EG-1962. If we cannot replicate the positive results from our completed clinical studies and our NEWTON trial, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize EG-1962.
If serious adverse events or other undesirable side effects are identified during the use of EG-1962 in investigator sponsored clinical trials or exploratory clinical trials of EG-1962 using other routes of administration or other conditions, our development of EG-1962 in aSAH via EVD administration may be adversely affected.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Failures or delays in the commencement, enrollment or completion of our Phase 3 program of EG-1962 could result in increased costs to us and could delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.
We are subject to regulatory approval processes that are lengthy, time consuming and unpredictable. We may not obtain approval for any of our product candidates from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities.
We may not be able to obtain approval for our NDA for EG-1962 during the period of marketing exclusivity for Nymalize ® , an oral solution of nimodipine, particularly if we fail to demonstrate that EG-1962 is clinically superior to or otherwise not the same drug as Nymalize, for which the FDA granted market exclusivity in 2013 due to its orphan drug designation that will run until May 10, 2020.
We currently have no sales or marketing capabilities and, if we are unable to develop our own sales and marketing capabilities or enter into strategic alliances with marketing partners, we may not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.
We depend on the performance of third parties, including contract research organizations and contract manufacturers to conduct our preclinical studies, clinical trials and to manufacture our product candidates and if they do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.
We may be unable to recruit or retain key employees, including our President and CEO, Brian A. Leuthner, and our Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. R. Loch Macdonald.
If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, maintain our issued patents, or if our pending patent applications do not issue, we may not be able to sufficiently protect EG-1962 and our other product candidates, and others could compete against us more directly, which would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our Corporate Information

We were formed as Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, on January 22, 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600, Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922 and our telephone number is (800) 208-3343. Our website address is http://www.edgetherapeutics.com . The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

“EDGE THERAPEUTICS,” “EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.,” “EG-1962,” “EG-1964,” “PRECISA” and our logo are our registered U.S. trademarks. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Act, or JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We are currently utilizing or intend to utilize both of these exemptions. We have not made a decision whether to take advantage of any other exemptions available to emerging growth companies. We do not know if some investors will find our shares less attractive as a result of our utilization of these or other exemptions. The result may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three-year period or (d) the last day of our fiscal year containing the fifth anniversary of the date on which shares of our common stock become publicly traded in the United States.

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us
5,666,667 shares
Over-allotment option
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 850,000 additional shares of common stock.
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
25,847,917 shares
Use of proceeds
We expect that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $76.3 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect to use the proceeds of this offering to fund our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the management of aSAH through read out of top-line data and to fund our development work on other routes of administration and other uses of EG-1962, to fund our preclinical studies and the commencement of clinical trials of EG-1964 to prevent recurrent bleeding after cSDH, to fund new and ongoing discovery and development programs, and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes, including to fund certain development and regulatory milestone payments related to EG-1962. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 44.
Risk factors
You should read the “Risk Factors” section of, and all of the other information set forth in, this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Directed s hare p rogram
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common stock offered hereby to persons who are directors, officers, employees, business associates or related persons through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered hereby. See “Underwriting.”
Proposed NASDAQ symbol
“EDGE”

The number of our shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 20,181,250 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 15, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of common stock, which will occur upon the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock as of September 15, 2015 immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and excludes:

770,415 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of all classes of warrants outstanding as of September 15, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
1,323,390 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 15, 2015 under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $3.65 per share;

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1,096,411 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 15, 2015 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.39 per share;
1,298,881 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 15, 2015 under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $6.18 per share; and
596,009 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

the filing of our eighth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering;
no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us;
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants;
the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and
a 1-for-1.3681 reverse split of our common stock effected on September 21, 2015. Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, the applicable conversion price for each series of our preferred stock has been adjusted to reflect the reverse split of our common stock.

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, these stockholders would purchase an aggregate of up to 2,000,000 of the 5,666,667 shares in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these stockholders may purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these stockholders could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these stockholders than the stockholders indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to them.

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of June 30, 2015 and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period. The summary of our financial data set forth below should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
$
8,473,522
 
$
4,484,367
 
$
6,066,483
 
$
3,217,106
 
General and administrative
 
4,720,661
 
 
2,003,992
 
 
3,076,095
 
 
2,399,370
 
Total operating expenses:
 
13,194,183
 
 
6,488,359
 
 
9,142,578
 
 
5,616,476
 
Loss from operations
 
(13,194,183
)
 
(6,488,359
)
 
(9,142,578
)
 
(5,616,476
)
Other income (expense)
 
402,122
 
 
(853,739
)
 
(846,870
)
 
96,221
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,792,061
)
 
(7,342,098
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
 
590,675
 
 
459,018
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(12,201,386
)
 
(6,883,080
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Cumulative dividend on Series C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock
 
(1,580,701
)
 
(1,076,256
)
 
(2,429,515
)
 
(717,441
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(13,782,087
)
$
(7,959,336
)
$
(12,418,963
)
$
(6,237,696
)
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (1)
$
(8.16
)
$
(4.71
)
$
(7.36
)
$
(3.69
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and diluted (1)
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss
$
(12,201,386
)
 
 
 
$
(9,989,448
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share of common stock basic and diluted (1)
$
(1.46
)
 
 
 
$
(0.66
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding (1)
 
8,379,168
 
 
 
 
 
15,107,157
 
 
 
 

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of June 30 , 2015
 
Actual
Pro Forma (2)
Pro Forma
As Adjusted (3)(4)
 
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
58,465,083
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
134,715,088
 
Total Assets
 
62,685,415
 
 
62,685,415
 
 
138,935,420
 
Long Term Debt
 
4,223,708
 
 
4,223,708
 
 
4,223,708
 
Convertible preferred stock
 
91,437,382
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(39,298,028
)
 
52,139,354
 
 
128,389,359
 
(1) See Notes 2(K) and (L) to our audited financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, and diluted pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate the pro forma per share amounts.
(2) Gives pro forma effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
(3) Gives further effect to the sale of 5,666,667 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(4) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $5.3 million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $14.0 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and our future prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Capital Needs and Financial Position and the Development of Our Product Candidates

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates, including EG-1962.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to advance the clinical development of our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, including potentially building our own commercial organization to address the United States and certain other markets. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash and interest thereon, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through the completion of our current planned Phase 3 program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. However, we may require additional capital for the further development of our product candidates and, if we conduct additional Phase 3 trials of EG-1962, we may seek to raise additional funds sooner in order to accelerate development of our product candidates and we will need to raise additional funds to commercialize any of our product candidates.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products or product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. We also could be required to:

seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available; or
relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of the clinical trials for our product candidates to obtain regulatory approval, particularly whether the FDA requires us to complete two Phase 3 trials for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH or changes to the anticipated design of our Phase 3 program, such as changes in the required control arm of any such trial;
the outcome of planned 2015 interactions with the FDA and other non-U.S. health authorities that may alter our proposed Phase 3 program for EG-1962 to meet the standards for approval of an NDA or for obtaining a marketing authorization in aSAH;
the outcome of our efforts to demonstrate clinical superiority to Nymalize in order to sustain orphan drug status;
the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;
the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;
the effect of competing technological and market developments;
the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and
the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

Our debt obligations expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition and may result in further dilution to our shareholders.

We have entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules, pursuant to which we have borrowed $6,000,000 from Hercules at an initial interest rate of 10.45% per annum. We must repay the indebtedness on or before March 1, 2018 and have paid Hercules an origination fee of $100,000. We must make interest only payments on the amounts borrowed until September 2015, after which we must make 30 equal monthly payments of principal plus interest. To the extent we desire to prepay the indebtedness prior to maturity, we will be obligated to pay a prepayment penalty to Hercules ranging from 1% to 3% of the amounts being prepaid, depending on when such prepayment occurs. In addition, at the time that the loan is either due or prepaid, we must pay Hercules a fee equal to 1.5% of the total amounts funded at such time. Our ability to make payments on this indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. We expect to experience negative cash flow for the foreseeable future as we fund our operations and capital expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be in a position to repay this indebtedness when due or obtain extensions of the maturity date. We anticipate that we will need to secure additional funding in order for us to be able to satisfy our obligations when due. We cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If that additional funding involves the sale of equity securities or convertible securities, it would result in the issuance of additional shares of our capital stock, which would result in dilution to our stockholders. The indebtedness is secured by substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property, on which we have given Hercules a negative pledge. In addition, under the loan agreement, we are subject to certain customary covenants that limit or restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant any security interests, pay cash dividends, repurchase our common stock, make loans, or enter into certain transactions without the prior consent of Hercules.

This level of debt could have important consequences to you as an investor in our securities. For example, it could:

limit our flexibility in planning for the development, clinical testing, approval and marketing of our products;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any of our competitors that are less leveraged than we are;
increase our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions; and
limit our ability to obtain additional funds.

In addition, as part of this financing with Hercules, we issued a warrant to Hercules to purchase up to 107,526 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock. The warrant will become exercisable for shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Such warrant will be exercisable for five years following the consummation of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a more detailed discussion of the transaction with Hercules.

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of existing stockholders. Debt financings may be coupled with an equity component, such as warrants to purchase stock, which could also result in dilution of our existing stockholders’ ownership. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business and may result in liens being placed on our assets and intellectual property. If we were to default on such indebtedness, we could lose such assets and intellectual property. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company. Investment in biotechnology product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that a product candidate, such as EG-1962, our lead product candidate, will fail to gain regulatory approval or become commercially viable. We have not generated any revenue from product sales to date, and we continue to incur significant development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in each period since our inception in 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, we reported a net loss of $12.2 million and $10.0 million, respectively.

We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenues. If EG-1962 or any of our other product candidates fail in clinical trials or do not gain regulatory approval, or if approved, fail to achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ (deficit) equity and working capital.

We have not generated any revenues since inception and may never become profitable.

To date, we have not generated any revenues since our inception. Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability to successfully obtain marketing approval and commercialize products, including EG-1962 or other product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future. Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for these product candidates, we do not know when any of these products will generate revenue for us, if at all. Our ability to generate revenue from EG-1962 or other product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our ability to:

successfully complete development activities, including the necessary clinical trials;
complete and submit marketing authorization applications to the FDA and obtain regulatory approval for an indication for which there is a commercial market;
complete and submit marketing authorization applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, foreign regulatory authorities;
set a commercially viable price for our products;
develop and obtain commercial quantities of our products at acceptable cost levels;
develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution for the products we intend to sell ourselves in the markets in which we have retained commercialization rights;

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

find suitable partners to help us market, sell and distribute our approved products in other markets; and
obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party, including government, payors.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including that our product candidates may not advance through development or be shown to be safe and effective for their intended uses, the FDA or any other regulatory agency may require additional clinical trials or preclinical studies. We are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to complete the process described above, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing these products.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We were formed in January 2009. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, acquiring or developing product and technology rights, and conducting product development activities for our product candidates, primarily EG-1962. We have not yet obtained regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. Consequently, any predictions about our future success, performance or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market.

We depend almost entirely on the success of one product candidate, EG-1962, which is entering Phase 3 clinical development . We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, EG-1962 or any other product candidate .

We currently have only one product candidate, EG-1962, in clinical development, and our business depends almost entirely on its successful clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization. We currently have no drug products for sale and may never be able to develop marketable drug products. EG-1962 will require substantial additional clinical development, testing, and regulatory approval before we are permitted to commence its commercialization. Our other product candidates, including EG-1964 and EG-1963, are still in pre-clinical development stages. None of our product candidates have advanced into a Phase 3 trial. The clinical trials of our product candidates are, and the manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates will be, subject to extensive and rigorous review and regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States and in other countries where we intend to test and, if approved, market any product candidate. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any product candidate, we must successfully meet a number of critical developmental milestones, including:

demonstrating through Phase 3 clinical trials that the product candidate is safe and effective and shows a significant benefit vs. risk advantage over the active comparator in patients for the intended indication;
developing dosages that will be tolerated, safe and effective;
determining the appropriate delivery mechanism;
demonstrating that the product candidate formulation will be stable for commercially reasonable time periods; and
completing the development and scale-up to permit manufacture of our product candidates in commercial quantities and at acceptable prices.

The time necessary to achieve these developmental milestones for any individual product candidate is long and uncertain, and we may not successfully complete these milestones for EG-1962 or any other product candidates that we may develop. We have not yet completed development of any product. We may not be able to finalize the design or formulation of any product candidate. In addition, we may select components, solvents, excipients or other ingredients to include in our product candidates that have not previously been used in approved pharmaceutical products, which may require us to perform additional studies and may delay clinical testing and regulatory approval of our product candidates.

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are continuing to test and develop our product candidates and may explore possible design or formulation changes to address safety, efficacy, manufacturing efficiency and performance issues. We may not be able to complete development of any product candidates that will be safe and effective and that will have a commercially reasonable treatment and storage period. If we are unable to complete development of EG-1962, or any other product candidates that we may develop, we will not be able to commercialize and earn revenue from them.

We cannot be certain that our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of EG-1962 will be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA for this product candidate, and in any event we may be required to obtain additional clinical and non-clinical data before an NDA may be submitted.

In general, the FDA requires two pivotal trials to support approval of an NDA, but in certain circumstances, will approve an NDA based on only one pivotal trial. If successful, we believe the results from our planned single Phase 3 clinical trial of EG-1962, together with safety and efficacy data from the EG-1962 development program and other safety data generated from Nimotop®, could form the basis of an NDA submission for EG-1962. However, depending upon the outcome of the current program, the FDA may require that we conduct additional pivotal trials before we can submit and NDA for EG-1962.

While we believe we have determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial for EG-1962, before beginning the trial, the FDA must review the final protocol for the trial. If the FDA does not approve the protocol for the planned trial in the form we submit it, the start or continuation of the planned Phase 3 trial may be delayed or the design of the trial may change.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities are inherently unpredictable, and if our product candidates are subject to multiple cycles of review or we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, including EG-1962, our business will be substantially harmed.

Of the large number of drugs in development in the United States, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA regulatory approval process and are commercialized. We are not permitted to market EG-1962 in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until we receive the requisite approval from such countries. Prior to submitting an NDA to the FDA for approval of EG-1962 to treat patients with aSAH, we plan to analyze results from our Phase 1/2 clinical trial, or the NEWTON trial, and complete a Phase 3 program, which we intend will consist of a single pivotal trial. We recently completed enrollment in the NEWTON trial in North America, and are about to enter into our Phase 3 program. Successfully completing Phase 3 clinical trials and obtaining approval of an NDA is complex, lengthy, and expensive, even in cases in which the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway is pursued. The FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may delay, limit or deny approval of EG-1962 for many reasons, including, among others:

disagreement with or disapproval of the design or implementation of our clinical trials;
disagreement with the sufficiency of our Phase 3 program, including disagreement with the sufficiency of a single Phase 3 trial;
failure to demonstrate that EG-1962 is safe and effective for its proposed indication;
failure of EG-1962 to demonstrate efficacy at the level of statistical significance required for approval;
EG-1962’s failure to demonstrate clinical superiority to Nymalize, an oral nimodipine solution, for which the FDA granted market exclusivity in 2013 due to its orphan drug designation;
a negative interpretation of the data from our preclinical studies or clinical trials, including our NEWTON trial;
deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or failure of third-party manufacturing facilities with whom we contract for clinical and commercial supplies to effectively manufacture product under current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP; or
insufficient data collected from clinical trials of EG-1962 or changes in the approval policies or regulations that render our preclinical and clinical data insufficient to support the submission and filing of a marketing authorization application or to obtain regulatory approval.

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may require more information, including additional preclinical or clinical data to support approval, which may delay or prevent approval and our commercialization plans, or cause us to abandon the development program. Even if we obtain regulatory approval, our product candidates may be approved for fewer or more limited indications than we request, such approval may be contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or we may not be allowed to include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of such product candidate. For instance, it is possible that EG-1962 could be approved but fail to replace nimodipine as the new standard of care for treating patients with aSAH. In addition, if EG-1962 produces undesirable side effects or safety issues, the FDA may require the establishment of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, including Elements to Ensure Safe Use, or ETASU, which are the most extensive elements of a REMS plan. Additionally, a comparable foreign regulatory authority may require the establishment of a similar strategy that may, for instance, restrict distribution of our products and impose burdensome implementation requirements on us.

The results of clinical trials may not support our product candidate claims.

Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our proposed product candidate claims, that the FDA or government authorities in other countries will agree with our conclusions regarding such results, or that the FDA or governmental authorities in other countries will not require additional clinical trials. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful and the results of later clinical trials often do not replicate the results of prior clinical trials and preclinical testing. Our early clinical experience with EG-1962 involved a small number of patients. The results in these patients may not be indicative of future results in a larger and more diverse patient population, such as that in our NEWTON trial, for a number of reasons, including the small sample size. In addition, results from individual cohorts may support our claims with respect to EG-1962, but overall results from the trial may not. Furthermore, results from our NEWTON trial, either overall or for particular cohorts, including exploratory efficacy analyses, may not predict results in a larger Phase 3 trial. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe for humans and effective for indicated uses. This failure could cause us to abandon a product candidate and may delay development of other product candidates. Any delay in, or termination of, our clinical trials will delay or prevent the filing of our NDAs with the FDA and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate product revenues.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, including with respect to EG-1962. Due to, among other things, the small sample size of the data we have for EG-1962, there can be no assurance that our initial positive results will be indicative of results in future clinical trials. A number of companies in the biotechnology industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Our future clinical trials may not be successful.

Delays in our clinical trials may slow our approval process and jeopardize our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.

We may experience delays in our future clinical trials and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin or enroll patients on time, will need to be redesigned or will be completed on schedule, if at all. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not put any of our product candidates on clinical hold in the future. Clinical trials may be delayed, suspended or prematurely terminated for a variety of reasons, such as:

delay or failure in reaching agreement with the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority on a trial design that we are able to execute;
delay or failure in obtaining authorization to commence a trial or inability to comply with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the scope or design of a clinical trial;
inability, delay or failure in identifying and maintaining a sufficient number of trial sites, many of which may already be engaged in other clinical trial programs;

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

delay or failure in recruiting and enrolling suitable patients to participate in a trial;
delay or failure in having patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;
clinical sites and investigators deviating from trial protocol, failing to conduct the trial in accordance with regulatory requirements, or dropping out of a trial;
withdrawal of clinical trial sites from our clinical trials as a result of changing standards of care or the ineligibility of a site to participate in our clinical trials;
delay or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
delay or failure in obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, approval or the approval of other reviewing entities, including FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to conduct a clinical trial at each site;
failure of our third-party clinical trial managers to satisfy their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines;
ambiguous or negative interim results or results that are inconsistent with earlier results;
feedback from the FDA, the IRB, DSMB, or a comparable foreign regulatory authority, or results from earlier stage or concurrent preclinical and clinical studies, that might require modification to the protocol;
decision by the FDA, the IRB, a comparable foreign regulatory authority, or the Company, or recommendation by a DSMB or comparable foreign regulatory authority, to suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time for safety issues or for any other reason;
manufacturing or obtaining from third parties sufficient quantities of a product candidate for use in clinical trials;
lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial, including the incurrence of unforeseen costs due to enrollment delays, requirements to conduct additional clinical studies and increased expenses associated with the services of our CROs and other third parties; or
changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions.

Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population (particularly with respect to orphan drugs because by definition they are intended for a relatively small patient population), the eligibility criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, inability to obtain and maintain patient consents, risk that enrolled patients will drop out before completion, and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the therapeutic being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new therapeutics that may be approved or for which clinical trials are initiated for the indications we are investigating. We rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to help us ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and while we have agreements governing their committed activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be required to suspend or discontinue clinical trials for a number of reasons, including as a result of adverse side effects or other safety risks that could preclude approval of any of our product candidates.

Our clinical trials may be suspended at any time for a number of reasons. A clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, an IRB, the FDA or other regulatory authorities due to a failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, presentation of unforeseen safety issues, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using the investigational drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions, or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, clinical trials for our product candidates could be suspended due to adverse side effects. Although we are primarily concerned with hypotension in our clinical trials for EG-1962, we may also observe inflammation, infection, unacceptable elevated intracranial pressure or hydrocephalus or other unknown effects resulting from the delivery, in a single administration, of sustained concentrations of nimodipine directly to the site of injury in the brain. With respect to EG-1964 and EG-1963, previous studies have shown that, aprotinin, when delivered systemically, can cause serious side effects, such as renal failure, thrombosis and rarely, anaphylaxis. Drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. We may also voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to patients. If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate any clinical trial of any product candidates that we develop, the commercial prospects of such product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues, if at all, from any of these product candidates will be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in international jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

In order to market and sell our products in the European Union, Canada, and other international jurisdictions, we must obtain separate and distinct marketing approvals and comply with the respective regulatory requirements of each of these jurisdictions. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval, but can involve additional testing. In particular, nimodipine, the therapeutic used in EG-1962, has not previously been approved for use in Japan. As a result, the time required to obtain approval for EG-1962 in Japan may differ substantially from the time required to obtain approval for EG-1962 by the FDA. We may need to partner with third parties in order to obtain regulatory approvals outside the United States. Approval by the FDA does not necessarily guarantee approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. Nor does the approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we are unable to obtain approval of EG-1962 or any of our other product candidates by regulatory authorities in the European Union, Canada, and other international jurisdictions, the commercial prospects of those product candidates may be significantly diminished and our business prospects could decline.

Approval of EG-1962 could be more costly and take longer than anticipated as a result of Nymalize’s existing orphan drug exclusivity.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and European Union, or the EU, may designate drugs for the treatment or prevention of rare diseases or conditions with relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, or the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. In the European Union/European Economic Area, a drug may be designated as orphan if the product is intended to treat a condition or disease affecting less than 5 in 10,000 individuals in the European Union, and there exists no satisfactory authorized method of treatment of the condition or even if such treatment exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same indication for that time period. A similar provision in European law allows ten years of market exclusivity

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in Europe and European regulators are not permitted to accept another application for a market approval or accept an application for line-extension for the same therapeutic indication in respect of a similar medicinal product.

The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if at the end of the fifth year of that period, a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that maintenance of the orphan designation and accordingly the marketing exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the FDA subsequently finds that the drug in fact had not been eligible for orphan drug designation at the time of submission of the request. In the European Union, the conditions for orphan designation must be confirmed by the EMA and its Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products before the market approval is granted. The designation may be removed from the Community Registry for orphan medicinal products if the conditions are not met.

If a drug is approved for an orphan indication, the FDA will not designate as an orphan another drug deemed the “same drug” for the same use as the approved orphan drug unless the sponsor of the new drug provides a plausible hypothesis that its new drug is clinically superior to the approved orphan drug. For small molecule drugs, FDA defines “same drug” to mean a drug that contains the same active moiety (meaning the molecule or ion of the molecule, responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance) as the previously approved drug, even if the particular ester or salt or other noncovalent derivative has not previously been approved. Clinical superiority means that the drug is shown to provide a significant therapeutic advantage over and above the approved same drug and can be established on the basis of greater safety, greater effectiveness, or, in unusual cases where neither greater safety nor greater effectiveness is shown, on the basis of a major contribution to patient care. Similarly, in the European Union, the orphan market exclusivity may be broken or otherwise derogated in the following circumstances: (a) if the second product is not considered similar; (b) the second applicant can establish in the application that the second similar medicinal product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior including a major contribution to patient care; or (c) the holder of the first authorized orphan drug is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the medicinal product.

Oral nimodipine (in the form of gelatin capsules, or gel caps) was approved for the treatment of aSAH in 1988 as Nimotop® and subsequently was approved in a generic version in 2007. Nimotop® has now been discontinued from marketing, and the FDA has determined that it was not discontinued for safety or effectiveness reasons. In September 2011, the FDA Office of Orphan Product Development, or OOPD, granted Nymalize®, an oral nimodipine solution, orphan drug designation for the treatment of aSAH. Subsequently, in May 2013, the FDA approved Nymalize for the treatment of aSAH, thereby granting the oral nimodipine solution seven years of marketing exclusivity until 2020. In order to obtain designation of EG-1962 as an orphan drug, we provided and the FDA accepted a plausible hypothesis of the clinical superiority of EG-1962 to oral nimodipine solution. However, in order for us to obtain approval of our NDA for EG-1962 for the improvement of neurological outcome in patients with aSAH during the period of marketing exclusivity for Nymalize, we will need to demonstrate the clinical superiority of EG-1962 to the oral nimodipine solution. We intend to demonstrate that EG-1962 is clinically superior to the oral nimodipine solution by demonstrating superiority over oral nimodipine gel caps in a head-to-head comparison in our Phase 3 program. To the extent the OOPD disagrees that we can demonstrate the clinical superiority of EG-1962 to the oral nimodipine solution by demonstrating the superiority of EG-1962 to oral nimodipine gel caps and requires us to include a head-to-head comparison of EG-1962 and the oral nimodipine solution, our Phase 3 program would be more costly and may take longer than is currently anticipated.

Furthermore, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product such as EG-1962, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition or another sponsor’s nimodipine drug product may prove clinically superior to EG-1962.

A fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

We may seek fast track designation for some of our product candidates. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, and even if we believe a particular product candidate is

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face future development and regulatory difficulties and any approved products will be subject to extensive post-approval regulatory requirements.

If we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, it would be subject to extensive ongoing requirements by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities governing the manufacture, quality control, further development, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, import, export, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The safety profile of any product will continue to be closely monitored by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities after approval. If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities become aware of new safety information after approval of any of our product candidates, these regulatory authorities may require labeling changes or, depending on the nature of the safety information, establishment of a REMS or similar strategy, impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing, impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance, impose a recall or even move to withdraw the marketing approval for the product.

In addition, manufacturers of therapeutic products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current good manufacturing practice or cGMP regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may, among other things:

issue warning letters or untitled letters;
mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;
require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;
seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;
suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;
suspend any ongoing clinical studies;
challenge any pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;
suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or
seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or require us to initiate a product recall.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenue.

Advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval in the United States may be heavily scrutinized by the FDA, including the Office of Prescription Drug Promotion, the Department of Justice, or the DOJ, the Department of Health and Human Services’, or HHS, Office of Inspector General, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public. Violations, including promotion of our products for unapproved (or off-label) uses, are subject to enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations, and civil and criminal sanctions by the FDA. Additionally, advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States will be heavily scrutinized by comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the United States, engaging in impermissible promotion of our products for off-label uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, which can lead to civil and criminal penalties and fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which we promote or distribute those drug products. These false claims statutes include the federal False Claims Act, which allows any individual to bring a lawsuit against a pharmaceutical company on behalf of the federal government alleging submission of false or fraudulent claims, or causing to present such false or fraudulent claims, for payment by a federal program such as Medicare or Medicaid. If the government prevails in the lawsuit, the individual will share in any fines or settlement funds. Since 2004, these False Claims Act lawsuits against pharmaceutical companies have increased significantly in volume and breadth, leading to several substantial civil and criminal settlements based on certain sales practices promoting off-label drug uses. This growth in litigation has increased the risk that a pharmaceutical company will have to defend a false claim action, pay settlement fines or restitution, agree to comply with burdensome reporting and compliance obligations, and be excluded from the Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state healthcare programs. If we do not lawfully promote our approved products, we may become subject to such litigation and, if we are not successful in defending against such actions, those actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities to market and sell our product candidates, we may be unable to generate any revenue.

In order to market and sell EG-1962 and our other product candidates in development, we currently intend to build and develop our own sales, marketing and distribution operations in the United States, Canada and Europe. Although our management team has previous experience with such efforts, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in building these operations. If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we may not be able to generate product revenue and may not become profitable. We will also be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded sales and marketing operations. If any of our product candidates are approved, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

Our commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, among hospitals, physicians, patients and healthcare payors.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates that we may develop or acquire in the future, the product may not gain market acceptance among hospitals, physicians, health care payors, patients and the medical community. Market acceptance of any of our product candidates for which we receive approval depends on a number of factors, including:

the efficacy and safety of such product candidates as demonstrated in clinical trials;
the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved and any REMS that may be imposed as a condition of approval;
acceptance by major operators of hospitals, physicians and patients of the product candidate as a safe and effective treatment, particularly the ability of EG-1962 and our other product candidates to establish themselves as the new standard of care for the indications that we are pursuing;
the potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments as compared to the relative costs of the product candidates and alternative treatments;
the safety of our product candidates seen in a broader patient group, including its use outside the approved indications;
the prevalence and severity of any side effects, such as hypotension with respect to EG-1962;
product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities;
the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive products;
the availability of adequate reimbursement and pricing by third party payors and government authorities;

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relative convenience and ease of administration; and
the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and those of our future collaborators.

There may be delays in getting our drugs on hospitals’ local formularies or limitations on coverages which can occur in the early stages of commercialization for newly approved drugs. If any of our product candidates are approved but fail to achieve market acceptance among hospitals, physicians, patients or health care payors, we will not be able to generate significant revenues, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Even if we are able to commercialize our product candidates, the products may not receive coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which could harm our business.

Our ability to commercialize any products successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, determine which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. Third-party payors also may seek additional clinical evidence, beyond the data required to obtain marketing approval, demonstrating clinical benefits and value in specific patient populations before covering our products for those patients. In particular, even if EG-1962 or any other product candidates we develop are established as having superior efficacy compared to the current standard of care, payors may not adequately reimburse for such product candidates. We cannot be sure that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may only be temporary. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to promptly or eventually obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

In the European Union, even if the product is approved through the Centralized Procedure, national governments may not approve pricing and reimbursement for the product on grounds relating to cost-effectiveness under the respective national health service systems. This will have an effect of limiting or otherwise restricting access to the products by patients in Member States of the European Union/European Economic Area.

Recently enacted and future legislation, including potentially unfavorable pricing regulations or other healthcare reform initiatives, may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities or affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, established the Medicare Part D program and provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class thereunder. The Medicare Modernization Act, including its cost reduction initiatives, could decrease the coverage and reimbursement rate that we receive for any of our approved products. Furthermore, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, and impose additional health policy reforms, any of which could negatively impact our business. A significant number of provisions are not yet, or have only recently become, effective, but the Affordable Care Act is likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

We expect that the Affordable Care Act, as well as other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product, and could seriously harm our future revenues. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may compromise our ability to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

Similar austerity measures to contain healthcare costs under national rules may be applied in various EU Member States to limit or restrict market access to the product.

Laws and regulations governing international operations may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain product candidates outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

As we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must comply with applicable local laws and regulations relating to our business operations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The creation and implementation of international business practices compliance programs is costly and such programs are difficult to enforce, particularly where reliance on third parties is required.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA are enforced primarily by the DOJ. The SEC is involved with enforcement of the books and records provisions of the FCPA.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical studies and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to compliance with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial penalties, including suspension or debarment from government contracting. Violation of the FCPA can result in significant civil and criminal penalties. Indictment alone under the FCPA can lead to suspension of the right to do business with the U.S. government until the pending claims are resolved. Conviction of a violation of the FCPA can result in long-term disqualification as a government contractor. The termination of a government contract or relationship as a result of our failure to satisfy any of our obligations under laws governing international business practices would have a negative impact on our operations and harm our reputation and ability to procure government contracts. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

Similar consequences may accrue from business practices that violate other applicable anti-bribery/anti-corruption statutes in other jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom Bribery Act.

We intend to market EG-1962 and our other product candidates outside of the United States, and if we do, we will be subject to the risks of doing business outside of the United States.

Because we intend to market EG-1962 and other product candidates, if approved, outside of the United States, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business outside of the United States. Accordingly, our business and financial results in the future could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors, including:

failure to develop an international sales, marketing and distribution system for our products;
changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;
unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;
difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;
inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;
inadequate data protection against unfair commercial use;
trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements such as Export Administration Regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Commerce and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges;
the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and
significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely completely on third-party suppliers to manufacture our clinical drug supplies for our product candidates, and we intend to rely on third parties to produce non-clinical, clinical and commercial supplies of any future product candidate.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability to internally manufacture our clinical drug supply of our product candidates, or any future product candidates, for use in the conduct of our non-clinical studies and clinical trials, and we lack the internal resources and the capability to manufacture any product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. For example, the active pharmaceutical ingredient for EG-1962 for our Phase 1/2 NEWTON clinical trial was manufactured at a third-party contract manufacturer’s site. Additionally, the diluent of hyaluronic acid was manufactured at a third-party contract manufacturer’s site and the polymer microparticle for EG-1962 as formulated for our Phase 1/2 NEWTON clinical trial was manufactured at another third-party contract manufacturer’s site. While we are currently working with third-party contract manufacturers for the Phase 3 production of EG-1962, in the event that production is delayed, we may not be able to commence our Phase 3 study in a timely manner.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured product candidates or products ourselves. Although we are primarily responsible for regulatory compliance with

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respect to the manufacture of our products, we rely on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance activities. The possibility of breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party because of factors beyond our control (including a failure to synthesize and manufacture our product candidates or any products we may eventually commercialize in accordance with our specifications), and the possibility of termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party, based on its own business priorities, at a time that could be costly or damaging to us. In addition, although we are not in control of the day to day activities of our third-party manufacturers, we are nonetheless responsible for ensuring that our product candidates and any products that we may eventually commercialize are manufactured according to cGMP and similar foreign standards. Our current manufacturer of nimodipine microparticles has not been inspected by the FDA yet. Any failure by our third-party manufacturers to comply with cGMP or failure to scale up manufacturing processes, including any failure to deliver sufficient quantities of product candidates in a timely manner, could lead to a delay in, or failure to obtain, regulatory approval of any of our product candidates. In addition, such failure could be the basis for the FDA to issue a warning or untitled letter, withdraw approvals for product candidates previously granted to us, or take other regulatory or legal action, including recall or seizure, total or partial suspension of production, suspension of ongoing clinical trials, refusal to approve pending applications or supplemental applications, detention of product, refusal to permit the import or export of products, injunction, or imposing civil and criminal penalties.

Because of the complex nature of our compounds, our current manufacturers and any future manufacturers may not be able to manufacture our compounds at a cost or in quantities or in a timely manner necessary to make commercially successful products. If we successfully commercialize any of our drugs, we may be required to establish large-scale commercial manufacturing capabilities. In addition, as our drug development pipeline increases and matures, we will have a greater need for clinical trial and commercial manufacturing capacity. We have no experience manufacturing pharmaceutical products on a commercial scale and some of these manufacturers will need to increase their scale of production to meet our projected needs for commercial manufacturing, the satisfaction of which may not be met on a timely basis.

We rely on third-party CROs to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third-party CROs to monitor and manage data for our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We rely on these parties to assist us in the execution of our preclinical and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We also rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, requirements and the Laboratory Animal Welfare Act of 1966 requirements (and the equivalent requirements outside the United States). We and our CROs are required to comply with regulations and current Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, which are enforced by the FDA, and EU law requirements governing GCPs to be applied by the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Union and European Economic Area, or EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities to ensure that the health, safety and rights of patients are protected in clinical development and clinical trials, and that trial data integrity as well as protection of personal data of the trial subjects is assured. Regulatory authorities ensure compliance with these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced under cGMP requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat preclinical and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical and preclinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

Because we have relied on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. Outsourcing these functions involves risk that third parties may not perform to our standards, may not produce results in a timely manner or may fail to perform at all. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

If we lose our relationships with CROs, our drug development efforts could be delayed.

We rely on third-party vendors and CROs for preclinical studies and clinical trials related to our drug development efforts. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach. In addition, some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if it can be reasonably demonstrated that the safety of the patients participating in our clinical trials warrants such termination. Identifying, qualifying and managing performance of third-party service providers can be difficult, time consuming and cause delays in our development programs. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work, and the new CRO may not provide the same type or level of services as the original provider. If any of our relationships with our third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into timely arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms.

Disruptions in our supply chain could delay the commercial launch of our product candidates.

Any significant disruption in our supplier relationships could harm our business. We currently rely on a single source supplier for the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, for nimodipine, as well as a single supplier for the polymer used to make EG-1962 microparticles and the diluent of hyaluronic acid. If any of these single source suppliers is unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of these key materials in a reasonable timeframe or suffers a major natural or man-made disaster at its manufacturing facility, we would not be able to manufacture EG-1962 on a commercial scale until a qualified alternative supplier is identified. Although alternative sources of supply exist, the number of third party suppliers with the necessary manufacturing and regulatory expertise and facilities is limited, and it could be expensive and take a significant amount of time to arrange for alternative suppliers. Any significant delay in the supply of a product candidate or its key materials for an ongoing clinical trial could considerably delay completion of our clinical studies, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates. If our manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these key materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for our product candidates, the commercial launch of our product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our product candidates.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. As a pharmaceutical company, even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to, the following:

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constrains our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers or other entities, by prohibiting, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also created federal criminal laws that prohibit knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;
the federal physician sunshine requirements under the Affordable Care Act requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to HHS information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians, certain other healthcare providers, and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and certain other healthcare providers and their immediate family members and applicable group purchasing organizations;
analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as measures relating to inducements designed to promote prescription, supply, sale or intake of drugs, including state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and certain other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally, state and foreign laws govern the privacy or personal data and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We will adopt, implement and enforce a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which will be effective as of the consummation of this offering, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity, such as employee training on enforcement of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our executive officers and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

Because of the specialized scientific and managerial nature of our business, we rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. We are highly dependent upon current management, especially two of our founders, Brian A. Leuthner and Dr. R. Loch Macdonald, who are the driving force behind the operation and successful implementation of our business strategy. Although we have employment agreements with Mr. Leuthner and Dr. Macdonald and other key employees, these agreements are at-will and do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time and joining one of our competitors. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or other employees. We intend to increase our technical and management staff as needs arise and supporting resources are available, but the loss of one or more of our senior executive officers, including their death, could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical field is intense and as a result, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of August 14, 2015, we had 18 full-time employees. As we become a public company and our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, or as a result of any future acquisitions, we will need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other resources. Our management, personnel and systems currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

managing our clinical trials effectively;
identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;
managing our internal development efforts effectively while complying with our contractual obligations to licensors, contractors and other third parties;
improving our managerial, development, operational and finance systems; and
expanding our facilities.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As our operations expand, we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. To that end, we must be able to manage our development efforts and clinical trials effectively and hire, train and integrate additional management, administrative and sales and marketing personnel. We may not be able to accomplish these tasks, and our failure to accomplish any of them could prevent us from successfully growing our company.

The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and is subject to rapid and significant technological change, which could render our technologies and products obsolete or uncompetitive.

The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and is subject to rapid and significant technological change that could render certain of our products obsolete or uncompetitive. There is no assurance that our product candidates will be the best, the safest, the first to market, or the most economical to make or use. The introduction of competitive therapies as alternatives to our product candidates could dramatically reduce the value of those development projects or chances of successfully commercializing those product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our long-term financial success. Additionally, other technologies may become available that can monitor intracranial pressure without the need for an EVD, which would require physicians to put in place an EVD solely to administer EG-1962 and thereby substantially increasing the additional level of invasiveness needed to deliver EG-1962 through our initial route of administration.

We will compete with companies in North America and internationally, including major pharmaceutical and chemical companies, specialized CROs, research and development firms, universities and other research institutions. In the United States, oral nimodipine is manufactured by generic companies, and there is no brand name drug. In May 2013, the FDA approved Nymalize, an oral nimodipine solution, for the treatment of aSAH, granting it seven years of marketing exclusivity due to its orphan drug designation. In Japan and China, there are two drugs that are used to treat aSAH patients, fasudil and sodium ozagrel. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources and selling and marketing capabilities, greater experience in clinical testing and human clinical trials of pharmaceutical products and greater experience in obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals than we do. In addition, some of our competitors may have lower development and manufacturing costs.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, the servers of our cloud-based computing providers and other systems, and those of our CROs and other third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach was to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Any future collaborators may compete with us or have interests which conflict with ours. This may restrict our research and development efforts and limit the areas of research in which we intend to expand.

Large pharmaceutical companies with whom we may seek to collaborate may have internal programs or enter into collaborations with our competitors for products addressing the same medical conditions targeted by our technologies. Thus, such collaborators may pursue alternative technologies or product candidates in order to develop treatments for the diseases or disorders targeted by our collaborative arrangements. Such collaborators may pursue these alternatives either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors. Depending on how other product candidates advance, a corporate partner may slow down or abandon its work on our product candidates or terminate its collaborative arrangement with us in order to focus on these other prospects.

If any conflicts arise, our future collaborators may act in their own interests, which may be adverse to ours. In addition, in our future collaborations, we may be required to agree not to conduct any research that is competitive with the research conducted under our future collaborations. Our future collaborations may have the

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

effect of limiting the areas of research that we may pursue. Our collaborators may be able to develop products in related fields that are competitive with the products or potential products that are the subject of these collaborations.

We may engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our financial condition and operating results.

While we currently have no specific plans to acquire any other businesses, we may, in the future, make acquisitions of, or investments in, companies that we believe have products or capabilities that are a strategic or commercial fit with our current product candidates and business or otherwise offer opportunities for our company. In connection with these acquisitions or investments, we may:

issue stock that would dilute our stockholders’ percentage of ownership;
expend cash;
incur debt and assume liabilities; and
incur amortization expenses related to intangible assets or incur large and immediate write-offs.

We also may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete an acquisition, we cannot assure you that it will ultimately strengthen our competitive position or that it will not be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors. Further, future acquisitions could also pose numerous additional risks to our operations, including:

problems integrating the purchased business, products or technologies;
increases to our expenses;
the failure to have discovered undisclosed liabilities of the acquired asset or company;
diversion of management’s attention from their day-to-day responsibilities;
harm to our operating results or financial condition;
entrance into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience; and
potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired entity.

We may not be able to complete one or more acquisitions or effectively integrate the operations, products or personnel gained through any such acquisition without a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce our product candidates and supply the applicable therapeutic for our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of product candidates could be disrupted, if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $23.9 million and $11.9 million, respectively, due to prior period losses. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that one or more ownership changes may have already occurred. Moreover, it is possible that this offering may cause an

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

additional ownership change to occur. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Although we have not completed an analysis under Section 382 of the Code, it is likely that the utilization of the NOLs will be substantially limited. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. Where we have the right to do so under our license agreements, we seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and products that are important to our business.

With respect to EG-1962, we co-own together with Evonik Industries, or Evonik, an issued U.S. patent with claims directed to a process for producing microparticles encapsulating a particular polymorphic form of nimodipine, a semisolid delivery system containing microparticles comprising the particular polymorphic form of nimodipine, and to a method of treating a cerebral artery in a subarachnoid space at risk of interruption due to a brain injury using such a delivery system. The patent claims cover the microparticulate formulation comprising a particular polymorphic form of nimodipine that has been used to date. This patent is scheduled to expire in 2033. We also have one issued U.S. patent covering a method of treating cerebral vasospasm in humans by administering a therapeutic composition via surgical injection into the subarachnoid space near the cerebral artery at risk for cerebral vasospasm. This method of treatment patent, assuming all maintenance fees are paid, is scheduled to expire in 2029. With respect to EG-1964 and our other development efforts, we have one issued U.S. patent covering a method of treating hematoma expansion or recurrent bleeding resulting from a hemorrhagic condition, such as cSDH, by administering an anti-fibrinolytic therapeutic agent, such as aprotinin. This patent, assuming all maintenance fees are paid, is scheduled to expire in 2028. However, the patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally are highly uncertain, involve complex legal and factual questions and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patents, including those patent rights licensed to us by third parties, are highly uncertain.

The steps we have taken to police and protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, both inside and outside the United States. The rights already granted under any of our currently issued patents and those that may be granted under future issued patents may not provide us with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages we are seeking. If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or superior to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

With respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of the pending patent applications for any of our product candidates will result in the issuance of patents that protect our technology or products, or which will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Our pending applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Further, the examination process may require us, or for in-licensed technology, our licensors to narrow the claims, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained. Although we have a number of issued patents, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and issued patents that we own or have licensed from third parties may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in the loss of patent protection, the narrowing of claims in such patents, or the invalidity or unenforceability of such patents, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection for our technology and products.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Protecting against the unauthorized use of our patented technology, trademarks and other intellectual property rights is expensive, difficult and, may in some cases not be possible. In some cases, it may be difficult or impossible to detect third party infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, even in relation to issued patent claims, and proving any such infringement may be even more difficult.

We could be required to incur significant expenses to obtain our intellectual property rights, and we cannot ensure that we will obtain meaningful patent protection for our products.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we, Evonik or any future licensors may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. In addition, it is also possible that we or our licensors will fail to identify patentable aspects of further inventions made in the course of our development and commercialization activities before they are publicly disclosed, making it too late to obtain patent protection on them. Further, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. We expect to seek extensions of patent terms where these are available in any countries where we are prosecuting patents. This includes in the United States under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, which permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date of a patent based only on its earliest filing date plus any patent term adjustments due to patent office delays during prosecution that covers an approved product where the permission for the commercial marketing or use of the product is the first permitted commercial marketing or use, and as long as the remaining term of the patent does not exceed fourteen years. However the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may be able to take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and these foreign laws may also be subject to change. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all. Therefore we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

In March 2013, the United States transitioned to a ‘first to file’ system in which the first inventor to file a patent application that meets the requirements for patent eligibility is entitled to the patent. Third parties are allowed to submit prior art prior to the issuance of a patent by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, and may become involved in post-grant proceedings, for example, ex parte reexamination and inter partes review proceedings on patents granted from applications filed before or after March 16, 2013, post-grant review or derivation proceedings for patents granted from applications filed on or after March 16, 2013, or interference proceedings for applications filed before March 16, 2013, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, which could adversely affect our competitive position with respect to third parties.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submissions, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the U.S. PTO, and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The U.S. PTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of our own intellectual property rights or the proprietary rights of others. This can be expensive and time consuming. Many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defend their intellectual property rights than we can. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business and financial results. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by, or licensed to, us is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. If any of these occur, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time we may need to rely on licenses to proprietary technologies, which may be difficult or expensive to obtain or we may lose certain licenses which may be difficult to replace.

We may need to obtain licenses to patents and other proprietary rights held by third parties to develop, manufacture and market our product candidates. For example, EG-1962 requires a microparticulate delivery system to facilitate direct delivery to the brain for which we have licensed certain patent rights and know-how from Evonik. It is possible that the license could be terminated. In that case, we may lose our ability to develop, manufacture or market certain products which rely on Evonik patents and know-how, and may have to obtain a new license from Evonik or some other third party, which licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to timely obtain these licenses on commercially reasonable terms and maintain these licenses, our ability to commercially market our product candidates may be inhibited or prevented, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates, and to use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference and various post grant proceedings before the U.S. PTO, and opposition proceedings at other patent offices. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. We are aware of a third party U.S. patent claiming a method for universally distributing a therapeutic agent to the brain as well as compositions for administration into the cerebrospinal fluid of a subject with a stroke or a traumatic brain injury that expires in 2018. In the event a third party were to assert an infringement claim against us and we were ultimately found to infringe the third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and commercializing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain an appropriate license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business.

Our trade secrets are difficult to protect.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information and may not adequately protect our intellectual property.

Our success depends upon the skills, knowledge and experience of our scientific and technical personnel, our consultants and advisors as well as our partners, licensors and contractors. Because we operate in a highly competitive technical field of drug discovery, we rely in part on trade secrets to protect our proprietary technology and processes. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, corporate partners, consultants, sponsored researchers and other advisors. These agreements generally require that the receiving party keep confidential and not disclose to third parties all confidential information developed by the receiving party or made known to the receiving party by us during the course of the receiving party’s relationship with us.

These confidentiality and assignment agreements may be breached and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. Our trade secrets also could be independently discovered by competitors, in which case we would not be able to prevent use of such trade secrets by our competitors. The enforcement of a claim alleging that a party illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets could be difficult, expensive and time consuming and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets. The failure to obtain or maintain meaningful trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive position.

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

Many of our employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, including each member of our senior management, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. We are not aware of any threatened or pending claims related to these matters or concerning the agreements with our senior management, but in the future litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property disputes could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and/or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering there has been no market for shares of our common stock. An active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration. The market price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

announcement of the results of our open label NEWTON trial for EG-1962, our Phase 3 program for EG-1962 or any other future clinical trials of our product candidates, including any delays in enrollment rates or timing of these trials;
regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;
the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;
results of clinical trials of our competitors;
the success of competitive products or technologies;
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;
the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;
actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;
variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;
announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;
sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders;
changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors; and
general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or cease publishing research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or cease publishing about us, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding 25,847,917 shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 15, 2015, assuming: (i) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and (iii) the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares, 20,181,250 shares of our common stock will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 8,802,723 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

Future issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To raise capital, we may sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. These future issuances of common stock or common stock-related securities, together with the

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exercise of outstanding options to purchase 3,718,682 shares of common stock as of September 15, 2015 and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in material dilution to our investors. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering and our outstanding options.

After completion of this offering, we may be at an increased risk of securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 56.4% of our voting stock and, upon the consummation of this offering, that same group will hold approximately 44.7% of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, no exercise of outstanding options and after giving effect to the purchase of shares in this offering, as discussed below) in each case assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. In addition, certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $30 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, if these existing parties purchase all the shares they have indicated an interest in purchasing in this offering, these stockholders would purchase an aggregate of 2,000,000 of the 5,666,667 shares in this offering. These stockholders may be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. .

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated bylaws, or bylaws, that will become effective in connection with the consummation of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, or remove our current management. These provisions include:

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow for less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;
eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;
establishing a staggered board of directors; and

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, who are responsible for appointing the members of our management. Because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $10.03 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately 44% of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own, as a result of such investment, only approximately 22% of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately following this offering, see “Dilution.”

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness preclude, and any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our common stock being less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which could be for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reduced reporting requirements, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may also be unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Commencing with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2016, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that results in more than a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also generally requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begin its Section 404 reviews, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to this offering, we operated as a private company and therefore, have limited experience operating as a public company and complying with public company obligations. Complying with these requirements has increased our costs and requires additional management resources, and we still may fail to meet all of these obligations.

We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, as well as rules of the SEC and NASDAQ, for example, will result in significant initial cost to us as well as ongoing increases in our legal, audit and financial compliance costs, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Our board of directors, management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and require us to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

We expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 once we lose our status as an “emerging growth company.” We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements or other reports on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively or may use them in a way investors do not approve.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the market price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. If we do not invest the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use terms such as “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “may,” “could,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “approximately” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs, projections, outlook, analyses or current expectations concerning, among other things, our ongoing and planned preclinical development and clinical trials, the timing of and our ability to make regulatory filings and obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for our product candidates, our intellectual property position, the degree of clinical utility of our products, particularly in specific patient populations, our ability to develop commercial functions, expectations regarding clinical trial data, our results of operations, cash needs, spending of the proceeds from this offering, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth and strategies, the industry in which we operate and the trends that may affect the industry or us.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events, competitive dynamics and industry change, and depend on the economic circumstances that may or may not occur in the future or may occur on longer or shorter timelines than anticipated. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and events in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

Actual results could differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including risks related to:

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and needs for additional financing, particularly the resources we have on hand when we complete our planned Phase 3 program for EG-1962 and if we need to conduct more than a single Phase 3 trial for EG-1962;
the success and timing of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including if we enroll patients for our planned Phase 3 trial at a slower rate than is anticipated;
the difficulties in obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates, and the labeling under any approval we may obtain, particularly if EG-1962 fails to demonstrate clinical superiority to Nymalize, for which the FDA granted marketing exclusivity in 2013;
our plans and ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates;
our failure to recruit or retain key scientific or management personnel or to retain our executive officers including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Brian A. Leuthner, or our Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. R. Loch Macdonald;
the size and growth of the potential markets for our product candidates and our ability to serve those markets;
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;
the rate and degree of market acceptance of any of our product candidates;
our use of the proceeds from this offering;
obtaining and maintaining intellectual property protection for our product candidates and our proprietary technology;
the successful development of our commercialization capabilities, including sales and marketing capabilities;
recently enacted and future legislation regarding the healthcare system;

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the success of competing therapies and products that are or become available; and
the performance of third parties, including contract research organizations and third-party manufacturers.

Any forward-looking statements that we make in this prospectus speak only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

You should also read carefully the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and elsewhere to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified timeframe, or at all. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research surveys and studies conducted by third parties. In processing this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other sources, and our knowledge of, and experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We believe this data is accurate in all material respects as of the date of this prospectus.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $76.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option, we estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $88.1 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering as follows:

approximately $50 million to fund our planned Phase 3 clinical program (including costs associated with the NEWTON trial and manufacturing scale-up) for EG-1962 for the management of aSAH through read out of top-line data;
approximately $3 million to fund our development work on other routes of administration and other uses of EG-1962;
approximately $12 million to fund our preclinical studies and the commencement of clinical trials of EG-1964 for the prevention of recurrent bleeding after cSDH;
approximately $3 million to fund new and ongoing discovery and development programs; and
the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes, including funding certain development and regulatory milestone payments related to EG-1962.

Pending the application of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. We believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2015 will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through the completion of our current planned Phase 3 trial for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH.

The principal reasons for this offering are to create a public market for shares of our common stock and to facilitate our future access to public equity markets. Our management will have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds to us from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds from this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $5.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us in this offering by approximately $14.0 million. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our anticipated uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we will need to seek additional capital.

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly from our expectations depending upon numerous factors, including the progress of our research and development efforts, the progress of our clinical trials, our operating costs and capital expenditures, the results of our commercialization efforts and any acquisition and investment opportunities and the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, we will retain the discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering among the identified uses described above, and we reserve the right to change the allocation of the net proceeds among the uses described above.

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness restrict our ability to pay dividends, and any future indebtedness that we may incur could preclude us from paying dividends. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to additionally give further effect to the sale of 5,666,667 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the information in this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock” and the financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
As of June 30 , 2015
 
Actual
Pro forma
Pro forma
as adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents
$
58,465,083
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
134,715,088
 
Long Term Debt
$
4,223,708
 
$
4,223,708
 
$
4,223,708
 
Convertible Preferred Stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C-2 Preferred Stock: 12,500,000 shares authorized, 12,043,006 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
53,272,889
 
 
 
 
 
Series C-1 Preferred Stock: 4,000,000 shares authorized, 3,588,890 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
15,319,587
 
 
 
 
 
Series C Preferred Stock: 5,500,000 shares authorized, 4,697,314 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
18,578,517
 
 
 
 
 
Series B-1 Preferred Stock: 500,000 shares authorized, 359,935 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
477,191
 
 
 
 
 
Series B Preferred Stock: 2,500,000 shares authorized, 2,415,116 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
2,991,979
 
 
 
 
 
Series A Preferred stock: 1,000,000 shares authorized, 864,500 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
797,219
 
 
 
 
 
Total convertible preferred stock
 
91,437,382
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.00033 par value per share: no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.00033 par value per share: 38,500,000 shares authorized, 1,688,473 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 75,000,000 shares authorized, 20,181,250 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 75,000,000 shares authorized, 25,847,917 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
 
770
 
 
6,660
 
 
8,530
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
2,939,083
 
 
94,370,575
 
 
170,618,710
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(39,298,028
)
 
52,139,354
 
 
128,389,359
 
Total capitalization
$
56,363,062
 
$
56,363,062
 
$
132,613,067
 

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual number of shares issued, the initial public offering price and the other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $5.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remain the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million.

The table above excludes:

770,415 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
1,323,390 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $3.65 per share;
1,096,411 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.39 per share;
1,287,917 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $6.18 per share; and
606,973 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering. The historical net tangible book value (deficit) of our common stock as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $(39.3) million, or approximately $(23.27) per share. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined by dividing the number of our outstanding shares of common stock into our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of our common stock which will occur upon the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our net tangible book value at June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $52.1 million, or approximately $2.58 per share.

Investors purchasing in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the sale of common stock offered in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $128.4 million, or approximately $4.97 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.39 share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of $10.03 per share to investors purchasing in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
 
 
$
15.00
 
Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2015
 
 
 
$
(23.27
)
Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share
 
 
 
 
25.85
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
2.58
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing in this offering
 
 
 
 
2.39
 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
 
 
 
 
4.97
 
Dilution per share to investors purchasing in this offering
 
 
 
$
10.03
 

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of June 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
 
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Per Share
Existing stockholders before this offering
 
20,181,250
 
 
78
%
$
110,071,387
 
 
56
%
$
5.45
 
Investors purchasing in this offering
 
5,666,667
 
 
22
 
 
85,000,005
 
 
44
 
 
15.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
25,847,917
 
 
100.00
%
 
195,071,392
 
 
100.00
%
 
 
 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $0.20, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us at the assumed public offering

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

price would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $14.0 million, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.33 per share and the dilution in net tangible book value to investors in this offering by $0.33 per share.

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of any outstanding options or warrants. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to 76% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $5.25 per share, the dilution in net tangible book value would be $9.75 per share to investors in this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors purchasing in this offering will be increased to 6,516,667 shares or 24% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the consummation of this offering.

As of June 30, 2015, there were 1,323,390, 1,096,411 and 1,287,917 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, respectively, and an aggregate of 606,973 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. As of June 30, 2015, there were 99,400 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants and warrants exercisable for shares of Series C and Series C-1 Preferred Stock that upon the consummation of this offering would convert into warrants exercisable for 671,014 shares of common stock, with weighted average exercise prices of $2.01 per share and $6.32 per share, respectively. We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

The tables and calculations set forth above exclude:

770,415 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.76 per share;
1,323,390 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $3.65 per share;
1,096,411 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.39 per share;
1,287,917 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $6.18 per share; and
606,973 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, these stockholders would purchase an aggregate of up to 2,000,000 of the 5,666,667 shares in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these stockholders may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these stockholders could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these stockholders than the stockholders indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to them. The foregoing discussion and tables do not reflect any potential purchases by these stockholders.

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table summarizes our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of June 30, 2015 and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
201 4
201 3
201 5
201 4
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
(unaudited)
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
$
8,473,522
 
$
4,484,367
 
$
6,066,483
 
$
3,217,106
 
General and administrative
 
4,720,661
 
 
2,003,992
 
 
3,076,095
 
 
2,399,370
 
Total operating expenses:
 
13,194,183
 
 
6,488,359
 
 
9,142,578
 
 
5,616,476
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations
 
(13,194,183
)
 
(6,488,359
)
 
(9,142,578
)
 
(5,616,476
)
Other income (expense)
 
402,122
 
 
(853,739
)
 
(846,870
)
 
96,221
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,792,061
)
 
(7,342,098
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
 
590,675
 
 
459,018
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(12,201,386
)
 
(6,883,080
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Cumulative dividend on Series C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock
 
(1,580,701
)
 
(1,076,256
)
 
(2,429,515
)
 
(717,441
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(13,782,087
)
$
(7,959,336
)
$
(12,418,963
)
$
(6,237,696
)
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (1)
$
(8.16
)
$
(4.71
)
$
(7.36
)
$
(3.69
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and diluted (1)
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss
$
(12,201,386
)
 
 
 
$
(9,989,448
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share of common stock basic and diluted (1)
$
(1.46
)
 
 
 
$
(0.66
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding (1)
 
8,379,168
 
 
 
 
 
15,107,157
 
 
 
 

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended December 31,
As of June 30 , 2015
 
2014
2013
Actual
Pro Forma (2)
Pro Forma
As Adjusted (3)(4)
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
13,728,972
 
$
7,858,169
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
134,715,088
 
Total Assets
 
17,046,661
 
 
8,733,792
 
 
62,685,415
 
 
62,685,415
 
 
138,935,420
 
Long Term Debt
 
2,527,686
 
 
 
 
4,223,708
 
 
4,223,708
 
 
4,223,708
 
Convertible preferred stock
 
36,788,409
 
 
20,680,692
 
 
91,437,382
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(29,818,918
)
 
(16,036,831
)
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(27,833,749
)
 
(15,349,647
)
 
(39,298,028
)
 
52,139,354
 
 
128,389,359
 

(1) See Notes 2 (K) and (L) to our audited financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, and diluted pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate the pro forma per share amounts.
(2) Gives pro forma effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
(3) Gives further effect to the sale of 5,666,667 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(4) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $5.3 million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $14.0 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company that discovers, develops and seeks to commercialize novel, hospital-based therapies capable of transforming treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening conditions. Our initial product candidates target rare, acute, life-threatening neurological conditions for which we believe the approved existing therapies are inadequate.

We believe EG-1962, our lead product candidate, can fundamentally improve patient outcomes and transform the management of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage, or aSAH, which is bleeding around the brain due to a ruptured brain aneurysm. A single dose of EG-1962 is designed to deliver high concentrations of nimodipine, the current standard of care, directly to the brain with sustained drug exposure over 21 days. EG-1962 utilizes our proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform, or our Precisa development platform, a novel delivery mechanism that enables targeted and sustained drug exposure while potentially avoiding the dose-limiting side effects associated with currently available formulations of nimodipine. On May 28, 2015, the Office of Orphan Product Development at the US Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, granted us orphan drug designation for EG-1962 for the treatment of patients with aSAH and on September 3, 2015 the European Union (EU) Committee on Orphan Medicinal Products (COMP) issued a positive opinion for orphan drug designation of EG-1962 for treatment of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage.

In April 2015, enrollment was completed in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of EG-1962 in North America, which we refer to as our NEWTON trial. The NEWTON trial met its primary and secondary endpoints of safety, tolerability, defining the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and pharmacokinetics. The results of the principal exploratory endpoint from the 90-day follow-up available for patients in the NEWTON trial cohorts demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable clinical outcome (a score of 6 − 8 on the extended Glasgow Outcome Scale, or GOSE) versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with the standard of care, oral nimodipine. Of the 45 patients treated with EG-1962, 90 days following treatment 27% (12 of 45) of patients across 17 sites achieved the highest clinical outcome score (GOSE = 8, Upper Good Recovery) versus only 6% (1 of 18) patients treated with the standard of care oral nimodipine.

Based on End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, we have determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. Subject to submission and review by the FDA of a final protocol for the planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we expect to initiate the Phase 3 trial in mid-2016. Based on the results of the NEWTON trial, for a condition for which there is a substantial unmet medical need for better treatments, and the use of the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we believe this Phase 3 clinical trial, if successful, could form the basis of an NDA submission to the FDA for EG-1962.

In addition to EG-1962, we are using our Precisa development platform to develop additional product candidates targeting other acute, serious conditions where limited or no current therapies exist. We are developing our second product candidate, EG-1964, as a prophylactic treatment in the management of chronic subdural hematoma, or cSDH, to prevent recurrent bleeding on the surface of the brain. A cSDH is a liquefied hematoma that has accumulated on the surface of the brain in an area referred to as the subdural space and is often caused by minor head trauma. Following neurosurgical intervention to drain the hematoma, bleeding in the subdural space typically recurs in up to 30% of patients at which point another costly and risky neurosurgical intervention is required. EG-1964 contains aprotinin, a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor approved to reduce bleeding after cardiac surgery. Aprotinin works by slowing the breakdown of blood clots. By way of a single administration at the time of the initial neurosurgical intervention, we believe EG-1964 will deliver a high

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

concentration of aprotinin directly to the subdural space with sustained drug exposure over 21 to 28 days. If approved, we expect that EG-1964 can become the standard of care as a prophylactic treatment in the management of cSDH to prevent recurrent bleeding. We intend to submit an IND to the FDA for EG-1964 in 2016 and initiate a Phase 1/2 trial thereafter.

From our inception in 2009, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to business planning, engaging regulatory, manufacturing and other technical consultants, acquiring operating assets, planning and executing clinical trials and raising capital.

We have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since inception. Our net losses were $12.2 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $10.0 million and $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $29.8 million and $42.2 million, respectively. Substantially all of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities as we:

conduct clinical trials of our initial product candidates, including the commencement of our Phase 3 program for EG-1962;
continue our research and development efforts;
conduct preclinical studies and initiate clinical trials for EG-1964 for the treatment of cSDH;
manufacture preclinical study and clinical trial materials and scale-up for commercial manufacturing capabilities;
hire additional clinical, quality control, technical and scientific personnel to conduct our clinical trials and to support our product development efforts;
seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;
maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;
implement operational, financial and management systems; and
hire additional general and administrative personnel to support our operation as a public company.

We do not expect to generate any revenues from product sales until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years. If data from our NEWTON trial are positive, we intend to initiate our Phase 3 program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH in mid-2016. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Accordingly, we will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all and could be forced to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us in strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and ability to develop our product candidates.

We have raised capital primarily through convertible preferred stock financings and term debt as follows:

During 2009 and 2010, we sold shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with net proceeds of approximately $0.8 million and issued a promissory note to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, or the NJEDA, for net proceeds of approximately $0.1 million.
During 2011, we sold shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock with net proceeds of approximately $3.0 million and converted the NJEDA promissory note.
During 2012, we sold shares of Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase our common stock, with net proceeds of approximately $0.5 million and issued a convertible promissory note for net proceeds of approximately $0.2 million to a member of our board of directors.

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During 2013, we sold shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with net proceeds of approximately $16.1 million, issued a convertible promissory note for net proceeds of approximately $0.1 million to a member of our board of directors and converted promissory notes issued to a member of our board of directors.
During 2014, we sold shares of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock with net proceeds of approximately $14.9 million.
During 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules. The first and second term loan tranches were funded in 2014 and early 2015, respectively, in an aggregate amount of $6.0 million.
During April 2015, we sold shares of Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock with net proceeds of approximately $52.4 million.

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, we had $13.7 million and $58.5 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We have not generated any revenues from commercial product sales and do not expect to generate any such revenue in the near future. In the future, if any of our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we may generate revenue from product sales. We may also generate revenue in the future from a combination of research and development payments, license fees and other upfront payments or milestone payments.

Research and D evelopment E xpenses

Research and development expenses include employee-related expenses, licensing fees to use certain technology in our research and development projects, costs of acquiring, developing and manufacturing clinical trial materials, as well as fees paid to consultants and various entities that perform certain research and testing on our behalf. Costs for certain development activities, such as clinical trials, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment, clinical site activations or information provided by vendors on their actual costs incurred. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the financial statements as prepaid or accrued expenses. Costs incurred in connection with research and development activities are expensed as incurred.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses incurred for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
EG-1962 product candidate
$
5,885
 
$
3,886
 
$
3,482
 
$
2,029
 
EG-1964 product candidate
 
434
 
 
 
 
416
 
 
203
 
Pipeline
 
64
 
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
Internal Operating Expenses
 
2,091
 
 
598
 
 
2,162
 
 
985
 
Total
$
8,474
 
$
4,484
 
$
6,066
 
$
3,217
 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we advance our product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming. Successful development of future product candidates from our research and development programs is highly uncertain and may not result in approved products. Completion dates and completion costs can vary significantly for each future product candidate and are difficult to predict. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific and clinical success of each product candidate as well as ongoing assessments as to the commercial potential of our product candidates. We will need to raise additional capital and may seek collaborations in the

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

future in order to advance our various product candidates. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. We also could be required to seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, related to our executive, finance, legal, business development and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include travel expenses, professional fees for auditing, tax and legal services and facility-related costs.

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses incurred for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
General and administrative expenses
$
4,721
 
$
2,004
 
$
3,076
 
$
2,399
 

We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we expand our operating activities and incur additional costs associated with being a publicly-traded company. These increases will likely include legal, accounting and filing fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and fees associated with investor relations.

Warrant Remeasurement

Warrant remeasurement reflects adjustments to fair value of our liability-classified warrants.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense on our borrowings under the loan agreement with Hercules.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the revenue and expenses incurred during the reported periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our financial statements appearing in this prospectus, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Stock Warrants

As of June 30, 2015, we had outstanding warrants for the purchase of shares of Series C and Series C-1 Preferred Stock as well as warrants to purchase our common stock. The fair value of all of the warrants issued

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

was calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Certain warrants are classified as liabilities and remeasured to fair value each reporting period through the statement of operations.

Pursuant to the terms of the warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock, upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of our common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying Series C Preferred Stock. The Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert upon the consummation of an initial public offering of our common stock at a price per share no less than the Series C Preferred Stock price of $5.27.

Pursuant to the terms of the warrants to purchase shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, upon the conversion of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of our common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying Series C-1 Preferred Stock. The Series C-1 Preferred Stock will automatically convert upon the consummation of an initial public offering of our common stock at a price per share no less than the Series C-1 Preferred Stock price of $6.36.

Income Taxes

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and New Jersey state tax returns. Our deferred tax assets are primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards and are recorded using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be utilized. At December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $23.9 million, which expire at various dates between 2029 and 2034. At December 31, 2014, we had federal research and development credits carryforwards of approximately $0.7 million. We may be subject to the net operating loss utilization provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of NOL carryforwards attributable to periods before the change. The amount of the annual limitation depends upon our value immediately before the ownership change, changes to our capital during a specified period prior to the change, and the federal published interest rate. Although we have not completed an analysis under Section 382 of the Code, it is likely that the utilization of the NOLs will be substantially limited.

Accrued Clinical Expenses

When preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued clinical expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. Payments under some of the contracts we have with parties depend on factors, such as successful enrollment of certain numbers of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical trial milestones.

When accruing clinical expenses, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If possible, we obtain information regarding unbilled services directly from our service providers. However, we may be required to estimate the cost of these services based only on information available to us. If we underestimate or overestimate the cost associated with a trial or service at a given point in time, adjustments to research and development expenses may be necessary in future periods. Historically, our estimated accrued clinical expenses have approximated actual expense incurred.

Stock-based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards to employees and non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including: (1) the expected volatility of our stock, (2) the expected term of the award, (3) the risk-free interest rate and (4) expected dividends. In accordance with FASB ASC 505, we re-measure the fair value of non-employee stock-based compensation as the awards vest, and recognize the resulting value, if any, as expense during the period the related services are rendered. We believe that all stock options issued under our stock option plans meet the criteria of “plain vanilla” stock options. The expected term of the options outstanding was determined using the “simplified” method as prescribed by Staff Accounting Bulletin, No. 107, S hare B ased P ayment . The risk free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the option. The volatility was based on a representative group of small publicly traded drug development companies. The dividend yield assumption is zero since we have never paid cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The fair value of options granted for the periods indicated was estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizing the following assumptions:

 
For the Y ear
E nded December 31,
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
 
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Volatility
 
75.54
%
 
75.60
%
 
79.80
%
 
75.60
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
1.96
%
 
1.76
%
 
1.79
%
 
1.97
%
Expected Term in Years
 
5.78
 
 
5.87
 
 
6.07
 
 
5.76
 
Dividend Rate
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
Fair Value of Option on Grant Date
$
5.35
 
$
2.27
 
$
4.28
 
$
5.43
 

Stock-based compensation expense amounted to $1.0 million, $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At June 30, 2015, there was approximately $6.6 million of unamortized stock compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining average vesting period of 1.63 years.

We expect the impact of our stock-based compensation expense for stock options to employees to grow in future periods due to the potential increases in the value of our common stock and headcount.   

Fair Value of Common Stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined initially on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management and adjusted in connection with our reassessment of fair value for financial reporting purposes. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. We determined the fair value of stock options using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Guide. In addition, we considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

independent third party valuations of our common stock;
the prices at which we sold our shares of preferred stock to outside investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock relative to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock;
our results of operations and financial performance;
our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management, as well as our recruitment of experienced members to our board of directors;
the status of our research and development efforts and our stage of development generally;
risks inherent in the development of our product candidates;
the value of companies we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, company size, financial risk or other factors;
external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry;
trends within the biotechnology industry;

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the lack of an active public market for our capital stock; and
the estimated likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for our shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company, in light of prevailing market conditions.

The following table sets forth information about our stock option grants made since inception through June 30, 2015, including the per share estimated fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors after taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above and the per share weighted average fair value of our common stock based on the valuations described below:

Date of Grant
Number of Shares
Underlying Options
Granted
Exercise Price
per Share
Per Share Estimated
Fair Value of
Common Stock on
Grant Date (1)
Per Share Weighted
Average Fair Value of
Common Stock
May 11, 2010
 
21,380
 
$
0.23
 
$
0.23
 
$
0.49
(2)
June 23, 2010
 
7,126
 
 
0.23
 
 
0.23
 
 
0.49
(2)
October 1, 2010
 
35,633
 
 
0.23
 
 
0.23
 
 
0.49
(2)
December 15, 2010
 
7,126
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.49
(2)
January 1, 2011
 
26,313
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.49
(2)
March 11, 2011
 
19,735
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.49
(2)
May 1, 2011
 
43,856
 
 
0.68
 
 
0.68
 
 
0.49
(2)
August 15, 2011
 
131,569
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.75
(2)
October 15, 2011
 
21,928
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.75
(2)
August 1, 2012
 
21,928
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.82
 
 
0.85
(2)
December 19, 2012
 
730,940
 
 
2.39
 
 
1.37
 
 
1.11
(2)
December 20, 2012
 
365,470
 
 
2.39
 
 
1.37
 
 
1.11
(2)
August 28, 2013
 
38,739
 
 
2.04
 
 
2.04
 
 
2.37
(2)
October 11, 2013
 
524,449
 
 
2.04
 
 
2.04
 
 
3.17
(2)
March 27, 2014
 
406,727
 
 
8.28
 
 
8.28
 
 
8.28
(3)
July 18, 2014
 
45,683
 
 
7.10
 
 
7.10
 
 
7.10
(3)(4)
January 5, 2015
 
182,735
 
 
5.13
 
 
5.13
 
 
5.13
(3)(4)
March 11, 2015
 
982,018
 
 
6.36
 
 
6.13
 
 
6.13
(5)
April 1, 2015
 
127,914
 
 
6.36
 
 
6.13
 
 
6.13
(5)
(1) The fair value estimates were based on the Board of Director’s assessment of the fair value of our common stock on the relevant date, based on various factors described above.
(2) The fair value estimates were based on a retrospective valuation of our common stock, which was completed in March 2014.
(3) The fair value estimates were based on contemporaneous valuations of our common stock.
(4) Decrease in value attributable to the longer anticipated holding period to an IPO and softening of the biotech market.
(5) The fair value estimates were based on a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock and recent prices of recent sales of our preferred stock sold to new investors.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 would be $40.4 million.

In December 2013, based on our review of overall market conditions and the improving market for biotechnology company initial public offerings, our board of directors determined that a significant shift was occurring with respect to the valuation we could achieve in an initial public offering, or IPO, and directed management to begin preparation for an initial public offering of our common stock. We believe this event increased the probability of an early initial public offering scenario and therefore, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we re-assessed the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes at dates where there were stock option grants. For these prior periods, we adjusted the fair value based on market conditions, progress made in our development programs and whether we achieved company milestones. A retrospective valuation was completed in March 2014.

Valuations

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

The retrospective valuation of our common stock was prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the AICPA Practice Guide, which prescribes several valuation approaches for determining the value of an enterprise,

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its capital structure and specifically the common stock.

We considered valuations implied by arm’s length transactions involving the sale of our securities to independent investors, taking into consideration the various rights and preferences of the equity securities transacted. We concluded that the terms of our Convertible Preferred Stock sales were representative of fair value. Using the Preferred Stock pricing, we utilized the back-solve method (a form of the market approach defined in the AICPA Practice Guide) to estimate the implied enterprise value and the resulting common stock fair value at certain dates. We used a market based approach to estimate the equity value of our company after we began to prepare for an IPO. In our December 2013 valuation, we also relied on comparable public company valuations to provide an indication of our enterprise’s fair value.

Methods Used to Allocate our Enterprise Value to Classes of Securities

In accordance with the AICPA Practice Guide, we considered the following methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date.

Option pricing method, or OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the enterprise’s value with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference and conversion terms of the preferred stock. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event (for example, merger or sale). This method was utilized in the valuations discussed below.
Probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. This method was utilized in the valuations at and after December 31, 2013.

In March 2014, we utilized a third party valuation company to determine retrospectively the fair value of our common stock. The followings dates were selected based on significant events: October 1, 2010, August 15, 2011, August 1, 2012, December 19, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, August 28, 2013, October 11, 2013, December 31, 2013 and March 1, 2014.

Valuation of Common Stock from October 2010 to October 11, 2013

We engaged a third party valuation firm to conduct a retrospective valuation of our common stock using the OPM for the period from October 1, 2010 to October 11, 2013 at various event dates for all of the valuation dates. We utilized the back-solve method, a form of the market approach defined in the AICPA Practice Guide, to estimate the equity values.

In applying the back-solve method, we utilized the OPM. It was determined that the OPM method was the most reliable given the expectation of various potential liability outcomes and the difficulty of selecting and supporting appropriate enterprise values given our early stage of development and financial position. For the OPM analysis, we estimated a weighted-average time to an exit (liquidity) event which was our best estimate for potential exit scenarios for the investors. Volatility percentages were assumed based on an analysis of guideline public companies’ historical equity volatility for the time period to exit. The risk-free rate assumption was based on the yield on similar duration U.S. Treasury bonds. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was applied to the calculated common price per share. For each of the valuation dates we assigned probabilities of outcomes to the scenarios of a sale to a strategic buyer and an initial public offering and then calculated the weighted common value per share.

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables summarize the significant assumptions used for each of the valuation scenarios used to determine the fair value of our common stock during this period.

Backsolve Round
Series A at $ 1. 00
Series B at $ 1. 25
Series B-1 at $ 1.71
Date
10/1/2010
8/15/2011
8/1/2012
12/19/2012
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
Strategic
Buyer
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
3.45
3.45
3.00
4.75
3.05
4.25
Volatility to Exit
89.2%
97.2%
95.0%
99.9%
90.8%
103.6%
DLOM
15%
15%
15%
15%
15%
15%
Common price post DLOM
$0.49
$0.75
$0.74
$1.45
$0.94
$2.04
Probability
100%
100%
85%
15%
85%
15%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 0.49
$ 0.75
$ 0.85
$ 1.10
Backsolve Round
Series C @ $ 3.85
Date
3/31/2013
6/30/2013
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.50
2.00
2.55
2.50
Volatility to Exit
77.8%
79.6%
80.2%
80.3%
DLOM
15%
15%
15%
15%
Common price post DLOM
$0.97
$3.87
$1.00
$3.67
Probability
70%
30%
60%
40%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 1.85
$ 2.07
Backsolve Round
Series C @ $ 3.85
Date
8/28/2013
10/11/2013
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.55
2.05
2.55
1.45
Volatility to Exit
77.4%
78.1%
76.9%
74.4%
DLOM
15%
15%
15%
15%
Common price post DLOM
$0.93
$3.80
$0.90
$3.93
Probability
50%
50%
25%
75%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 2.37
$ 3.17

Valuation of Common Stock as of March 27, 2014

At March 27, 2014, we utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM. Specifically we incorporated a PWERM under an IPO scenario. The PWERM modeled potential valuations under an IPO, allocated that value among the various classes of equity, and then discounted to present value, assuming an IPO in mid-year 2014. We utilized an OPM to backsolve to our Series C Preferred Stock. The results of the PWERM and OPM were probability weighted to arrive at an enterprise value.

Backsolve Round
Series C @ $ 3.85
Date
3/27/2014
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.55
0.25
Volatility to Exit
76.2%
71.7%
DLOM
15%
14%
Common price post DLOM
$0.34
$10.26
Probability
20%
80%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 8.28

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The increase in value at the time was attributable primarily to the significant increase in the likelihood of a near-term IPO compared with previous valuation points.

Valuation of Common Stock as of July 18, 2014

At July 18, 2014, we utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM. Specifically we incorporated a PWERM under an IPO scenario. The PWERM modeled potential valuations under an IPO, allocated that value among the various classes of equity, and then discounted to present value, assuming an IPO with a 50% probability in later 2014 and 50% probability in 2015. We utilized an OPM to backsolve to our Series C Preferred Stock. The results of the PWERM and OPM were probability weighted to arrive at an enterprise value.

Backsolve Round
Series C @ $ 3.85
Date
7/18/2014
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.3
0.5
Volatility to Exit
74.4%
74.0%
DLOM
15%
21%
Common price post DLOM
$0.42
$8.77
Probability
20%
80%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 7.10

The decrease in value was attributable primarily to an expected longer holding period after a softening of the biotech market, which decreased the likelihood of a near-term IPO compared with previous valuation points.

Valuation of Common Stock as of January 5, 2015

At January 5, 2015, we utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM. Specifically we incorporated a PWERM under an IPO scenario. The PWERM modeled potential valuations under an IPO, allocated that value among the various classes of equity, and then discounted to present value, assuming an IPO with a 50% probability of a crossover preferred financing round and a 50% probability without such a preferred financing round. Additionally, a 20% probability of exiting under the Strategic Buyer scenario and a 80% probability of successfully completing an IPO was ascribed. The results of the PWERM and OPM were probability weighted to arrive at an enterprise value as shown below.

Backsolve Round
Series C-1 @ $ 4.65
Date
1/5/2015
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
1.8
0.43
Volatility to Exit
70.6%
70.3%
DLOM
15%
18%
Common price post DLOM
$0.71
$6.24
Probability
20%
80%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 5.13

The decrease in value was attributable primarily to the longer anticipated holding period to an IPO and a softening of the biotech market compared with previous valuation points and dilution from the Series C-1 Preferred Stock issuance in late 2014.

Valuation of Common Stock as of March 11 and April 1 , 2015

We utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM. Specifically we incorporated a PWERM under an IPO scenario. The PWERM modeled potential valuations under an IPO, allocated that value among the various classes of equity, and then discounted to present value, assuming an IPO with a preferred equity financing round

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(which occurred April 6, 2015). Additionally, a 20% probability of exiting under the Strategic Buyer scenario and an 80% probability of successfully completing an IPO was ascribed. The results of the PWERM and OPM were probability weighted to arrive at an enterprise value as shown below.

Backsolve Round
Series C-1 @ $ 4.65
Date
3/11/2015 and 4/1/2015
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.56
0.5
Volatility to Exit
70.5%
68.4%
DLOM
15%
19%
Common price post DLOM
$0.89
$7.43
Probability
20%
80%
Common price (probability weighted)
$ 6.13

The increase in value was attributable primarily to the higher preferred equity financing round price.

Valuation of Common Stock as of June 30, 2015

At June 30, 2015, we utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM. Specifically we incorporated a PWERM under an IPO scenario. The PWERM modeled potential valuations under an IPO, allocated that value among the various classes of equity, and then discounted to present value, assuming an IPO with a preferred equity financing round. Additionally, a 20% probability of exiting under a sale to a strategic buyer and an 80% probability of successfully completing an IPO was ascribed. The results of the PWERM and OPM were probability weighted to arrive at an enterprise value as shown below.

Backsolve Round
Series C-2 @ $ 4.65
Date
6/30/2015
Exit Strategy
Strategic
Buyer
IPO
Years to Exit
2.5
0.26
Volatility to Exit
68.6%
68.4%
DLOM
15%
14%
Common price post DLOM
$0.81
$8.41
Probability
20%
80%
Common price (probability weighted)
$6.90

The increase in value was attributable primarily to a shorter expected holding period under the IPO scenario, which reduced the present value factor and lessened the calculated DLOM.

Determination of Estimated Price Range

We and our underwriters determined the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, which is $14 to $16 per share. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our common stock was $6.90 per share at June 30, 2015, which was determined by our board of directors with the assistance of a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2015. This valuation utilized a hybrid of a PWERM and an OPM attributing an 80% probability to an IPO and a 20% probability to the sale to a strategic buyer. The 80% weighting attributed to an IPO reflected our subjective assessment as to the necessity and likelihood of an IPO in light of the working capital provided by our recent Series C-1 and Series C-2 financing rounds, macro-economic and market conditions, including market conditions for initial public offerings of companies similarly situated to ours, our subjective assessment as to the likelihood of FDA approval of EG-1962, greater certainty around key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962, our continued progress towards commercialization in the event EG-1962 is approved, and our subjective assessment as to the likelihood of successfully executing an IPO in the coming months, among other factors. We note that, as is typical in initial public offerings, the estimated price range for this offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined based upon discussions between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in setting the estimated range were prevailing market conditions and estimates of our business potential, the general condition of the securities market and the market prices of, and demand for, publicly-traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we believe that the difference in value reflected between the estimated price range and the determination of the fair value of our common stock on June 30, 2015, the price used for our most recent equity issuance, was primarily the result of the following factors:

since June 30 2015, we publicly filed the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;
since June 30, 2015, the NEWTON trial met its primary and secondary endpoints of safety, tolerability, defining the maximum tolerated dose and pharmacokinetics and the results of the principal exploratory endpoint from the 90-day follow-up available for patients in the NEWTON trial cohorts demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable clinical outcome versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with the standard of care oral nimodipine;
since June 30, 2015, we have, based on End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH, which, subject to submission and review by the FDA of a final protocol, we expect to initiate in mid-2016;
since June 30, 2015, we received positive feedback from potential investors in connection with “testing-the-waters” meetings;
since June 30, 2015, the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products of the European Medicines Agency issued a positive opinion on our application for orphan drug designation of EG-1962;
the contemporaneous valuation prepared as of June 30, 2015 contained multiple liquidity scenarios, including an IPO to which we assigned a probability weighting of 80%. The consideration of different scenarios accounts for some but not all of the difference between the estimated price range and the valuation as of June 30, 2015;
the June 30, 2015 valuation took into account the uncertainty surrounding the public offering in terms of the likelihood of success, timing and price. The estimated price range necessarily assumes that the initial public offering has occurred, that a public market for our common stock has been created, and therefore excludes any discount for lack of marketability of our common stock, which was factored in the June 30, 2015 valuation. Accordingly, the previously used private company valuation methodology is no longer applicable;
the proceeds of a successful IPO would substantially strengthen our balance sheet by increasing our cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, the completion of this offering would provide us with access to the public company debt and equity markets and a lower cost of capital following the public offering. These projected improvements in our financial position influenced the estimated price range;
the price that investors are willing to pay in this offering, for which the estimated price range is intended to serve as an estimate, may take into account other things that have not been expressly considered in our prior valuations but matter to investors in their own subjective and qualitative assessment of our company, are thus not objectively determinable and that valuation models are not able to quantify; and
in the public markets we believe there are investors who may apply more qualitative valuation criteria to certain of our clinical assets than the valuation methods applied in our valuations.

Warrant Liability

We estimate the fair value of our warrant liability at the end of the applicable period for the common stock warrant and the Series C and Series C-1 Preferred Stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Adjustments to the fair value are recorded in the statement of operations.

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The fair value of these warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following assumptions:

 
For the Y ear E nded December 31,
Period Ended June 30 ,
 
Series C-1
Series C
Common Stock
Series C
Common Stock
Series C-1
Series C
Common Stock
 
2014
2014
2014
2013
2013
2015
2015
2015
Volatility
 
75.0
%
 
75.0
%
 
75.0
%
 
90
%
 
75.6
%
 
79.8
%
 
79.8
%
 
79.8
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
1.65
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.76
%
 
1.48
%
 
2.23
%
 
1.61
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.75
%
Expected Term in Years
 
4.94
 
 
3.28
 
 
5.35
 
 
4.35
 
 
6.35
 
 
4.50
 
 
3.03
 
 
4.85
 
Dividend Rate
 
8.00
%
 
8.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
8.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
8.00
%
 
8.00
%
 
0.00
%
Warrant Fair Value
$
2.03
 
$
1.78
 
$
4.30
 
$
2.99
 
$
6.29
 
$
2.24
 
$
2.34
 
$
5.99
 

In connection with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also determined the fair value of our common stock and Series C and Series C-1 Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and June 30, 2015.

In early March 2014, we had a valuation firm determine the value as of December 31, 2013. In determining the value of our common stock and Series C Preferred Stock we considered the following factors:

The clinical progress since the prior valuation, including the number of clinical trial sites opened and subjects enrolled;
Our progress towards an IPO, including engaging a law firm in December 2013 to represent us in the IPO process;
Interviewed and selected two lead investment banks to underwrite a planned IPO; and
We began discussions with several institutional investors about participating in or leading interim private financings in early 2014 and thereafter.

Subsequently in 2014, quarterly valuations were performed with updated information on the factors listed above.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock

We compute basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. For all periods presented the dilutive effects of preferred stock, warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock and stock options have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Because the impact of these items is anti-dilutive during periods of net loss, there was no difference between our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30 , 2015 and 2014

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 
Six Months Ended
June 30 ,
Increase (Decrease)
 
2015
2014
$
%
 
(in thousands)
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development expenses
$
6,066
 
$
3,217
 
$
2,849
 
 
89
%
General and administrative expenses
 
3,076
 
 
2,399
 
 
677
 
 
28
%
Total operating expenses
 
9,142
 
 
5,616
 
 
3,526
 
 
63
%
Loss from operations
 
(9,142
)
 
(5,616
)
 
(3,526
)
 
63
%
Warrant remeasurement
 
(446
)
 
95
 
 
(541
)
 
569
%

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Six Months Ended
June 30 ,
Increase (Decrease)
 
2015
2014
$
%
 
(in thousands)
Interest income (expense), net
 
(401
)
 
1
 
 
(402
)
 
NM
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(9,989
)
 
(5,520
)
 
(4,469
)
 
81
%
Benefit for income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(9,989
)
$
(5,520
)
$
(4,469
)
 
81
%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased to $6.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $3.2 million for the same period in 2014. The increase of $2.9 million in 2015 was primarily attributable to an increase in expenses for the EG-1962 NEWTON trial of $1.5 million and EG-1964 study of $0.2 million, additional R&D personnel costs of $0.8 million, stock-based compensation of $0.1 million and professional fees of $0.1 million.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased to $3.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $2.4 million for the same period in 2014. The $0.7 million increase was due primarily to increases in personnel costs of $0.4 million and professional fees of $0.2 million.

Warrant Remeasurement

Warrant remeasurement expenses increased due to the change in fair value of the warrants in relation to the common stock valuation.

Interest Income and Expense, N et

Interest income and expense, net increased primarily due to interest expense for the Hercules loan beginning in August 2014.

Comparison of the years ended December 31 , 2014 and 2013

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Increase (Decrease)
 
2014
2013
$
%
 
(in thousands)
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development expenses
$
8,474
 
$
4,484
 
$
3,990
 
 
89
%
General and administrative expenses
 
4,721
 
 
2,004
 
 
2,717
 
 
136
%
Total operating expenses
 
13,195
 
 
6,488
 
 
6,707
 
 
103
%
Loss from operations
 
(13,195
)
 
(6,488
)
 
(6,707
)
 
103
%
Warrant remeasurement
 
582
 
 
(854
)
 
1,436
 
 
(168
%)
Interest income (expense), net
 
(179
)
 
 
 
(179
)
 
100
%
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,792
)
 
(7,342
)
 
(5,450
)
 
74
%
Benefit for income taxes
 
591
 
 
459
 
 
132
 
 
29
%
Net loss
$
(12,201
)
$
(6,883
)
$
(5,318
)
 
77
%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased to $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 from $4.5 million for the same period in 2013. The increase of $4.0 million in 2014 was primarily attributable to the

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increased expenses for the initiation of the EG-1964 development study of $0.4 million, an increase in expenses for the EG-1962 NEWTON trial of $2.0 million, initiation of pipeline development costs of $0.1 million, additional R&D personnel costs of $0.6 million, stock based compensation of $0.6 million and professional fees of $0.2 million.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased to $4.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 from $2.0 million for the same period in 2013. The $2.7 million increase was due primarily to increases in personnel costs of $0.9 million, stock based compensation of $0.5 million, professional fees of $0.3 million, investor relations services and corporate marketing of $0.5 million, and rent and office expenses of $0.3 million.

Warrant Remeasurement

Warrant remeasurement expenses increased due to the change in fair value of the warrants in relation to the common stock valuation.

Interest Income and Expense, N et

Interest income and expense, net increased primarily due to interest expense for a venture financing loan beginning in August 2014.

Benefit for Income Taxes

Benefit for income taxes increased $0.1 million to $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 from $0.5 million for the same period in 2013 from the sale of our New Jersey state NOL carry forwards.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception and through June 30, 2015, we have raised aggregate net proceeds of $93.9 million to fund our operations, of which $87.5 million was from the sale of preferred stock, $6.0 million was from a loan and security agreement and $0.4 million was from the issuance of convertible debt securities and promissory notes to stockholders. As of June 30, 2015, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $58.5 million as compared to $13.7 million as of December 31, 2014. The $44.8 million increase in total cash was due primarily to raising net proceeds of $52.4 million from the sale of preferred stock and to a $3.0 million increase from the loan and security agreement offset by funding of operations, which mainly consisted of research and development activities and general and administrative expenses, including costs associated with this offering.

We incurred net losses of approximately $10.0 million and $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $12.2 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $42.2 million, working capital of $56.4 million and cash and cash equivalents of $58.5 million.

In 2015, we consummated the sale and issuance of 12,043,006 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock for net proceeds of approximately $52.4 million. In 2014, we consummated the sale and issuance of 3,558,890 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock for net proceeds of approximately $14.9 million. In 2013, we consummated the sale and issuance of 4,631,505 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for net proceeds of approximately $16.1 million and issued an additional 65,809 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in satisfaction of a $0.3 million bridge loan.

Hercules Loan and Security Agreement

On August 28, 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules. The loan agreement with Hercules provides funding for an aggregate principal amount of up to $10.0 million in three separate tranches. The first tranche was funded on August 28, 2014 in the amount of $3.0 million and matures on March 1, 2018. The terms of the loan agreement were amended following the completion of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock round of financing to allow for the drawdown of the second tranche of $3,000,000. This second tranche was funded on January 29, 2015. The Company elected not to draw the third tranche of $4.0 million, the availability of which expired on June 30, 2015. Initially, the loans bore interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) 10.45% or (ii) the sum of (a) 10.45% plus (b) the prime rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal ) minus 4.50%. On April 6, 2015, the second milestone event was met when the Company received cash proceeds in an

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amount greater than $55,000,000 which lowered the base interest rate on all loans to the greater of (i) 9.95% or (ii) the sum of (a) 9.95% plus (b) the prime rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal ) minus 4.50%. We are required to make interest-only payments on each term loan through September 2015. Commencing in October 2015, the loans will amortize in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over 30 months. On the maturity date or the date the loans otherwise become due, we must also pay the lender under the agreement an additional charge equal to 1.5% of the total amounts funded under the loan agreement. In addition, if we prepay any of the term loans during the first year following the initial closing, we must pay a prepayment charge equal to 3% of the amount being prepaid, if we prepay any of the term loans during the second year following the initial closing, we must pay a prepayment charge equal to 2% of the amount being prepaid, and if we prepay any of the term loans after the second year following the initial closing, we must pay a prepayment charge of 1% of the amount being prepaid.

The term loans are secured by substantially all of our assets, other than intellectual property, which is the subject of a negative pledge. Under the loan agreement, we are subject to certain customary covenants that limit or restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant any security interests, pay cash dividends, repurchase our common stock, make loans, or enter into certain transactions without the prior consent of the lender. Hercules had the right to convert in the first subsequent unregistered financing of our convertible preferred stock (following our Series C-1 Preferred Stock) or other senior equity securities or instruments exercisable for the foregoing of up to $1.0 million of the principal amount of any term loan advance for securities being issued in such financing on the same terms afforded to others participating in such financing and/or to invest up to $1.0 million in that same subsequent unregistered financing on the same terms afforded to others participating in such financing. Hercules did not exercise this conversion right but did exercise its right to participate in our Series C-2 financing and invested $1.0 million in our Series C-2 Preferred Stock on April 6, 2015.

In connection with the loan agreement, we issued Hercules a warrant to purchase up to 107,526 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock. To the extent we consummate a subsequent equity financing for a new series of our preferred stock at a price per share lower than the price of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock, then the warrant shall be exercisable into such series of preferred stock at the lowest price per share at which such new series is offered. The warrant will become exercisable into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The warrant expires on the earlier of five years from the consummation of this offering or August 28, 2024 and carries piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the warrant.

Cash flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
201 5
201 4
Net cash (used in) operating activities
$
(9,715
)
$
(8,045
)
$
(9,971
)
$
(4,225
)
Net cash (used in) investing activities
 
(885
)
 
(137
)
 
(447
)
 
(53
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
16,471
 
 
15,899
 
 
55,154
 
 
(841
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash
$
5,871
 
$
7,717
 
$
44,736
 
$
(5,120
)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $10.0 million and $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cash used in operating activities of $5.8 million was primarily due to an increase in our research and development expenses of $2.8 million, general and administrative expenses of $0.7 million, interest expense on debt of $0.3 million and decreases in accounts payable of $1.5 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $9.7 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in cash used in operating activities of $1.7 million was primarily due to an increase in our research and development expenses partially offset by a reduction in other receivable and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $0.9 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in each period related entirely to purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $55.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to the proceeds from the issuance of our Series C-2 Preferred Stock of $52.4 million and debt of $3.0 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to $14.9 million of net proceeds resulting from the sales of shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the proceeds from the issuance of debt of $3.0 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to $15.8 million of net proceeds resulting from the sales of shares of our Series C Preferred Stock.

Operating Capital Requirements

We expect that our primary uses of capital will continue to be third-party clinical research and development services, compensation and related expenses, laboratory and related supplies, legal and other regulatory expenses and general overhead costs. We believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2015, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through the completion of our current planned Phase 3 trial for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. However, we may require additional capital for the further development of our existing product candidates, including if the FDA requires that we conduct additional Phase 3 trials of EG-1962, and we may also need to raise additional funds sooner to pursue other development activities related to additional product candidates or additional routes of administration of or expanded indications for EG-1962.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of the clinical trials for our product candidates to meet regulatory approval, particularly whether the FDA requires us to complete two Phase 3 trials for EG-1962 or changes to the anticipated design of our Phase 3 program, such as changes in the required control arm of any such trial;
the outcome of planned 2015 interactions with the FDA and other non-U.S. health authorities that may alter our proposed Phase 3 program for EG-1962 that is required to meet the standards of a marketing authorization approval in aSAH;
the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;
the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;
the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;
the effect of competing technological and market developments;

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and
the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

Please see the section titled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.

Until such time, if ever, we generate product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings and research collaboration and license agreements. We may be unable to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed or on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to develop our product candidates.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31 , 2014
Total
Less than
one year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
 
(in thousands)
Debt principal and interest
$
3,668
 
$
581
 
$
3,087
 
$
 
$
 
Operating lease obligations
 
968
 
 
228
 
 
701
 
 
39
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations
$
4,636
 
$
809
 
$
3,788
 
$
39
 
$
 
As of June 30, 2015
Total
Less than
one year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
 
(in thousands)
Debt principal and interest
$
6,964
 
$
2,189
 
$
4,775
 
$
 
$
 
Operating lease obligations
$
855
 
$
230
 
$
625
 
$
 
$
 
Total contractual obligations
$
7,819
 
$
2,419
 
$
5,400
 
$
 
$
 

Purchase Commitments

We have no material non-cancelable purchase commitments with service providers as we have generally contracted on a cancelable, purchase order basis.

Milestone and Royalty-based Commitments

We have obligations to make future payments to Evonik that become due and payable upon the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercial milestones. We have not included this commitment on our balance sheet or in the table above because the achievement of these milestones is not fixed and determinable.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, (i) providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three-year period or (d) the last day of our fiscal year containing the fifth anniversary of the date on which shares of our common stock become publicly traded in the United States.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

The primary objectives of our investment activities are to ensure liquidity and to preserve principal, while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our marketable securities without significantly increasing risk. As of June 30, 2015, we had cash equivalents of $58.5 million that were held in a non-interest-bearing money operating account and an institutional market fund. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents. To minimize the risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in institutional market funds that are comprised of U.S. Treasury and Treasury backed repurchase agreements.

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company that discovers, develops and seeks to commercialize novel, hospital-based therapies capable of transforming treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening conditions. Our initial product candidates target rare, acute, life-threatening neurological conditions for which we believe the approved existing therapies are inadequate.

We believe EG-1962, our lead product candidate, can fundamentally improve patient outcomes and transform the management of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage, or aSAH, which is bleeding around the brain due to a ruptured brain aneurysm. A single dose of EG-1962 is designed to deliver high concentrations of nimodipine, the current standard of care, directly to the brain with sustained drug exposure over 21 days. EG-1962 utilizes our proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform, or our Precisa ® development platform, a novel delivery mechanism that enables targeted and sustained drug exposure while potentially avoiding the dose-limiting side effects associated with currently available formulations of nimodipine. On May 28, 2015, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, granted us orphan drug designation for EG-1962 for the treatment of patients with aSAH and on September 3, 2015 the European Union (EU) Committee on Orphan Medicinal Products (COMP) issued a positive opinion for orphan drug designation of EG-1962 for treatment of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage.

In April 2015, enrollment was completed in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of EG-1962 in North America, which we refer to as our NEWTON trial. The NEWTON trial met its primary and secondary endpoints of safety, tolerability, defining the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and pharmacokinetics. The results of the principal exploratory endpoint from the 90-day follow-up available for patients in the NEWTON trial demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable clinical outcome (a score of 6-8 on the extended Glasgow Outcome Scale, or GOSE) versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with the standard of care, oral nimodipine. Of the 45 patients treated with EG-1962, 90 days following treatment 27% (12 of 45) of patients across 17 sites achieved the highest clinical outcome score (GOSE=8, Upper Good Recovery) versus only 6% (1 of 18) patients treated with the standard of care oral nimodipine.

Based on End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, we have determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. Subject to submission and review by the FDA of a final protocol for the planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we expect to initiate the Phase 3 trial in mid-2016. Based on the results of the NEWTON trial, for a condition for which there is a substantial unmet medical need for better treatments, and the use of the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we believe this Phase 3 clinical trial, if successful, could form the basis of an NDA submission to the FDA for EG-1962.

In the United States, approximately 35,000 patients with an average age of 52 are hospitalized in the intensive care unit, or ICU, each year for aSAH, and approximately 75% of these patients die or suffer permanent brain damage within 30 days. This results in overall inpatient charges of more than $5.0 billion per year in the United States. After the ruptured aneurysm is repaired, these patients remain at risk for multiple complications that are managed over the course of the patient’s treatment to optimize clinical outcomes. The most common and severe complications, which are thought to be at least in part due to the influx of calcium, include cerebral vasospasm, or narrowing of the brain arteries, and delayed cerebral ischemia, or DCI, a catastrophic delayed complication that occurs secondary to processes including cerebral vasospasm. DCI occurs in up to 30% of patients who survive the initial hemorrhage. DCI often leads to the death of brain tissue due to insufficient blood flow to certain areas of the brain and results in a significant economic burden to the hospital due to approximately $50,000 in additional direct in-hospital per patient costs. Further, the lifetime cost of illness associated with chronically disabled patients presents a significant economic burden to the entire healthcare system.

Current treatment guidelines recommend that all aSAH patients receive the L-type calcium channel blocker nimodipine over a 21-day period orally every four hours. As part of their routine course of treatment, we believe nearly half of aSAH patients have an external ventricular drain, or EVD, inserted into the brain to monitor pressure and serve as a pathway to administer drugs. Nimodipine has been the standard of care for over 25 years and has a well understood safety profile at its approved dose and route of administration. Nimodipine has been shown to improve outcomes in aSAH patients, and its mechanism of action is believed to modify several calcium

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

channel mediated pathways contributing to unfavorable outcomes. However, the ability to administer nimodipine at optimal therapeutic levels is limited by side effects, primarily its potential to cause hypotension, or low blood pressure, which can exacerbate the complications of aSAH. EG-1962 delivers high and sustained concentrations of nimodipine directly to the site of injury in the brain in a single administration through an existing EVD while potentially avoiding these dose-limiting side effects. Since current treatment guidelines recommend that all patients receive nimodipine prophylactically after aSAH, we believe that EG-1962, if approved, can become the new standard of care for all patients who receive an EVD after aSAH.

In April 2015, we completed enrollment of the NEWTON trial in North America. The NEWTON trial is a multicenter, randomized, controlled, open label Phase 1/2 clinical trial of EG-1962. The NEWTON trial was designed as a safety, tolerability, MTD and pharmacokinetics trial of EG-1962 compared to oral nimodipine in up to 96 patients with aSAH. Six different dose cohorts (72 patients) have been evaluated at escalating doses of 100 mg, 200 mg, 400 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg and 1200 mg. Twelve patients in each cohort were randomized in a ratio of 3 to 1 to receive either single dose EG-1962 or standard of care oral nimodipine for 21 days. After 90 days we assessed multiple exploratory endpoints, the principal exploratory endpoint of which was patient clinical outcomes; and other exploratory endpoints included ischemia, DCI, and use of rescue therapies, all of which we believe are indicative of the potential efficacy of EG-1962. Seventeen medical centers in North America participated in the NEWTON trial.

The results for the NEWTON trial showed that the primary and secondary study endpoints were met and all of the exploratory endpoints favored the EG-1962 group. Safety and tolerability data are reported for all six cohorts, while efficacy results are reported only for five cohorts as the sixth cohort (1200 mg) was not a tolerable dose. There were no safety concerns identified after administration of EG-1962 that precluded dose escalation. Further, safety data for the trial showed that 0% of patients (0 of 54) experienced EG-1962 related hypotension in the treated group, while 17% of patients (3 of 18) treated with the standard of care, oral nimodipine experienced hypotension. The MTD was determined to be 800 mg. Clinical outcome results from the 90-day follow-up for patients demonstrated that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 experienced a favorable clinical outcome (GOSE score of 6-8) versus only 28% (5 of 18) of patients treated with oral nimodipine. In September 2015, we commenced enrollment of patients in a single expansion cohort in the Czech Republic and Finland. We expect to announce full trial results and initiate our Phase 3 program in mid-2016.

Since at least 50% of aSAH patients may not require an EVD, market expansion opportunities exist. We intend to explore alternative routes of administration of EG-1962, including intracisternal and lumbar administration to improve outcomes in patients with aSAH who do not receive an EVD, but remain at risk for delayed neurological complications. Intracisternal administration involves placing a single administration of EG-1962 into the basal cisterns of the brain during surgical repair of the aneurysm. Lumbar administration would entail a single administration of EG-1962 into the cerebral spinal fluid, or CSF, via a catheter in the lumbar region of the back.

If successful, we believe both intracisternal and lumbar administration, together with intraventricular administration, can establish EG-1962 as a prophylactic treatment to improve outcomes in substantially all patients with aSAH.

In addition to EG-1962, we are using our Precisa development platform to develop additional product candidates targeting other acute, serious conditions where limited or no current therapies exist. We are developing our second product candidate, EG-1964, as a prophylactic treatment in the management of chronic subdural hematoma, or cSDH, to prevent recurrent bleeding on the surface of the brain. A cSDH is a liquefied hematoma that has accumulated on the surface of the brain in an area referred to as the subdural space and is often caused by minor head trauma. Following neurosurgical intervention to drain the hematoma, bleeding in the subdural space typically recurs in up to 30% of patients at which point another costly and risky surgical intervention is required. EG-1964 contains aprotinin, a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor approved to reduce bleeding after cardiac surgery. Aprotinin works by slowing the breakdown of blood clots. By way of a single administration at the time of the initial neurosurgical intervention, we believe EG-1964 will deliver a high concentration of aprotinin directly to the subdural space with sustained drug exposure over 21 to 28 days. If approved, we expect that EG-1964 can become the standard of care as a prophylactic treatment in the management of cSDH to prevent recurrent bleeding. We intend to submit an IND to the FDA for EG-1964 in 2016 and initiate a Phase 1/2 trial thereafter.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have entered into a multi-year research and discovery collaboration with St. Michael’s Hospital which is affiliated with the University of Toronto. The collaboration focuses on discovering new therapeutic approaches to treat various acute neurological conditions, such as intracerebral hemorrhages, brain microbleeds and cavernous malformations resulting from neurovascular instability.

Our current product development strategy involves identifying hospital-based products for other acute, life-threatening conditions where limited or no current therapies exist. We then apply our scientific, clinical, and technical expertise to design targeted, small or large molecule therapeutics. Our Precisa development platform allows us to create polymer-based therapeutics capable of delivering medicines directly to the site of injury to potentially avoid serious systemic side effects often associated with oral or intravenous delivery approaches and to enable high and sustained drug exposure with only a single dose at the initial time of procedural or surgical intervention. Our approach does not require a material change in physician behavior and can result in significant pharmacoeconomic advantages, as it seeks to avoid recurrent invasive procedures, mitigate clinical complications that often result in prolonged and expensive acute hospital care, and improve patient outcomes, which could potentially decrease the likelihood of costly long-term, skilled nursing care. While we have initially applied our approach to acute neurological conditions, we intend to apply our Precisa development platform to develop treatments for other acute, serious conditions by targeting other organs across additional therapeutic targets, including trauma, cardiovascular disease and plastic and reconstructive surgery. We plan on initiating formulation and development activities on EG-1963, which uses our Precisa platform to reduce bleeding following surgeries outside the brain. We plan on initiating formulation and development work on EG-1963 in 2016.

We retain worldwide rights to all of our product candidates. We intend to establish targeted commercialization and marketing capabilities for our products in the United States and Canada by developing a hospital sales force of up to 50 representatives that would focus on academic medical centers and other major medical centers treating acute neurological conditions. In the United States and Canada, approximately 500 top academic medical centers treat approximately 75% of all aSAH patients. As such, we believe a small, targeted sales force could effectively cover these institutions and successfully commercialize our products, if approved. We believe a similar sized sales force would be appropriate for Europe. For commercialization outside of the United States, Canada and Europe, we expect to enter into collaborations with strategic partners.

We are led by a team of executives and directors with significant experience in drug discovery, development and commercialization. Our co-founder and CEO, Brian A. Leuthner, has been responsible for developing, launching and selling products in the hospital market for GlaxoWellcome plc, Johnson & Johnson, ESP Pharma, Inc. and The Medicines Company. Our other co-founder and Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. R. Loch Macdonald, is a world-renowned neurosurgeon and expert in the research and management of acute neurological conditions. Other members of our management team have held senior positions at Alpharma, Inc., Amgen Corporation, Celgene Corporation, ESP Pharma, Inc., Johnson & Johnson, MedPointe, Inc., Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Otsuka Pharmaceuticals, Purdue Pharma L.P and Schering Plough Corporation. In addition, our Chairman, Dr. Sol Barer was Chairman and the former CEO of Celgene, and the Chairman of our Scientific Advisory Board, Dr. Robert Langer, is a world-renowned scientist and pioneer in drug-delivery-related inventions.

Our Strategy

Our vision is to become a leading global biotechnology company that discovers, develops and commercializes novel, hospital-based therapies that transform treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening neurological conditions. We intend to utilize our product development and commercial execution strategies to achieve this vision. Key elements of our execution strategy are as follows:

Rapidly develop our lead product candidate, EG-1962, initially to improve clinical outcomes following aSAH.    We completed the NEWTON trial in North America, enrolling 72 patients in six different dose cohorts with doses ranging from 100mg to 1200mg. In September 2015, we commenced enrollment of an additional 12-patient expansion cohort at two European centers located in Finland and Czech Republic. Following discussions with U.S. and global regulatory agencies, we intend to initiate our Phase 3 program in mid-2016. Based on discussions with the FDA, we will use the Section 505(b)(2) approval pathway. This pathway will allow us to rely, in part, on the FDA’s prior findings of the safety and effectiveness of nimodipine in the treatment of aSAH.

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expand the development of EG-1962 for intracisternal and lumbar administration to improve clinical outcomes in patients with aSAH.    In order to deliver EG-1962 to aSAH patients that do not receive an EVD, we intend to conduct studies of intracisternal administration and of lumbar administration.
Develop our second product candidate, EG-1964, to prevent recurrent bleeding after treatment for cSDH.    Following the completion of formulation and related preclinical studies, we intend to submit an IND for EG-1964, our aprotinin-based product candidate, in 2016 and initiate a Phase 1/2 trial for the management of cSDH thereafter.
Develop our third product candidate EG-1963 to prevent rebleeding following surgeries outside the brain.    Following the completion of formulation and related development activities, we intend to commence IND enabling studies for EG-1963 in 2016 and, if successful, submit an IND to the FDA thereafter.
Evaluate other indications for EG-1962 in therapeutic areas inside and outside of the brain, such as ophthalmology and plastic and reconstructive surgery.    Published literature indicates that L-type calcium channel blockers have a broad range of potential uses in other therapeutic areas. By using EG-1962 to enable site specific sustained delivery of an L-type calcium channel blocker to a target organ, we believe that EG-1962 may demonstrate increased safety and/or efficacy in these therapeutic areas over existing standards of care.
Commercialize our product candidates, including EG-1962 and EG-1964, if approved, through a targeted sales force in the United States, Canada and Europe and with potential strategic partnerships outside of these regions.    We have retained the worldwide rights to all of our product candidates and intend to build a hospital-focused sales organization to market our approved products. We intend to establish targeted sales forces in the United States, Canada and in Europe for EG-1962, if approved, to sell into medical centers capable of treating acute neurological conditions. Due to the large overlap of sales force call points between EG-1962 and EG-1964, we expect to effectively market EG-1964, if approved, with only a modest increase in sales representatives.
Leverage our proprietary, programmable, polymer-based Precisa development platform to develop life-saving therapies in acute care areas.    We intend to expand the use of our Precisa development platform in other therapeutic areas, such as neurooncology, general surgery, ophthalmology and plastic and reconstructive surgery. Depending on the specific need of the targeted therapy, these initiatives may focus on previously approved medicines, or may result from the collaboration or in-licensing and development of new chemical entities.
Continue to seek to maintain high barriers to entry around our product candidates and the markets in which they are utilized by using a three-layered approach.    Our first layer of defense relates to patent rights. We currently have three issued U.S. patents, including composition of matter related to EG-1962, 12 issued foreign patents, one PCT application that will enter the national stage in September 2015, and more than 50 U.S. and foreign pending patent applications. Our second layer of defense involves manufacturing know-how and trade secrets relating to the design and manufacture of products using our Precisa development platform. Our third layer involves the difficulty a competitor may experience in proving bioequivalence. If a competitor were to attempt to prove bioequivalence, we believe the competitor would be required to conduct human clinical trials to demonstrate, for example, that direct delivery of a competitive product to the brain would have similar plasma concentrations and efficacy as EG-1962 or any of our other product candidates.

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Product Candidates

We have used our development approach to advance product candidates for the management of acute, life-threatening conditions where limited or no current therapies exist. Our novel product candidates have the potential to target multiple indications associated with these conditions. The following table outlines our pipeline of product candidates. 


EG-1962 for aSAH

EG-1962, a polymer-based microparticle containing nimodipine suspended in a diluent of hyaluronic acid was developed using our Precisa development platform to improve patient outcomes following aSAH. Nimodipine, delivered via oral or intravenous routes of administration, is currently the standard of care for the management of aSAH and is believed to work by modifying several pathways contributing to unfavorable outcomes. Current treatment guidelines recommend that all aSAH patients receive nimodipine over a 21-day period within 96 hours after aneurysm rupture orally every four hours. However, the ability to administer oral or intravenous nimodipine at optimal therapeutic levels is limited by serious side effects, primarily hypotension, which can exacerbate the complications of aSAH. We believe that a single dose of EG-1962 has the potential to improve patient outcomes by delivering high and sustained concentrations of nimodipine over a 21-day period directly to the brain while avoiding the dose-limiting side effects.

Background on aSAH

An aSAH is a brain hemorrhage after which blood from a ruptured aneurysm enters the subarachnoid space, the area between the middle and deepest protective layers of the brain. The World Health Organization and published medical literature estimates that approximately 600,000 individuals worldwide suffer an aSAH each year. In the United States, approximately 35,000 aSAH patients with an average age of 52 arrive alive at the hospital each year, and approximately 75% of these patients die or suffer permanent brain damage within 30 days. Patients with aSAH typically present with a characteristic intense, unrelenting and overwhelming headache of sudden onset. After a CT scan is performed upon arrival at the hospital, the aneurysm is repaired to prevent rebleeding, and the patient is sent to the intensive care unit for close monitoring over a 14 to 21 day period. An EVD is placed into the fluid chambers of the brain to measure and manage intracranial pressure in what we believe to be approximately 50% of all aSAH patients. These EVDs may also serve as routes of administration for drugs, including EG-1962, if approved.

After the ruptured aneurysm is repaired, patients remain at risk for multiple complications that are managed over the course of the patient’s treatment to optimize clinical outcomes. DCI is a common and serious

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

complication following aSAH that typically occurs within three to 14 days after aneurysm rupture and is believed to be caused by cerebral vasospasm and other mechanisms. DCI occurs in up to 30% of the patients that survive the initial hemorrhage. Clinical features of DCI after aSAH mostly consist of focal neurological deficits, or a decrease in the level of consciousness, the onset of which varies. DCI is sometimes reversible, but may also progress to death of brain tissue resulting in severe disability or death. It is thought that DCI and vasospasm are at least in part caused by the influx of calcium. When vasospasm and DCI occur after aSAH, rescue therapy is initiated and is comprised of hemodynamic management, which typically involves giving medicine to increase a patient’s blood pressure to try to push more blood and oxygen into the brain, and performing angioplasty, which involves injecting drugs directly into brain arteries to dilate such arteries or inflating small balloons into the narrowed arteries to open them. To date, the L-type calcium channel blocker nimodipine is the only drug approved in North America and Europe shown to have efficacy in reducing unfavorable clinical outcomes and neurological deficits after aSAH. However, given nimodipine limitations, better pharmacological treatments are needed to improve patient outcomes.

The pictures below illustrate the typical sequence of events for the up to 40% of aSAH patients who experience DCI.


If these complications cannot be reversed during rescue therapy and DCI is not prevented, death of brain tissue results and leads to either permanent brain damage resulting in disability or death.

Current Standard of Care for aSAH

Current treatment guidelines in the United States, Canada and Europe recommend that all patients with aSAH should be administered oral or intravenous nimodipine, an L-type calcium channel blocker which is believed to block several pathways that contribute to unfavorable outcomes. The FDA approved nimodipine in the oral form of gelatin capsules, or gel caps as Nimotop® in 1988. In 2013, the FDA approved Nymalize®, an oral solution of nimodipine, and granted it marketing exclusivity as a result of its orphan drug designation. Nymalize has only received regulatory approval in the United States. While not available for intravenous administration in the United States, nimodipine is currently available in oral gel caps, oral tablets and/or intravenous forms in almost every country. Due to a lack of alternative therapies, nimodipine was rapidly incorporated into treatment guidelines for aSAH. Nimodipine is indicated to improve outcomes by reducing the incidence and severity of neurological deficits following aSAH. In a meta-analysis of clinical trials, oral nimodipine demonstrated an approximately 11% absolute risk reduction in unfavorable outcomes as compared to placebo and became the standard of care.

After aSAH, nimodipine is given over a 21-day course of treatment administered orally every four hours or intravenously. However, dosages of nimodipine delivered orally or intravenously are limited because nimodipine is non-selective and dilates not only brain arteries, but other arteries throughout the rest of the body. Arterial dilation can cause adverse effects, such as hypotension, by reducing blood flow to the already-injured brain,

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which can exacerbate the complications of aSAH. Therefore, a significant need remains for a better, commercially viable method of providing higher and more sustained concentrations of nimodipine at the site of brain injury without causing serious systemic side effects, primarily hypotension, associated with current formulations of nimodipine.

Our Solution: EG-1962

Our lead product candidate, EG-1962, delivers nimodipine, the current standard of care for the treatment of aSAH, directly to the site of injury in the brain through a single administration with sustained drug exposure for 21 days with the goal of improving aSAH patient outcomes. We believe this targeted approach enables EG-1962 to deliver high and sustained therapeutic concentrations of nimodipine directly to the brain while maintaining low systemic nimodipine levels, thus improving patient outcomes and avoiding the serious side effects, primarily hypotension, associated with oral or intravenous nimodipine. EG-1962 will be administered in the intensive care unit typically by the neurosurgeon or neurointensivist via an EVD after the patient has been stabilized following an aSAH. EG-1962 is programmed to release an initial dose of the nimodipine to quickly increase concentrations at the site of brain injury prior to the onset of any complications and then to release a steady dose of nimodipine over 21 days. If approved, we believe EG-1962 can address a significant unmet medical need and can become the standard of care for treatment of aSAH in patients who receive an EVD.


Preclinical Results using EG-1962 via intraventricular administration

In a preclinical trial, subarachnoid hemorrhage was induced in 40 mongrel dogs and CSF and plasma concentrations of nimodipine were measured at various times after the dogs were administered EG-1962 or oral nimodipine. Data from the trial demonstrated that animals treated with EG-1962 administered intraventricularly had very high concentrations of nimodipine in CSF compared to animals treated with oral nimodipine (more than 1,000-fold higher). CSF nimodipine concentrations were highest after administration of EG-1962 intraventricularly on day three compared to the other days it was measured, with measureable concentrations present at day 35 in all EG-1962 groups. Despite CSF concentrations being more than 1,000-fold higher, the plasma concentration after administration of 100mg EG-1962 intraventricularly was quantitatively similar to that achieved with oral nimodipine over the 28 days measured. No animal in the EG-1962 groups experienced side effects related to EG-1962.

Clinical Trials

In April 2015 enrollment was completed in the NEWTON trial in North America. The NEWTON trial is a multicenter, randomized, controlled, open-label Phase 1/2 trial of EG-1962, Of the total of 72 patients enrolled in the NEWTON trial, 54 patients were randomized to EG-1962 and 18 patients were randomized to oral

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

nimodipine. We recently received approval from the European Regulatory Authorities (Czech Republic and Finland) to enroll additional patients in those countries and we have successfully enrolled our first patient in Finland.

The primary objectives of the NEWTON trial were to determine the maximum tolerated dose and safety and tolerability of a single intraventricular administration of EG-1962. The key secondary objective was to determine pharmacokinetics of EG-1962. Clinical outcomes at Day 90, including vasospasm, and DCI represented important exploratory clinical endpoints. The primary clinical outcome scale utilized was the GOSE. In the NEWTON trial, a score of 6 – 8 on the GOSE scale was considered a favorable outcome. This requires that patients are able to look after themselves and return to work, among other criteria.

The study was designed as a two-part trial in which subjects in Part 1 were randomized 3 to 1 to receive either a single dose EG-1962 or standard of care oral nimodipine. EG-1962 was administered once intraventricularly within 60 hours of the onset of aSAH. Six dose-level cohorts (100, 200, 400, 600, 800 and 1200 mg) were evaluated. The active control was the standard of care, oral nimodipine. Sixty mg of oral nimodipine was administered every four hours for a total daily dose of 360 mg for 21 days in accordance with the currently approved dosing regimen. This dose of oral nimodipine remained unchanged except as medically warranted due to adverse events consistent with the standard of care. If no more than three EG-1962 dose-limiting toxicities were observed in any cohort, we increased the EG-1962 dose for the next cohort of patients, until a maximum tolerated dose was identified or a dose of 1200 mg was achieved. As long as no more than three EG-1962 dose-limiting toxicities were observed, patients continued to be enrolled into the trial.

Part 2 of the trial would be conducted if further dose confirmation was needed. Based on the achievement of primary and secondary endpoints from Part 1 of the NEWTON trial, we, elected to not conduct Part 2 of this trial.

The figure below provides an overview of the trial design for each patient in the NEWTON trial:


The primary enrollment criteria for the NEWTON trial was based on the patients’ level of consciousness as measured by the World Federation of Neurological Surgeon’s scale, or WFNS scale. The WFNS scale stratifies patients into grades 1 – 5 with a score of 1 being the highest level of conciousness, and a score of 5 being the least conscious. It is believed the level of consciousness is the best prognosticator of clinical outcome after aSAH. Patients in the NEWTON trial were enrolled if their WFNS score was between 2 and 4. The table below illustrates the WFNS scale:


78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The primary clinical outcome endpoint used to assess patients at 90 days in the NEWTON trial was the GOSE. The GOSE is a clinically validated scale developed from the Glasgow Outcome Scale (GOS) to define broad outcome categories for people who sustain traumatic and non-traumatic brain injuries. GOS is a global scale that rates patient status into one of five categories: Dead, Vegetative State, Severe Disability, Moderate Disability and Good Recovery. The scale focuses on how the injury has affected functioning in major areas of life rather than on specific neurological deficits and symptoms caused by the injury. The GOSE is an expansion of the GOS that refines the clinical outcome assessments for severe disability, moderate disability and good recovery into upper and lower categories thereby creating an eight-point scale as follows:


The GOSE is generally rated by a clinician or trained research assistant who conducts an interview with the patient or caregiver from a standardized questionnaire. The NEWTON trial protocol defined a “favorable outcome” as a GOSE score of 6-8 as measured at 90 days.

Clinical Results

The primary endpoints of the NEWTON trial of safety, tolerability and MTD were all achieved, as were the secondary endpoint of characterizing the pharmacokinetics of EG-1962. Further, all exploratory endpoints favored EG-1962.

EG-1962 was well tolerated with only one serious adverse event reported, a possible allergic reaction in one patient following administration of EG-1962, which was immediately treated and resolved with no clinical follow-up impact. No patients (0 of 54) experienced EG-1962 related hypotension in the treated group, while 17% (3 of 18) of patients treated with oral nimodipine experienced hypotension related to the drug.

We believe the pharmacokinetic results from the NEWTON trial cohorts suggest that single, intraventricular administration of EG-1962 provides high cerebral spinal fluid, or CSF, levels of nimodipine with plasma levels that do not exceed those associated with systemic hypotension. In a trial published in the European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, hypotension did not occur until plasma nimodipine concentration was greater than approximately 30 to 45 ng/ml.

We believe the pharmacokinetics data from the NEWTON trial show that the high CSF concentrations of nimodipine achieved with EG-1962 allow for more effective inhibition of calcium channels located on the smooth muscle cells within the walls of blood vessels. Nimodipine circulating in the plasma inside the blood vessel is able to access the calcium channels by crossing the blood brain barrier into the smooth muscle cells, while nimodipine circulating in the CSF is able to access the smooth muscle cells from the outer wall of the blood vessel. Once on the smooth muscle cells, nimodipine acts locally on harmful calcium-dependent mechanisms that may contribute to delayed neurological complications. We believe that because EG-1962 provides consistent steady-state plasma concentrations below those known to cause hypotension the dual-access of EG-1962 on the calcium channels may contribute to favorable patient outcomes.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The pooled efficacy results of the NEWTON trial showed that 60% (27 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 achieved a favorable outcome (GOSE scores of 6-8) at 90 days compared to only 28% (5 of 18) in the NEWTON trial’s active control standard of care oral nimodipine arm.


Our EG-1962 results compare favorably to both the NEWTON trial standard of care oral nimodipine arm and also to published historical data from other contemporary studies of severe aSAH patients treated with the current standard of care, which showed that only 17% (26 of 151) of such patients had favorable outcomes after 90 days (defined as GOSE scores of 6-8). In addition, 27% (12 of 45) of patients treated with EG-1962 in the NEWTON trial achieved a GOSE score of 8 (Upper Good Recovery), compared to only 6% (1 of 18) in the standard of care, oral nimodipine arm and 0% (0 of 151) in published historical data. This historical data, published in Neurocritical Care on February 13, 2015, consisted of 151 patients who had WFNS scores of 2-4, modified Fisher scores of 2-4 with an EVD and outcomes measured by GOSE, which closely match the enrollment and evaluation criteria for our NEWTON trial.

Additionally, NEWTON trial efficacy results were analyzed by WFNS score to compare rates of favorable outcome by WFNS Scale grade and also compared to historical control. In the analysis by WFNS score, EG-1962 showed more than twice the rate of favorable outcome for WFNS grade 2 patients versus oral

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

nimodipine (89% vs 40%). For the lowest WFNS grade patients included in the NEWTON trial (WFNS 4 grade) there was nearly twice the rate of favorable outcomes in patients treated with EG-1962 versus the standard of care, oral nimodipine (45% vs. 27%). The data are presented in the table below:


There was no dose response with regards to efficacy noted in the individual cohorts. All EG-1962 dose cohorts achieved favorable outcome rates ranging from 44 – 78%. Differences in outcome rates were affected by the variability in WFNS scores among cohorts. The charts below show the key efficacy results for cohorts 1-5.


81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The NEWTON trial’s exploratory endpoints included rates of delayed complications such as angiographic vasospasm and DCI and the use of rescue therapy. The overall favorable results seen in the EG-1962 arm were supported by the reduction in angiographic vasospasm and DCI. EG-1962 reduced the risk of angiographic vasospasm/DCI by almost 50% (33% EG-1962 vs. 61% oral nimodipine). Rescue therapy for EG-1962 treated patients was reduced by 57% (24% EG-1962 vs. 56% oral nimodipine). The data for these exploratory endpoints are summarized in the table below:


Further analysis in those patients suffering angiographic vasospasm and/or DCI noted over nearly a threefold rate of favorable outcome (53% EG-1962 vs. 18% standard of care oral nimodipine), which we believe suggests a pleiotropic effect (meaning actions other than those for which the agent was specifically developed) of higher nimodipine levels in the CSF versus standard of care oral nimodipine.

Planned Clinical Development

Based on End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, we have determined the design and key elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical program for EG-1962 for the treatment of aSAH. Subject to submission and review by the FDA of a final protocol for the planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we expect to initiate this trial in mid-2016. Based on the results of the NEWTON trial, for a condition for which there is a substantial unmet medical need for better treatments, and the use of the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we believe this Phase 3 clinical trial, if successful, could form the basis of an NDA submission to the FDA for EG-1962.

The Phase 3 clinical trial is planned as a multi-center, multinational, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, efficacy and safety study comparing EG-1962 to standard of care oral nimodipine in adults with aSAH in approximately 375 patients at up to 65 centers in North America, Europe, and Australasia. A planned interim analysis is anticipated at approximately 50–60% of planned enrollment. It is expected that patients will be excluded from the trial for various reasons including lack of EVD, inability to administer EG-1962 within the required timeframe for treatment after aSAH, instances where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, presence of certain underlying conditions or exposure to an investigational medicine or device within 30 days of planned enrollment in the trial.

Patients will be randomized 1 to 1 to receive either EG-1962 and placebo, or oral nimodipine and an intraventricular administration of sterile saline. The primary efficacy endpoint is the proportion of patients with a favorable outcome measured on the GOSE at Day 90 (GOSE 6 to 8) comparing patients treated with EG-1962 versus standard of care oral nimodipine, which has been accepted as the comparator by the FDA in this trial. The secondary efficacy endpoints include safety, and the proportion of subjects with favorable neurocognitive outcome at Day 90 measured by the Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA). Additional pharmacoeconomic endpoints that will be measured include use of rescue therapy, number of days in intensive care unit (ICU) and hospital, and discharge disposition.

Regulatory Pathway

We expect to use the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, as well as the EMA’s hybrid application pathway, which would allow an abbreviated pathway to approval for EG-1962. Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, enables an applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s findings of safety and efficacy for an existing product, or published literature, in support of its NDA. In the End-of-Phase 2 correspondence from the FDA received in late July 2015, the FDA’s Division of Neurology Products noted that an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FD&C Act for EG-1962 may be possible by demonstrating to the FDA’s satisfaction that the differences between EG-1962 and oral nimodipine do not alter our ability to rely on FDA’s

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

prior findings of safety and effectiveness of oral nimodipine gel caps. In EG-1962, nimodipine is not chemically modified but instead, physically encapsulated in our proprietary Precisa microparticles and suspended in hyaluraonic acid to form a new product candidate.

In May 2013, the FDA approved an oral nimodipine solution, Nymalize™, which had been granted orphan drug designation for the treatment of aSAH, and granted the oral nimodipine solution seven years of marketing exclusivity. The oral nimodipine solution obtained such approval through a bioequivalence waiver from the FDA to oral nimodipine gel caps for which no safety or efficacy studies were conducted. In written correspondence from our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA received in late July 2015, the FDA’s Division of Neurology Products noted that the standard of care oral nimodipine gel caps is an acceptable comparator in our Phase 3 trial. We intend to demonstrate that EG-1962 is clinically superior to the oral nimodipine solution by demonstrating clinical superiority over oral nimodipine gel caps in a head-to-head comparison in our Phase 3 program. To the extent the FDA disagrees that we can demonstrate the superiority of EG-1962 to the oral nimodipine solution by demonstrating the superiority of EG-1962 to oral nimodipine gel caps and requires us to include a head-to-head comparison of EG-1962 to the oral nimodipine solution, we would either need to modify our planned Phase 3 program accordingly or delay the commercial launch in the United States until the oral nimodipine solution’s market exclusivity ends in May 2020.

Commercial Strategy

Because aSAH is a major medical emergency, patients are typically referred or immediately transported to academic or major medical centers where they are treated and monitored by a neurosurgeon or neurointensivist. We believe that our strong relationships with key hospital decision makers, coupled with the fact that administration of EG-1962 does not materially alter current physician behavior or treatment protocol, will facilitate the rapid adoption and successful promotion of EG-1962. If EG-1962 is approved, we plan to build a hospital sales force of up to 50 representatives in the United States and Canada targeting the academic and major medical centers, which are highly concentrated geographically. We believe that a small and targeted sales force could cover approximately 500 accounts or approximately 75% of all aSAH patients in the United States and Canada. We believe a similar sized sales force would be appropriate for Europe. We may also selectively partner with third parties to distribute and sell our products in other regions outside the United States, Canada and Europe.

Reimbursement

Because aSAH is a major medical emergency, significant hospital resources are used to manage, treat and monitor patients, and according to a study published in Neurosurgery in 2010, the average direct cost to treat an aSAH patient is approximately $50,000 more in direct hospital costs compared to patients without complications. In the same study, those patients suffering severe complications had an average length of stay of more than six days longer than those that did not experience severe complications. Additionally, the lifetime cost of illness associated with chronically disabled patients presents a significant economic burden to the entire inpatient and long-term healthcare system. Further, we estimate that the average Medicare hospital charge in 2013 for a patient with an aSAH was about $150,000. Accordingly, we believe the pharmacoeconomic benefits of EG-1962, if approved, can further drive adoption by hospital administrators and payors and may help to justify premium pricing.

Further development of EG-1962

We intend to explore alternative routes of administration of EG-1962, including intracisternal and lumbar administration to improve outcome in patients with aSAH who do not receive an EVD, but remain at risk for delayed neurological complications. Intracisternal administration involves placing a single administration of EG-1962 into the basal cisterns of the brain during surgical repair of the aneurysm. Lumbar administration would entail a single administration of EG-1962 into the CSF via a catheter in the lumbar region of the back.

If successful, we believe both intracisternal and lumbar administration, together with intraventricular administration, can establish EG-1962 as a prophylactic treatment to improve outcomes in all patients with aSAH. We intend to begin clinical trials with EG-1962 in alternative administration approaches and indications for use in 2016.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preclinical Results Using EG-1962 via Intracisternal Administration

In a preclinical trial, aSAH was induced in 40 mongrel dogs and CSF and plasma concentrations of nimodipine were measured at various points after the dogs were administered EG-1962 or oral nimodipine. Data from the trial demonstrated that animals treated with EG-1962 administered intracisternally had very high concentrations of nimodipine in CSF compared to animals treated with oral nimodipine (more than 1,000-fold higher). CSF nimodipine concentrations were highest after administration of EG-1962 intracisternal on day three compared to the other days it was measured, with measureable concentrations present at day 35 in all EG-1962 groups. Despite CSF concentrations being more than 1,000-fold higher, the plasma concentration after administration of 40mg and 100mg EG-1962 intracisternal were quantitatively similar to that achieved with oral nimodipine over the 28 days measured. No animal in the EG-1962 groups experienced side effects related to EG-1962.

Lumbar Administration

We are in the process of evaluating our development program for lumbar administration of EG-1962 and expect to begin activities related to lumbar delivery in 2016.

EG-1964

Our second product candidate, EG-1964, contains aprotinin, a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor initially marketed as Trasylol®, and is being developed using our Precisa development platform for the management of chronic subdural hematoma, or cSDH, as a prophylactic treatment to prevent recurrent bleeding. By way of a single administration at the time of the first neurosurgical intervention, we believe EG-1964 can deliver a high concentration of aprotinin directly to the subdural space with sustained drug exposure over 21 to 28 days. Since there are no effective ways to determine which patients are at risk for the recurrence of SDH, we believe EG-1964, if approved, can be a prophylactic treatment for all patients with cSDH.

Background

A cSDH is a liquefied hematoma that has accumulated on the surface of the brain in an area referred to as the subdural space. It is often caused by head trauma, most commonly in patients aged 60 or older. People who are taking blood thinners or have brain atrophy, a shrinking or wasting away of brain tissue due to age or disease are at an increased risk of cSDH. The picture below illustrates the location of a subdural hematoma in the brain.


When the brain shrinks inside the skull over time, even minor head trauma can cause blood to leak into the subdural space. This results in a slow accumulation of blood over several days to weeks and, over time, the subdural hematoma expands by recurrent bleeding due to excess fibrinolysis, a mechanism that breaks down blood clots. Diagnosis is typically made by neuroimaging techniques, such as CT and MRI brain scans. Typically, the initial presentation of SDH is managed with neurosurgical intervention during which small holes are drilled in the skull to drain the liquefied hematoma from the subdural space. Rebleeding in the subdural space occurs in up to 30% of cSDH patients, which requires a repeat neurosurgical intervention and is associated with risks of serious complications, including death.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Current Standard of Care

There are no therapeutic treatments currently available that reduce the risk of recurrence of cSDH. The only treatment available is to repeat the neurosurgical procedure during which another, often more extensive surgery is required to drain the liquefied hematoma from the subdural space. Some factors that have been identified as increasing the risk of recurrent bleeding include the use of anticoagulants or antiplatelet therapies and cerebral atrophy as a result of alcoholism or dementia, but none of these are highly predictive of recurrent bleeding, which occurs frequently in the absence of these factors and cannot be predicted reliably. Therefore, if a therapeutic were approved to decrease the incidence of rebleeding, it could potentially be used in most patients as a prophylactic treatment.

Our Solution: EG-1964

EG-1964, which utilizes our Precisa development platform containing aprotinin, is being developed for the management of cSDH as a prophylactic treatment to prevent recurrent bleeding. EG-1964, which we are currently considering formulating as a polymer-based filament, is intended to be administered by neurosurgeons to deliver a sustained dose of aprotinin over 21 to 28 days directly to the site of the SDH. Our development strategy leverages aprotinin’s established efficacy as a clotting agent and its prior approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities worldwide to create a potentially more effective and convenient product. We intend to submit an IND for EG-1964 in 2016, and, if accepted, we plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 trial for the management of cSDH thereafter.

Aprotinin is a pancreatic trypsin inhibitor approved by the FDA in 1993 to prevent rebleeding and reduce the need for blood transfusions following cardiac bypass surgery. Plasminogen, a naturally produced enzyme, breaks down blood clots. Aprotinin, by inhibiting plasminogen, preserves the ability for blood to clot, thereby limiting recurrent bleeding. In clinical trials, aprotinin reduced the percentage of patients requiring blood transfusions after cardiac surgery because of excessive bleeding by approximately 40%. By 2000, aprotinin became the standard of care to prevent excessive bleeding in cardiac surgery. However, use of aprotinin administered intravenously is now limited in surgery due to the serious side effects resulting from clotting outside of the targeted area.

We believe that delivery of aprotinin directly at the site of the brain injury would mitigate the potential increased risk associated with the use of systemic aprotinin. Though initially approved for use after cardiac surgery and then other surgical procedures, we believe aprotinin’s mechanism of action would be effective to reduce or prevent bleeding after cSDH.

Clinical Development

Our overall objective for EG-1964 is to establish it as an effective and safe treatment for preventing recurrence of cSDH. There is no current animal model to evaluate treatment to prevent cSDH. Through preclinical studies, we intend to select a potential starting dose of aprotinin for EG-1964 and to program the polymer containing the aprotinin. After such studies, EG-1964 could potentially move directly into toxicology studies followed by a planned IND submission in 2016. We expect to initiate a Phase 1/2 trial of EG-1964 thereafter.

Commercial Strategy

Patients suffering from cSDH are typically treated in academic or major medical centers where they are monitored or managed by a neurosurgeon or neurointensivist. We believe that our strong relationships with key hospital decision makers will facilitate the rapid adoption and successful promotion of EG-1964, if approved. We anticipate a large overlap in our salesforce call points between EG-1962 and EG-1964, therefore, we plan to increase the size of our sales force only modestly. We may selectively partner with third parties to distribute and sell our products in regions outside of the United States, Canada and Europe.

Reimbursement

Bleeding in the subdural space typically recurs in up to 30% of patients and requires another surgical intervention, which is associated with risks of serious complications, including death, thereby increasing hospitalization costs. According to an article in the Journal of Neurosurgery in 2011, the cost of treatment for a subdural hematoma is approximately $50,000 per patient. If approved, we believe the pharmacoeconomic benefits of EG-1964 can drive adoption by hospital administrators and payors and may help to justify premium pricing.

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Precisa Development Platform

Precisa is our proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform. Precisa’s proprietary nature stems from the use of our microparticle technology, know-how and trade secrets and those of our contract manufacturers. Precisa is programmable in that it allows us to systematically vary the physical and chemical properties of formulations, such as particle size and surface properties, as well as the type and mix of polymers in the formulation, in order to obtain the desired release kinetics of a specified therapeutic. For example, our technology, know-how and trade secrets, combined with technology, know-how and trade secrets, to which we have a license from our contract manufacturers, has resulted in the development of EG-1962, a formulation that is designed to utilize biodegradable polylactide-glycolide microparticles to deliver a desired dose of nimodipine to the brain to improve patient outcomes following aSAH.

Precisa allows us to create polymer-based therapeutics that we believe are capable of delivering therapeutics directly the site of injury to potentially avoid serious systemic side effects often associated with oral or intravenous delivery and to enable high and sustained drug exposure with only a single dose at the initial time of procedural or surgical intervention.


Rational Design . Once we have identified an unmet clinical condition and identified several therapeutics that may have activity against this condition, we engineer multiple types of polymer-based formulations and systematically vary physical and chemical properties, such as particle size, surface properties, dose level and release profile, using an established process. We program Precisa to achieve an initial and sustained release rate with effective targeting (based on form) for a particular administration given the organ or tissue target. We believe that this development platform allows us to advance a new product candidate from concept to preclinical testing in an expedited manner.

Targeted Delivery . We use Precisa to design our product candidates based on specific physical and chemical properties (size, shape, surface area) that allow for one-time administration at or near the targeted injured organ or tissue. The diagram below depicts the specific form of Precisa microparticles containing nimodipine (EG-1962) that are approximately 70 microns in diameter, which is small enough to allow easy administration through an EVD, yet large enough to prevent macrophages from carrying the microparticles away from the site of injury.


86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The image below depicts a polymer-based filament, which is the shape we are currently considering for EG-1964.


Controlled and sustained drug exposure . We program Precisa with a specific blend of polymers in order to obtain the desired release profile of the selected therapeutic. This is accomplished by immersing the specified therapeutic in a matrix of clinically-validated, biodegradable and biocompatible polymers. The foundation of Precisa is poly (DL-Lactic-co-glycolide), or PLGA, the polymer in dissolvable sutures that has been used since the 1970’s. PLGA is biodegradable, has minimal toxicity in humans, even when used intracranially, and it is one of the few matrix delivery systems where drug release can be sustained over weeks. Upon administration, the therapeutic agent that is on the surface of the polymer is immediately released to provide high initial concentrations of such therapeutic agent. Subsequently, the therapeutic agent dispersed throughout the microparticle begins to diffuse through the polymer-based matrix and the polymer breaks down into lactic acid, a compound naturally found in the body, in order to deliver the therapeutic with the desired release profile.

Selection of Therapeutic

We can use our Precisa development platform to incorporate therapeutics with a wide range of physicochemical properties such as small molecules and proteins. We have demonstrated in preclinical and clinical studies that nimodipine, an L-type calcium channel blocker, manufactured into a polymer-based microparticle and suspended in diluent of hyaluronic acid, provided differentiated pharmacokinetics. We are also using our Precisa development platform to formulate our second product candidate, EG-1964, which contains aprotinin, an FDA-approved pancreatic trypsin inhibitor.

Our third product candidate, EG-1963 is being developed to reduce bleeding complications during and after complex surgical procedures often associated with large surface-area bleeding such as cardiac, liver, orthopedic or trauma surgery. EG-1963 employs Precisa technology for controlled delivery of antifibrinolytic agents in a pliable, surface-conforming product. We believe Precisa technology and the product design provide several advantages over currently available anti-hemorrhage products. First, EG-1963 is being designed to stay in place at the site of application so as not to wash or be drained away if the site is irrigated or subject to drainage. Second, EG-1963 is designed to provide a large dose of antifibrinolytic drug to stop bleeding immediately after application which is critical, and provide a sustained release of drug during the 24 to 48 hour post-operative period when re-bleeding complications are most likely to develop. Finally, EG-1963 is designed to deliver high concentrations of antifibrinolytic directly and locally at the site of bleeding while reducing systemic exposure to active drug and thereby reducing the risk of common side effects associated with antifibrinolytic agents such as heart attack, stroke, seizure, blood clots, or kidney damage. We believe reducing prolonged perioperative bleeding or re-bleeding would have many benefits including greater operating room efficiency, less use of surgical drains, reduced risk of infection, and possibly decreased need for blood product transfusions.

Discovery Program

In November 2014, we entered into a multi-year research and discovery collaboration with St. Michael’s Hospital which is affiliated with the University of Toronto. The collaboration focuses on the discovery of new therapeutic approaches to treat various acute neurological conditions resulting from neurovascular instability and provides us with an option to negotiate a license on any intellectual property resulting from the collaboration. The Zebrafish Centre for Advanced Drug Discovery, or the ZCADD, a unit of St. Michael’s hospital, is one of the most advanced facilities in the world for high throughput drug screening. The ZCADD has initially screened

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

727 drug compounds, of which it has identified 8 chemical compounds in 5 drug classes which have shown activity in validated models of intracerebral hemorrhage and brain microbleeds, both of which we believe are areas of high unmet need in the acute care setting. The ZCADD allows for rapid screening of libraries of compounds for therapeutic activity, and could identify lead candidates for optimization into our early stage pipeline. Under the research collaboration, we also plan on screening up to approximately 2,000 additional drug compounds and expanding the scope of research into other neurological diseases such as cavernous malformations and mild brain injury. As of August 2015, there has been no intellectual property produced as a result of this collaboration, nor have we entered into any licensing arrangements requiring us to pay royalties or milestone payments.

Intellectual Property

The protection of our product candidates, our manufacturing methods, delivery systems and patient treatment protocols, and associated know-how are important to our business. We have sought patent protection in the United States and internationally relating to EG-1962, our lead product candidate, a microparticulate formulation of nimodipine, EG-1964, which utilizes our Precisa development platform containing aprotinin, and for our other product candidates and other inventions, where available and when appropriate. Our policy is to seek, maintain and defend patent rights, whether developed internally or in-licensed, to protect technologies and improvements important to our business, and to protect trade secrets that may be important to our business.

Our commercial success will depend in part upon obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our current and future product candidates, including components of our proprietary formulations, methods of manufacturing our product candidates, delivery systems, and methods of treating patients with our product candidates, as well as successfully defending our patent rights against third-party challenges. Our ability to prevent or stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates will depend in part upon whether we have valid and enforceable patent rights that cover the activities of third parties.

Patent Rights

We have been building and will continue to build our patent portfolio. Where possible, we pursue multi-tiered patent protection for our product candidates and their manufacture, delivery and use. In addition to filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States, we file counterpart patent applications in various countries and regions where we think such foreign filing is likely to be cost-effective.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. PTO in granting a patent. However, the term of a United States patent may be shortened, if a patent is terminally disclaimed by its owner, over another patent.

EG-1962 (Precisa development platform containing nimodipine)

We have used our Precisa development platform, in collaboration with Evonik, to develop pharmaceutical compositions that contain particular polymorphic forms of nimodipine. Based on the collaboration, we co-own together with Evonik one issued U.S. patent claiming a process for producing microparticles encapsulating a particular polymorphic form of nimodipine, a semisolid delivery system containing microparticles comprising the particular polymorphic form of nimodipine, and to a method of treating a cerebral artery in a subarachnoid space at risk of interruption due to a brain injury using such a delivery system. This patent is expected to expire in 2033 if all maintenance fees are paid. We also co-own with Evonik a pending U.S. patent application and patent applications pending in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Korea, New Zealand, Israel, Singapore, the United Kingdom, Brazil and Russia relating to these technologies. The issued U.S. patent covers the microparticulate formulation used in the NEWTON trial. Evonik, as successor to SurModics license, has granted us an exclusive, field-restricted, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under its patent rights together with enforcement rights against infringers pursuant to the SurModics license in the co-owned patent rights. The license agreement is discussed in more detail below.

We also have one issued U.S. patent (expected to expire in 2029 if all maintenance fees are paid) directed to a method of treating a cerebral vasospasm in a human by administering a pharmaceutical composition via

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

surgical injection into the subarachnoid space in a cistern closest to a cerebral artery at risk for vasospasm. We also have a pending application in the United States where we are pursuing claims directed to a microparticulate sustained release composition for treating a cerebral artery at risk of vasospasm in the subarachnoid space of a brain. We are also seeking or have already been granted patent protection in numerous countries and regions including, among others, Australia (patent granted), Canada, China, Europe, Israel (patent granted), Hong Kong, Japan (patent granted), Korea, Singapore (patent granted) and New Zealand (two patents granted).

We have a U.S. patent application directed to a multiparticulate delivery system for treating a delayed complication associated with brain injury where the brain injury includes interruption of at least one cerebral artery. We also have a U.S. patent application directed to a method of treating a cerebral artery in the subarachnoid space of a human at risk of interruption due to a brain injury by administering locally a microparticulate composition into a cerebral ventricle. Both U.S. patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire in 2028 if all maintenance fees are paid. We are also seeking patent protection for these inventions in numerous countries and regions including, among others, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, Singapore, Japan, Korea, New Zealand, and Russia.

We have a U.S. patent application directed to a method for treating a cerebral artery at risk of interruption due to a subarachnoid hemorrhage in a human by administering intracisternally, intraventricularly, or intrathecally, a sustained release microparticulate composition having particular release kinetics of the therapeutic agent disposed in the composition. The U.S. patent application, if issued, is expected to expire in 2028 if all maintenance fees are paid. The 30-month date for the corresponding PCT application to enter the national stage is September 2015. We plan to file additional patent applications in other countries and regions at the appropriate time.

EG-1964 (Precisa development platform containing aprotinin) and Other Product Candidates

With respect to both EG-1964 and our other development efforts, we have one issued U.S. patent (scheduled to expire in 2028 if all maintenance fees are paid) directed to a method of treating hematoma expansion or recurrent bleeding resulting from a hemorrhagic condition (e.g., a chronic subdural hematoma) by administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-fibrinolytic agent (e.g., aprotinin). We also have a pending patent application in the United States where we are pursuing claims to a pharmaceutical composition containing an anti-fibrinolytic agent. We are also seeking patent protection in numerous countries and regions including, among others, Australia (patent granted), Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, Japan, Korea, Singapore, New Zealand and Russia.

It is possible that pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and academic institutions are developing products that will compete with us, and they may be filing patent applications potentially relevant to our business. Despite our efforts, we cannot guarantee that our product candidates will be free of claims by third party intellectual property holders. Even when a third party patent is identified, we may conclude that we do not infringe the patent or that the patent is invalid. If the third party patent owner disagrees with our assessment patent litigation may be initiated against us. Alternatively, we may initiate litigation in an attempt to have a court declare the patent invalid or non-infringed by our activity. In either case, patent litigation is costly and time-consuming, and the outcome is uncertain. The outcome of patent litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be quantified in advance, for example, the credibility of expert witnesses. In the event of an adverse outcome against us, we could be prevented from commercializing one or more of our product candidates or using certain aspects of our Precisa development platform, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

To protect our competitive position, it may be necessary to enforce our patent rights through litigation against infringing third parties. Enforcement of our own patent rights has the same uncertainties noted above. However, litigation involving our patents carries the additional risk that one or more of our patents will be held invalid and/or unenforceable. Such an adverse outcome could permit third parties to commercialize our products or use our technology platform, and then compete directly against us, without making any payments to us.

Trade Secrets

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. For example, for some aspects of our proprietary technology, trade secret protection is more appropriate than patent protection. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technologies, for example, our manufacturing processes, via, among other things, confidentiality

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, and commercial partners. We also seek to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how by implementing and maintaining security of our premises and information, and limiting access to our trade secrets and know-how.

License Agreement with Evonik

In October 2010, we entered into a license agreement with Surmodics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., the predecessor to Evonik. Under this license agreement, we have an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable and royalty-bearing license under certain Evonik patent rights (including patent rights jointly owned with Edge) and know-how to develop, make, use and sell one or more specified active agents, including nimodipine, in a proprietary polymer-based formulation for intracranial delivery to prevent or treat delayed complications following intracranial hemorrhage.

Under the terms of the license agreement, we paid to Evonik an initial upfront license payment and are obligated to pay up to $14.5 million in milestone payments upon achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercial milestone events for each licensed product using microparticles containing the specified active agents. In addition, we are obligated to pay a single-digit percentage on net sales of such licensed products, subject to reduction for certain specified circumstances. Our royalty obligations for each licensed product will continue, on a country by country basis, for the longer of twelve years from the first commercial sale of the licensed product or the period of time during which the manufacture, use or sale of the licensed product is covered by a valid claim of a licensed Evonik patent. In addition, we agreed to pay Evonik 15% of any consideration received from a sublicense of the licensed Evonik intellectual property rights, which does not include any royalties on sales, funds received for research and development or proceeds from any equity or debt investment.

We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and obtain regulatory approvals to market each licensed product in major markets throughout the world and to maximize net sales after receipt of such approvals, as well as to achieve certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones.

In September 2015, we and Evonik entered into Amendment No. 1 to the license agreement. This amendment clarified our obligations to pay Evonik certain royalty and milestone payments in respect of licensed product whether or not manufactured by Evonik and removed our obligation to negotiate exclusively with Evonik for Phase 3 and commercial supply of EG-1962.

The term of the license agreement will continue until the expiration of our obligation to pay royalties to Evonik. Either party may terminate the license agreement due to material breach by the other party. Evonik may terminate the license agreement or convert it to a non-exclusive license, in either case upon giving us written notice, if we fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to hit certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones.

Manufacturing

Product candidates using our Precisa development platform are manufactured using a readily-scalable, single-step emulsion process with well-defined and reproducible operations. We do not own or operate cGMP compliant manufacturing facilities for the production of any of our product candidates and we do not have plans to develop our own manufacturing operations in the foreseeable future. We currently rely on third-party manufacturers to produce the amounts of our product candidates necessary for our preclinical research and clinical trials. As part of the manufacture and design process for our product candidates, we rely on internal, scientific and manufacturing know-how and trade secrets and the know-how and trade secrets of third-party manufacturers. We do not have contractual relationships for the production of commercial supplies of any of our product candidates. We currently employ internal resources to manage our manufacturing contractors.

Commercial Scale-Up

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, any manufacturing facilities. We currently source all of our non-clinical and clinical supply through third-party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs.

EG-1962 is a polymer-based microparticle containing nimodipine suspended in a diluent of hyaluronic acid. For the NEWTON trial, we used multiple CMOs to successfully manufacture EG-1962. We currently have access

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to enough drug substance of EG-1962 for the planned Phase 3 trial and are working with CMOs to supply the diluent and nimodipine microparticles for the planned Phase 3 trial.

We currently have access to sufficient drug substance of EG-1964 and EG-1963 for our planned non-clinical studies and are in the process of developing cGMP product for EG-1964 acceptable for use in future clinical trials.

Competition

Generally, our industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We face competition and potential competition from a number of sources, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, drug delivery companies and academic and research institutions. Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do, as well as more experience in the development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products, and the commercialization of those products. Consequently, our competitors may develop products for the treatment of indications we are pursuing or may pursue in the future, and such competitors' products may be more effective, better tolerated and less costly than our product candidates. Our competitors may also be more successful in manufacturing and marketing their products than we are. We will also face competition in recruiting and retaining qualified personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment in clinical trials.

There is limited competition or product candidates under development to improve patient outcomes after aSAH in the current marketplace. In the United States, only oral forms (gel caps or solution) of nimodipine are available. In May 2013, Nymalize from Arbor Pharmaceuticals, LLC was approved by the FDA. We do not view this as a competitive product and anticipate usage only in patients who are unable to swallow oral gel caps.

In the United States, sodium nitrite has been tested by Hope Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in a Phase 1/2 trial in 18 patients, but we believe it has the same systemic side effects of other vasodilators. In Europe, only intravenous and oral forms of nimodipine are available. In Japan and some parts of Asia, fasudil (Eril) and ozagrel (a thromboxane synthetase inhibitor) are available.

In Japan, nicardipine implanted pellets were used at one institution. The pellets were compounded in the pharmacy, as there are no commercial manufacturing capabilities available to our knowledge. Further, the pellets must be implanted into the brain during a surgical operation, which now represents approximately 35% of all procedures to repair aneurysms at most academic centers. We are aware that BDS Pharma, GmbH has obtained patent protection in the United States for nicardipine PLGA-pellets (Rods) for cisternal delivery but we are unaware of any clinical trials that have been initiated using such nicardipine PLGA-pellets. Additionally, in March 2015, the results of animal studies using nimodipine Silica pellets were published from Finland. Again, the nimodipine Silica pellets must be implanted into the basal cisterns during surgery. Delsitech & Orion conducted and funded the study. We do not view these as competitive products to intracisternal EG-1962 and if approved by regulatory agencies, only anticipate usage, if any, in patients who undergo surgery to repair their aneurysm.

Statins are being evaluated and results of clinical trials are unclear, but we view statins as a potential complementary product, if they become available. In addition, multiple therapies in combination with nimodipine have been evaluated for the treatment of aSAH in clinical studies without success.

FDA Approval Process

In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FD&C Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending new drug applications, or NDAs, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

Pharmaceutical product development for a new product or certain changes to an approved product in the U.S. typically involves preclinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements. The results of preclinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

Clinical trials generally involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations; (ii) in compliance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements, which are a collection of FDA and international standards meant to protect the rights, health and safety of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors, as well as ensure trial data integrity; and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

The FDA may place a clinical hold or order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. The IRB oversees the ethical and medical implications of patient rights, health and safety at each clinical trial investigation site. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, such as adhering to the trial protocol, or may impose other conditions in order to allow a clinical trial to continue.

Section 505(b)(1) NDAs

Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into human patients, the drug is tested to determine the metabolism and pharmacological actions of the drug in humans, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication or indications in patients with the disease or condition under study, dosage tolerance, and optimum dosage, and to identify short-term side effects and risks associated with the drug. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 programs are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 program with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the trial is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency, robust data and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

NDAs are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) when a sponsor relies on its own data or data to which the sponsor has a right of reference. Typically, Section 505(b)(1) NDAs are submitted for new molecular entities, but they can be submitted for other new drug products as well.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

Section 505(b)(2) of the FD&C Act enables the applicant to rely, in part, on FDA’s findings of safety and effectiveness in approving a similar product or published literature in support of its application. A Section 505(b)(2) NDA is one that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs often provide an alternate path to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or assessments to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would, as described below. Thus approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be delayed until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification that the listed patent is invalid or not infringed and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Both Section 505(b)(1) NDAs and Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

After completion of the required formulation development and preclinical and clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA must include the results of all preclinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. The submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, currently exceeding $2,335,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved new drug application are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $110,000 per product and $569,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually. The application fee can be waived in limited circumstances, including if a drug is designated as an orphan drug or if the applicant is a small business (defined as the entity and any affiliates having less than 500 employees) submitting its first NDA.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of new drug applications. Most such applications for standard review drug products are reviewed within ten to twelve months; most applications for priority review drugs are reviewed in six to eight months. Priority review can be applied to drugs that the FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The review process may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee − typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts − for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product unless cGMP compliance of the manufacturing facilities is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After FDA evaluates the information submitted in the NDA and the cGMP operations of the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. If the FDA is not satisfied with the information, the FDA can issue a non-approval letter or a second complete response letter.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU, which are the most extensive elements of a REMS program. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug or biological may request the FDA to designate the drug or biologic as a Fast Track product at any time during the clinical development of the product, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request.

Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions, or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of post-approval clinical trials sometimes referred to as Phase 4 trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated approval regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

In addition to other benefits such as the ability to engage in more frequent interactions with the FDA, a Fast Track designation allows a rolling review of the NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Breakthrough Designation

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FD&C Act to require the FDA to expedite the development and review of a breakthrough therapy. A drug or biological product can be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. A sponsor may request that a drug or biological product be designated as a breakthrough therapy at any time during the clinical development of the product, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for breakthrough therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. If so designated, the FDA shall act to expedite the development and review of the product’s marketing application, including by meeting with the sponsor throughout the product’s development, providing timely advice to the sponsor to ensure that the development program to gather nonclinical and clinical data is as efficient as practicable, involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor, and taking steps to ensure that the design of the clinical trials is as efficient as practicable.

Post-Approval Requirements

Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. If at any time the FDA becomes aware of new information regarding the safety of an approved product, the FDA may issue an early public safety alert that makes initial recommendations in light of the new information until the FDA fully evaluates the information and makes final conclusions and recommendations. The FDA may also require manufacturers to change product labeling to address the new safety concerns.

In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMP after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMP. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FD&C Act

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through testing to be bioequivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug, and, subject to state laws, can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.

Patent Term Extension and Marketing Exclusivity

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a portion of a product’s U.S. patent term that was lost during clinical development and regulatory review by the FDA may be restored. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also provide for a statutory protection, known as non-patent exclusivity, against the FDA’s acceptance or approval of certain competitor applications.

After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug’s testing phase - the time between IND application and NDA submission – and all of the review phase – the time between NDA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.

For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the extension must be applied for prior to expiration of the patent. The United States Patent and Trademark office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration.

Market exclusivity provisions under the FD&C Act also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FD&C Act provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a Section 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FD&C Act also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, Section 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages, or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA; however, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the nonclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Orphan Drugs

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition – generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as if the second applicant demonstrates the clinical superiority of its product to the product with orphan drug exclusivity through a demonstration of superior safety, superior efficacy, or a major contribution to patient care. In addition, if a company seeks orphan drug designation for a drug for which the active moiety has already been approved for the orphan indication at issue, the FDA will not designate the same drug as an orphan drug unless the company articulates a plausible hypothesis of the clinical superiority of its drug to the approved drug and demonstrates such clinical superiority prior to approval. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

Pediatric Information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. Recently, FDASIA amended the FD&C Act to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug or biological product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric trial or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including trial objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from nonclinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs. Since EG-1962 has been granted orphan drug designation by the OOPD, it is exempt from the requirements of the PREA.

The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, amended the FD&C Act to provide NDA holders a six-month extension of any exclusivity–patent or non-patent–for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for exclusivity include the FDA’s determination that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, the FDA making a written request for pediatric studies as outlined in the FD&C Act, and the applicant agreeing to perform, and reporting on, the requested studies within the statutory timeframe.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Similar requirements apply under new European Union Clinical Trial Regulation. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The U.S. government and state legislatures have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. By way of example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the Healthcare Reform Law, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

If we obtain regulatory approval of our products, we may be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce, or in return for, the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent;
HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
the federal transparency laws, including the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that requires drug manufacturers to disclose payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals;
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and
state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The Healthcare Reform Law broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the applicable criminal healthcare fraud statutes contained within 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Law provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute. Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including biological products, that are false or fraudulent. Although we would not submit claims directly to payers, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act

In March 2010, the Healthcare Reform Law was enacted, which includes measures that have or will significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of PPACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, PPACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs and biologic agents from 15.1% of

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Healthcare Reform Law also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits, to be phased-in by 2014. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Law provides for the public availability of retail survey prices and certain weighted average AMPs under the Medicaid program. The implementation of this requirement by the CMS may also provide for the public availability of pharmacy acquisition of cost data, which could negatively impact our sales.

In order for a pharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. Effective in 2010, the Healthcare Reform Law expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs when used for the orphan indication. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.
Effective in 2011, the Healthcare Reform Law imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs and biologic agents to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D patients in the coverage gap (i.e., “donut hole”).
Effective in 2011, the Healthcare Reform Law imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.
The Healthcare Reform Law required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any “transfer of value” made or distributed to such entities, as well as any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers were required to begin tracking this information in 2013 and to report this information to CMS on an annual basis beginning in 2014. The reported information was publicly available in a searchable format on a CMS website in September 2014 and will be made publicly available on an annual basis.
As of 2010, a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute was established pursuant to PPACA to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.
The Healthcare Reform Law created the Independent Payment Advisory Board which, beginning in 2014, will have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.
The Healthcare Reform Law established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

European Union Drug Review Approval

Pursuant to Article 3(1) of and Annex to Regulation (EC) 726/2004, the Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EU/EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or for products which are in the interest of public health in the EU. The National MA is for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure.

Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be progressively recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Mutual Recognition and Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. If the RMS proposes to authorize the product, and the other Member States do not raise objections relating to serious risk to public health, the product is granted a national MA in all the Member States where the authorization was sought. Irrespective of the regulatory procedure, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

In European Union member states, nimodipine has been approved for administration orally in tablet form and intravenously by injection. Since EG-1962 proposes a new dosage form of nimodipine that has a different strength and a different route of administration, if it is granted an orphan designation in Europe, it may be considered for granting of an MA either on the basis of a hybrid application under Article 10(3) of Directive 2001/83/EC, or a mixed application consisting of bibliographic published literatures and the company’s proprietary preclinical and clinical data under Article 8(3) of Directive 2001/83/EC. Both mixed and hybrid applications are eligible for 10 years of orphan market exclusivity. The hybrid pathway is available for product candidates (i) that do not fall under the strict definition of a generic medicinal product, (ii) whose bioequivalence to the reference product cannot be demonstrated through bioavailability studies, or (iii) whose active substances, therapeutic indications, strength, pharmaceutical form or route of administration, differs from that of the reference product. Hybrid applications may rely in part on the results of preclinical tests and clinical trials contained in the authorization dossier of the reference medicinal product, which will however need to be supplemented with additional data to inform the overall benefit/risk assessment.

Employees

As of August 14, 2015 we had 18 employees, of whom three held Ph.D. degrees, one held an M.D. degree and one held a D.O. degree. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees and have not experienced any work stoppages. We believe that relations with our employees are good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and research facilities are located in Berkeley Heights, New Jersey, where we lease an aggregate of approximately 8,100 square feet of office and laboratory space pursuant to a lease agreement, the terms of which expires in March 2019.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our near-term needs. When our leases expire, we may exercise renewal options or look for additional or alternate space for our operations. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available if required in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

There is no litigation currently pending or threatened against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages, as of August 14, 2015:

Name
Age
Position(s)
Brian A. Leuthner
50
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Loch Macdonald, M.D., Ph.D.
53
Chief Scientific Officer and Director
Albert N. Marchio, II
63
Chief Accounting and Operations Officer
Andrew J. Einhorn
55
Chief Financial Officer
Herbert J. Faleck, D.O.
62
Chief Medical Officer
Sol Barer, Ph.D.
68
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Isaac Blech
65
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Kurt Conti
52
Director
James Loughlin
72
Director
Robert Spiegel, M.D.
64
Director
Anders D. Hove, M.D.
49
Director
James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D.
50
Director

Executive Officers

Brian A. Leuthner

Mr. Leuthner, one of our co-founders, has been our President and CEO since our inception in January 2009 and has also served on our board of directors since inception. He has more than 25 years of experience in the hospital acute care marketplace, with a specific expertise in critical care and neurocritical care. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Leuthner was the CEO of Fontus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2007 to 2008, the Senior Head of Marketing for The Medicines Company (NASDAQ: MDCO) from 2005 to 2007 and the Director of Market Development for ESP Pharma, Inc. from 2003 to 2005. He also held marketing and sales positions of significant responsibility at Burroughs Wellcome and Company, Glaxo Wellcome plc and Johnson & Johnson (NYSE: JNJ). Mr. Leuthner received his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Our board of directors believes Mr. Leuthner’s perspective and experience as our President and CEO, as well as his depth of operating and senior management experience in our industry and educational background, provide him with the qualifications and abilities to serve as a director.

R. Loch Macdonald, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Macdonald, one of our co-founders, has served on our board of directors and as our Chief Scientific Officer since inception. Dr. Macdonald is a scientist, researcher and neurosurgeon and a recognized expert on brain hemorrhage, including DCI. For the past 20 years, his research interest has focused on improving patient outcome after brain hemorrhage, with a specific focus on developing a cure for cerebral vasospasm and DCI. Since 2007, he has served as Keenan Endowed Chair, Head, Division of Neurosurgery at St. Michael’s Hospital and Professor of Neurosurgery at the University of Toronto. Prior to St. Michael’s Hospital, he was Professor of Surgery and Radiation & Cellular Oncology at the University Of Chicago Medical Center. Dr. Macdonald holds an M.D. from the University of British Columbia and a Ph.D. in Experimental Surgery from the University of Alberta. He completed his Neurosurgery residency at the University of Toronto.

Our board of directors believes Dr. Macdonald’s experience in the field of neurosurgery, as well as his expertise in the area of brain hemorrhage, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Albert N. Marchio, II

Mr. Marchio has served as our Chief Accounting and Operations Officer since March 2014 and prior to that, served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011. Mr. Marchio has more than 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry. Prior to joining as our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Marchio was a Managing Operating Partner with Three Fields Capital, a multi-strategy healthcare focused investment firm and provided

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consulting services to life science companies through Rockabye Valley Consulting from January 2009 to May 2013. Previously, Mr. Marchio served as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Informed Medical Communications from February 2008 to October 2009, and as the Vice President, Treasurer of MedPointe Pharmaceuticals from 2006 to January 2008. He began his career in life sciences as the Vice President, Treasurer of Alpharma, Inc. from 1992 to 2005. Mr. Marchio holds a B.A. in Economics from Muhlenberg College, an M.B.A. in Professional Accounting from Rutgers Graduate School of Business and a Post-M.B.A. Certificate in Taxation from Bernard Baruch College of the City University of New York.

Andrew J. Einhorn

Mr. Einhorn has been our Chief Financial Officer since March 2014 and prior to that, served as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development since May 2013. Mr. Einhorn has more than 10 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry. Prior to joining us, Mr. Einhorn served as Chief Financial Officer at Myos Corporation (NASDAQ: MYOSD) from October 2012 to February 2013, was an independent consultant March to May 2013 and January 2012 to October 2012 and was a co-founder, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Oceana Therapeutics, Inc. from May 2008 to January 2012. Previously, Mr. Einhorn was a co-founder and Chief Financial Officer of both Esprit Pharma, Inc., from June 2005 to October 2007, and ESP Pharma, Inc. from April 2003 to March 2005. From 1983 to 2003, Mr. Einhorn was an investment banker with Credit Lyonnais Securities, PNC Capital Markets, Chase Securities, Inc., Bankers Trust Company and the Chase Manhattan Bank. Mr. Einhorn was licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New Jersey and holds a B.S. in Finance and Accounting from The American University.

Herbert J. Faleck, D.O.

Dr. Faleck has been our Chief Medical Officer since August 2013. He is a pediatric neurologist trained at the Cleveland Clinic and has more than 25 years of extensive and successful experience in clinical research and development in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Prior to joining us, Dr. Faleck was with Celgene Corporation (NASDAQ: CELG) from 2000 to 2010. At Celgene, he served in several roles, most recently as the Chief Medical Officer for Celgene Cellular Therapeutics, where he led clinical, medical, regulatory and organizational development. He was also Celgene’s first Vice President of Clinical Research and Development. After leaving Celgene and prior to joining us in August 2013, Dr. Faleck was a freelance consultant. Previously, he held several positions at Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation. Dr. Faleck holds a D.O. from The University of Health Sciences College of Osteopathic Medicine.

Non-Management Directors

Sol Barer, Ph.D.

Dr. Barer has served on our board of directors since September 2011 and has been Chairman of our board of directors and compensation committee since January 2013. He is the Managing Partner of SJ Barer Consulting and was a Chairman and CEO of Celgene Corporation. Dr. Barer spent 24 years at Celgene as, among other positions, President, COO and CEO, as well as its Executive Chairman and Chairman before retiring in June 2011. Dr. Barer served as Chairman of the Board of Cerecor, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company before retiring in April 2015. Dr. Barer currently serves as Chairman of the Board of ContraFect Corporation (NASDAQ: CFRX), a biotechnology company; Chairman of the Board of Medgenics, Inc. (NYSE: MDGN), a gene therapy company; Lead Independent Director of the Board of Restorgenex Corporation (OTC: RESX), a dermatological and ophthalmology and oncology medicine company, and Chairman of the Board of InspireMD, Inc. (NASDAQ: NSPR), a medical device company. He also is on the Board of Directors of Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: AEGR), Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. (NYSE: TEVA) and Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: FOLD). Dr. Barer holds a B.S. from Brooklyn College. He earned his Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from Rutgers University.

Our board of directors believes Dr. Barer’s broad industry experience, as well as his significant experience on the boards of other public companies, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Isaac Blech

Mr. Blech has served as Vice Chairman of our board of directors since January 2013. His current roles include Founder and Vice Chairman of Cerecor, Inc., a private company developing new treatments for central nervous system disorders, and Director of ContraFect Corporation (NASDAQ: CFRX), a public company

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

developing therapies for infectious diseases. Since 2011, he has served as Vice Chairman of root9B Technologies, Inc. (OTC: RTNB), a public company working in the areas of financial regulations and cyber security, Vice Chairman of The SpendSmart Payments Company (OTC: SSPC), an electronic rewards company and Director of Medgenics, Inc. (NYSE: MDGN), a company creating new treatments for rare diseases. He is also Vice Chairman of Centrexion Corporation, a private company developing new modalities of pain control, Vice Chairman of Restorgenex Corporation, a specialty pharmaceutical company, Vice Chairman of WaveGuide Corporation, a company developing a portable NMR machine, Vice Chairman of Regenovation, Inc., a company developing new ways to regenerate human tissue and Vice Chairman of X-4 Pharmaceuticals, a cancer immunology company. Over the past 35 years, Mr. Blech has helped found several biotechnology companies, including Celgene Corporation (NASDAQ: CELG), ICOS Corporation, Pathogenesis Corporation, Nova Pharmaceutical Corporation and Genetic Systems Corporation. These companies are responsible for major advances in oncology, infectious disease and cystic fibrosis.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Blech’s broad experiences as a founder, director and major investor in numerous biotechnology companies provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Kurt Conti

Mr. Conti has been a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Mr. Conti has been the CEO and President of the Conti Group since 1995. The Conti Group is a general contractor delivering program management, construction services, and engineering across the United States and internationally. In addition, Mr. Conti serves on executive boards and advisory committees such as the New York Building Congress, the Salvation Army, the Pingry School, and the Moles. Mr. Conti holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from Villanova University and is a graduate of the Harvard University Business School Owner/President Management Program.

Our board of directors believes Mr. Conti’s significant business experience in managing his own company and his service on various executive boards and advisory committees provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

James Loughlin

Mr. Loughlin has served on our board of directors since November of 2011 and is the current chair of our audit committee. Since 2007, he has served on the board of Celgene Corporation (NASDAQ: CELG), where he has chaired the audit committee. Mr. Loughlin has also been a member of Celgene’s compensation committee since 2008. He is a member of the board and chair of the audit committee of InspireMD (NASDAQ: NSPR). Mr. Loughlin retired in 2003 after 40 years at KPMG LLP, a leading professional accounting and business consulting firm. As a partner at KPMG, he served for five years as a member of the board as well as National Director of the Pharmaceuticals Practice and as Chairman of the pension and investment committee of the KPMG Board from 1995 through 2001. Mr. Loughlin is a certified public accountant and received his B.S. degree in Accounting from St. Peter’s University in 1964.

Our board of directors believes Mr. Loughlin’s valuable experiences as national director of the pharmaceuticals practice at KPMG LLP, an extensive background in accounting and financial reporting, and prior service on the board of directors of other publicly-held biopharmaceutical companies, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Robert J. Spiegel, M.D.

Dr. Spiegel has served on our board of directors since August 2013. He has been an Associate Professor at Weill Cornell Medical College since 2012 and is an Advisor at Warburg Pincus, LLC. He also serves as Chief Medical Officer of PTC Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: PTCT). Prior to joining our board of directors, Dr. Spiegel spent more than 25 years at Schering-Plough Corporation where he was involved in clinical development, prior to retiring in 2009 from his position as Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of the Schering-Plough Research Institute. Dr. Spiegel serves as a member of the board of directors of Geron Corporation (NASDAQ: GERN), a biotechnology oncology company, where he also serves on the compensation committee, and Avior Computing Corporation, a governance risk and compliance process technology company. He was previously a director of Talon Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Hana Biosciences, Inc.), a biopharmaceutical oncology company, where he also served on the audit committee, and Clavis Pharma ASA, a pharmaceutical

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company based in Oslo, Norway. Dr. Spiegel holds a B.A. from Yale University and an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania. Following a residency in internal medicine, he completed a fellowship in medical oncology at the National Cancer Institute and held academic positions at the National Cancer Institute and New York University Cancer Center.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Spiegel’s extensive medical experience developing oncology products, deep understanding of pharmaceutical research and development, and broad expertise in gaining regulatory approval for drug candidates provide him with the qualifications and skill to serve as a director.

Anders D. Hove, M.D.

Dr. Hove joined our board of directors in April 2015. He is a General Partner with Venrock, which he joined in January 2004. His investment activities span biotechnology companies at all stages, from early stage seed to public investments. Dr. Hove currently serves on the board of directors of Anacor Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: ANAC), as well as several private company boards, such as Intuity Medical, QuatRx Pharmaceuticals, Impopharma and Mevion Medical Systems. Prior to joining Venrock, Dr. Hove held senior level positions in the medical, clinical and business operations of the pharmaceuticals division of Ciba-Geigy, and later as a portfolio manager of BB Biotech and CEO of Bellevue Asset Management. At Bellevue, Dr. Hove had responsibility for managing BB Biotech, an investment company with several billion dollars invested in public and private biotech companies. While at BB Biotech, he led numerous public and private investments and BB Biotech was the largest shareholder in companies such as Alexion (NASDAQ: ALXN), Medimmune (acquired by Astra Zeneca) and Aviron (acquired by Medimmune). Dr. Hove earned his M.Sc. in Biotechnology Engineering from Technical University of Denmark, his M.D. at the University of Copenhagen and an M.B.A. from INSEAD.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Hove’s extensive experience in life science venture capital investing and knowledge of pharmaceutical operations provide him with the qualifications and skill to serve as a director.

James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Healy joined our board of directors in April 2015. Dr. Healy has been a General Partner of Sofinnova Ventures, a venture capital firm, since June 2000. Prior to June 2000, Dr. Healy held various positions at Sanderling Ventures, Bayer Healthcare Pharmaceuticals (as successor to Miles Laboratories), Hyperion Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: HPTX) and ISTA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Healy is currently on the board of directors of Ascendis Pharma A/S (NASDAQ: ASND), Auris Medical Holding AG (NASDAQ: EARS), Coherus BioSciences, Inc. (NASDAQ: CHRS), Amarin Corporation PLC (NASDAQ: AMRN), Natera, Inc. (NASDAQ: NTRA) and several private companies. Previously, he served as a board member of InterMune, Inc. (NASDAQ: ITMN), Anthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ANTH), Durata Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: DRTX), CoTherix, Inc. (NASDAQ: CTRX), KaloBios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: KBIO) and several private companies. Dr. Healy holds an M.D. and a Ph.D. in Immunology from the Stanford School of Medicine and holds a B.A. in molecular biology and a B.A. in Scandinavian Studies from the University of California at Berkeley.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Healy’s experience in the pharmaceutical industry and investing in life sciences companies, as well as his medical and scientific background, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Board Leadership Structure and Board's Role in Risk Oversight

The positions of our Chairman of the board and CEO are presently separated. Separating these positions allows our CEO to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the CEO must devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our Chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow. Our board of directors also believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the independent directors in the oversight of our company and active participation of the independent directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of our board of directors. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected its leadership structure. Although our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consummation of this offering will not require our Chairman and CEO positions to be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Our board of directors oversees the management of risks inherent in the operation of our business and the implementation of our business strategies. Our board of directors performs this oversight role by using several different levels of review. In connection with its reviews of the operations and corporate functions of our company, our board of directors addresses the primary risks associated with those operations and corporate functions. In addition, our board of directors reviews the risks associated with our company's business strategies periodically throughout the year as part of its consideration of undertaking any such business strategies.

Each of our board committees also oversees the management of our company's risk that falls within the committee's areas of responsibility. In performing this function, each committee has full access to management, as well as the ability to engage advisors. Our chief accounting officer reports to the audit committee and is responsible for identifying, evaluating and implementing risk management controls and methodologies to address any identified risks. In connection with its risk management role, our audit committee meets privately with representatives from our independent registered public accounting firm and our chief accounting officer. The audit committee oversees the operation of our risk management program, including the identification of the primary risks associated with our business and periodic updates to such risks, and reports to our board of directors regarding these activities.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Pursuant to a Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, among us and certain holders of our common and preferred stock, Drs. Healy and Hove were appointed to our board of directors by certain of our stockholders. Dr. Healy was designated by Sofinnova and Dr. Hove was designated by Venrock. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

the Class I directors will be Kurt Conti, Anders D. Hove and Robert Spiegel, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;
the Class II directors will be R. Loch MacDonald, Isaac Blech, and James Loughlin, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and
the Class III directors will be Brian A. Leuthner, James I. Healy and Sol Barer, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company.

Board Committees and Director Independence

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Loughlin and Conti and Dr. Healy, with Mr. Loughlin serving as chair. Our compensation committee consists of Drs. Barer and Hove and Mr. Blech, with Dr. Barer serving as chair. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Isaac Blech and Drs. Barer and Spiegel, with Mr. Blech serving as chair.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of our directors and has determined that all directors except Mr. Leuthner and Dr. Macdonald are independent within the meaning of Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and that Messrs. Loughlin and Conti and Dr. Healy meet the additional test for independence for audit committee members imposed by

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SEC regulations and Section 5605(c)(2)(A) of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. The NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules require that each committee of our board of directors has at least one independent director on the listing date of our common stock, has a majority of independent directors no later than 90 days after such date and be fully independent within one year after that date. The composition of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will satisfy these three independence requirements in accordance with the phase-in schedule allowed by the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Audit Committee

The primary purpose of our audit committee will be to assist the board of directors in the oversight of the integrity of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audits of our financial statements, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The functions of our audit committee will include, among other things:

hiring the independent registered public accounting firm to conduct the annual audit of our financial statements and monitoring its independence and performance;
reviewing and approving the planned scope of the annual audit and the results of the annual audit;
pre-approving all audit services and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
reviewing the significant accounting and reporting principles to understand their impact on our financial statements;
reviewing our internal financial, operating and accounting controls with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;
reviewing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, as appropriate, our financial reports, earnings announcements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
reviewing potential conflicts of interest under and violations of our Code of Conduct;
establishing procedures for the treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and confidential submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
reviewing and approving related-party transactions; and
reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, our audit committee’s charter.

With respect to reviewing and approving related-party transactions, our audit committee will review related-party transactions for potential conflicts of interests or other improprieties. Under SEC rules, related-party transactions are those transactions to which we are or may be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors or executive officers or any other related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, excluding, among other things, compensation arrangements with respect to employment and board membership. Our audit committee could approve a related-party transaction if it determines that the transaction is in our best interests. Our directors will be required to disclose to the audit committee or the full board of directors any potential conflict of interest or personal interest in a transaction that our board is considering. Our executive officers will be required to disclose any potential conflict of interest or personal interest in a transaction to the audit committee. We also plan to poll our directors and executive officers on an annual basis with respect to related-party transactions and their service as an officer or director of other entities. Any director involved in a related-party transaction that is being reviewed or approved must recuse himself or herself from participation in any related deliberation or decision. Whenever possible, the transaction should be approved in advance and if not approved in advance, must be submitted for ratification as promptly as practical.

The financial literacy requirements of the SEC require that each member of our audit committee be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements. Our board of directors has determined that James Loughlin qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, and has financial sophistication in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically will meet privately with our audit committee.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the audit committee that complies with NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. The charter will be available on our website at http://www.edgetherapeutics.com .

Compensation Committee

The primary purpose of our compensation committee will be to assist our board of directors in exercising its responsibilities relating to compensation of our executive officers and employees and to administer our equity incentive and other benefit plans. In carrying out these responsibilities, the compensation committee will review all components of executive officer and employee compensation for consistency with its compensation philosophy, as in effect from time to time. The functions of our compensation committee will include, among other things:

designing and implementing competitive compensation policies to attract and retain key personnel;
reviewing and formulating policy and determining the compensation of our executive officers and employees;
reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;
administering our equity incentive plans and granting equity awards to our employees and directors under these plans;
if required from time to time, reviewing with management the compensation discussion and analysis disclosures and recommending to the full board their inclusion in our periodic reports to be filed with the SEC;
if required from time to time, preparing the report of the compensation committee to be included in our annual proxy statement;
engaging compensation consultants or other advisors it deems appropriate to assist with its duties; and
reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, our compensation committee’s charter.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the compensation committee that complies with NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. The charter will be available on our website at http://www.edgetherapeutics.com .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The primary purpose of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to assist our board of directors in promoting the best interest of our company and our stockholders through the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices. The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee will include, among other things:

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board;
determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board;
developing and recommending to our board an annual self-evaluation process for our board and overseeing the annual self-evaluation process;
developing, as appropriate, a set of corporate governance principles, and reviewing and recommending to our board any changes to such principles; and
periodically reviewing and evaluating our nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee that complies with NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. The charter will be available on our website at http://www.edgetherapeutics.com .

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct will be effective upon listing of our common stock with Nasdaq and will be available on our website at http://www.edgetherapeutics.com . The audit committee

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers or directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 concerning compensation of our principal executive officer and three other executive officers. We refer to these four executives as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
Bonus (1)
Option
Awards (2)
All Other
Compensation
Total
Brian A. Leuthner, President and CEO
 
2014
 
$
330,000
 
$
141,075
 
$
366,150
 
 
 
$
837,225
 
R. Loch Macdonald, M.D., Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer
 
2014
 
 
275,000
 
 
78,375
 
 
337,243
 
 
 
 
690,618
 
Andrew J. Einhorn Chief Financial Officer
 
2014
 
 
230,000
 
 
54,625
 
 
38,542
 
 
 
 
323,167
 
Albert N. Marchio II, Chief Accounting and Operations Officer
 
2014
 
 
225,000
 
 
53,438
 
 
120,488
 
 
 
 
398,926
 
Herbert J. Faleck, D.O., Chief Medical Officer
 
2014
 
 
280,000
 
 
79,800
 
 
784,959
 
 
 
 
1,144,759
 
(1) Represents discretionary annual bonus amounts paid pursuant to the executive officers’ employment agreements in accordance with our bonus policies.
(2) The amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officers in 2014, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus.

201 4 Bonus Compensation

As described in the Summary Compensation Table above, our executives earned certain bonus compensation for 2014. In determining 2014 bonuses, the Compensation Committee generally evaluated our performance and executive performance within the framework of the following categories: financial goals (25% weighting), regulatory/clinical goals (25% weighting), commercial manufacturing goals (15% weighting), business development goals (15% weighting), research and development goals (10% weighting), intellectual property goals (5% weighting) and human resources goals (5% weighting).

The performance goals and weighting for 2014 were the same for each executive. The executives had the following bonus opportunities for 2014: 45% of base salary for Mr. Leuthner; 25% of base salary for Mr. Marchio; 30% of base salary for Dr. Macdonald; 25% of base salary for Mr. Einhorn and 30% of base salary for Dr. Faleck.

After assessing 2014 performance, the Compensation Committee determined that a bonus score of 95% properly reflected the significant efforts we achieved during 2014. This also reflected the Company’s focus away from some of the goals during 2014 due to a shift in business strategy. Accordingly, each executive earned a bonus equal to 95% of his bonus opportunity for 2014, as set forth in the column labeled “Bonus” in the Summary Compensation Table.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Leuthner, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Macdonald, our Chief Scientific Officer, Mr. Einhorn, our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Marchio, our Chief Accounting and Operations Officer and Dr. Faleck, our Chief Medical Officer. The material terms of such employment agreements are summarized below.

General Terms

The term of employment for each executive under his employment agreement will continue until the executive’s employment with us terminates for any reason. Each employment agreement sets forth the executive’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity, and the executive’s right to participate in our health insurance program and other benefit programs provided to our executives generally. Mr. Leuthner has an annual base salary of $360,000 and a target bonus opportunity of 45% of his base salary. Upon the consummation of this offering,

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Leuthner’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity shall be increased to $425,000 and 60% of his base salary, respectively. Mr. Marchio has an annual base salary of $240,000 and a target bonus opportunity of 25% of his base salary. Upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Marchio’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity shall be increased to $260,000 and 30% of his base salary, respectively. Dr. Macdonald has an annual base salary of $290,000 and a target bonus opportunity of 30% of his base salary. Upon the consummation of this offering, Dr. Macdonald’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity shall be increased to $375,000 and 45% of his base salary, respectively. Mr. Einhorn has an annual base salary of $245,000 and a target bonus opportunity of 25% of his base salary. Upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Einhorn’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity shall be increased to $285,000 and 35% of his base salary, respectively. Dr. Faleck has an annual base salary of $300,000 and a target bonus opportunity of 30% of his base salary. Upon the consummation of this offering, Dr. Faleck’s annual base salary and target bonus opportunity shall be increased to $345,000 and 40% of his base salary, respectively. Such base salaries and target bonus opportunities are subject to annual review and adjustment. Each executive’s bonus award will be made at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Each employment agreement also provides for additional payments and benefits to be made in connection with the executive’s termination of employment, as described below. In addition, each employment agreement provides that the executive is bound by our standard Officer’s Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement, which sets forth certain intellectual property rights between us and our employees. Dr. Macdonald’s Officer’s Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement includes additional provisions that require him to refrain from competing or interfering with our business and soliciting our customers, prospective customers and other business relationships while he is employed by us and for 12 months thereafter. Each executive’s employment agreement also provides that his equity and incentive compensation is subject to any clawback policy of our company in effect from time to time, or otherwise required by law or stock exchange.

We previously negotiated a flexible work arrangement with Dr. Macdonald so that we could optimize the use of his background and experience, while allowing him to continue to serve as Professor of Surgery in the Neurological Division of the University of Toronto and Keenan Endowed Chair of Surgery at St. Michael’s Hospital. Dr. Macdonald was required to devote two weeks per month of his business time, attention, skill and best efforts to his responsibilities and obligations to us. This flexible work arrangement, other than his retaining his academic appointment with St. Michael’s Hospital and the University of Toronto or accepting similar academic appointments in the United States, will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Payments upon a Termination of Employment ; Change in Control

The employment agreements for our executives state that if an executive resigns without good reason, is terminated for cause or, with respect to all of the executives other than Mr. Leuthner, is terminated due to death or disability, the executive is only entitled to receive salary and benefits that were accrued but remain unpaid through the date of termination.

The employment agreements provide severance benefits to be paid to an executive, subject to the effectiveness of a general release of claims, if the executive terminates his employment for good reason or if we terminate the executive’s employment without cause. Mr. Leuthner’s employment agreement entitles him to severance benefits upon a termination due to death or disability as if such termination was without cause. The continued provision of severance benefits is conditioned on each executive’s compliance with his release and the terms of our Officer’s Confidentiality and Invention and Assignment Agreement such that if an executive does not comply with such agreements, severance payments to the executive will cease and previously paid severance benefits must be repaid. The terms “cause” and “good reason” have the meanings set forth in each executive’s employment agreement with us.

Under Mr. Leuthner’s agreement, upon a termination of Mr. Leuthner’s employment by Mr. Leuthner for good reason or by us without cause, in either case, not in connection with a change in control, Mr. Leuthner is entitled to receive payments for 18 months in an amount equal to his base salary to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices, plus 18 months of COBRA premium reimbursements. Under the employment agreements of Messrs. Marchio and Einhorn and Dr. Faleck, if the executive terminates his employment for good reason or we terminate the executive’s employment without cause (and such termination was not in connection with a change in control), such executives are entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary, to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices, plus 12 months of COBRA premium reimbursement. Under the employment agreement for Dr. Macdonald, if Dr. Macdonald terminates his employment for good reason or if we

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

terminate his employment without cause (and such termination was not in connection with a change in control), Dr. Macdonald is entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary, to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices, plus 12 months of COBRA premium reimbursement.

The employment agreements for our executives provide enhanced severance payments upon certain employment terminations that occur in connection with a change in control. Mr. Leuthner’s employment agreement provides that if Mr. Leuthner terminates his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change in control or if we terminate Mr. Leuthner’s employment other than for cause (i) within the 60-day period prior to a change in control or (ii) within the 12-month period following a change in control, then Mr. Leuthner would be entitled to receive the same severance benefits as provided above, plus a payment equal to 1.5 times his target bonus opportunity and accelerated vesting of all unvested equity awards (with performance-based awards to vest at not less than target).

The employment agreements for Messrs. Marchio and Einhorn and Drs. Macdonald and Faleck provide that if they terminate their employment for good reason within 12 months following a change in control or if we terminate the executive’s employment other than for cause (i) within the 60-day period prior to a change in control or (ii) within the 12-month period following a change in control, then, in each case, Messrs. Marchio and Einhorn and Dr. Faleck would be entitled to receive the same severance benefits as if such termination was not in connection with a change in control and Dr. Macdonald would be entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary, paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices, plus 12 months of COBRA premium reimbursement. In addition, each executive would be entitled to accelerated vesting of all unvested equity awards (with performance-based awards to vest at not less than target).

Each executive’s employment agreement also provides for full vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity awards upon a change in control (with performance-based awards to vest at not less than target).

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information regarding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

Name
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (1)
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Brian A. Leuthner
 
73,781
 
 
112,607
 
$
2.04
 
 
10/11/2023
 
 
 
27,486
 
 
41,953
 
$
8.28
 
 
3/27/2024
 
R. Loch Macdonald
 
39,785
 
 
60,719
 
$
2.04
 
 
10/11/2023
 
 
 
25,316
 
 
38,641
 
$
8.28
 
 
3/27/2024
 
Albert N. Marchio, II
 
36,169
 
 
55,197
 
$
2.04
 
 
10/11/2023
 
 
 
2,893
 
 
4,416
 
$
8.28
 
 
3/27/2024
 
 
 
0
 
 
18,273
 
$
7.10
 
 
7/18/2024
 
Andrew J. Einhorn
 
36,169
 
 
55,197
 
$
2.04
 
 
10/11/2023
 
 
 
2,893
 
 
4,416
 
$
8.28
 
 
3/27/2024
 
Herbert J. Faleck
 
52,536
 
 
95,803
 
$
8.28
 
 
3/27/2024
 
(1) Each named executive officers’ options vest at 25% commencing one year after the date of grant and 1/36 th monthly over 36 months thereafter.

Incentive Plans

We believe that awarding our executives annual cash bonuses is an appropriate way to incentivize our executives, reward them for excellent performance and align their interests with our stockholders by tying a portion of their compensation directly to our financial performance. The cash bonus opportunities available to our named executive officers are described in the above section regarding their employment agreements.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

General

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, provided for grants of awards of both restricted stock and options to acquire our common stock to employees, directors, consultants and other individuals who provide services to us and our affiliates. Our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, provided for grants of options to acquire our common stock to employees, directors, consultants and other individuals who provide services to us and our affiliates. Upon approval of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as described below, the 2010 Plan and the 2012 Plan were both terminated with respect to the grant of new awards.

Options

Options under the 2010 Plan and 2012 Plan can be both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options granted under such plans expire on the 10 th anniversary of the grant date (or the 5 th anniversary in the case of incentive stock options granted to more than 10% shareholders), subject to earlier termination in certain events (such as termination of employment). The exercise price of an option granted under such plans may be paid in cash, by check, or in any other method permitted by the Compensation Committee.

Upon termination of employment or other service, vested options are generally exercisable for (x) up to one year following such termination (but not beyond the stated term of the option), in the case of termination due to death or disability and (y) up to 90 days following such termination (but not beyond the stated term of the option), in the case of termination other than for cause, death or disability. Unexercised options are generally forfeited upon a termination for cause.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards could be issued under the 2010 Plan for no consideration or in exchange for a payment. During the period while a restricted stock award is unvested, the grantee will have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote; provided, however, that any dividends paid in securities will be subject to the same restrictions on forfeiture as the underlying shares.

Certain Corporate Events

Upon the occurrence of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or similar event, the Compensation Committee has the authority to make equitable adjustments to outstanding awards granted under the 2010 Plan and the 2012 Plan. Upon or in anticipation of a change in control, the Compensation Committee has the power, in its discretion, to accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards, cancel an award in exchange for a similar award in any successor corporation or parent, or cancel an award in exchange for cash or other consideration having a fair market value equal to the value of such award (which in the case of an option will be equal to the number of shares subject to the outstanding option multiplied by the excess of the fair market value of our common stock over the exercise price designated in the option agreement).

Outstanding Awards

As of September 15, 2015, there were a total of 1,323,390 shares subject to outstanding options under the 2010 Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $3.65 per share. As of September 15, 2015, there were a total of 1,096,411 shares subject to outstanding options under the 2012 Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $2.39 per share. No restricted stock awards were granted under the 2010 Plan.

Due to the effectiveness of the 2014 Plan (as defined below), we will no longer grant awards under the 2010 Plan or the 2012 Plan, but awards that remain outstanding under those plans will continue to be governed by the applicable plan document and award agreement.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, provides for awards of stock-based incentive compensation to our executive officers and other employees, directors and consultants. The material terms of the 2014 Plan are summarized below. As of September 15, 2015, there were a total of 1,298,881 shares subject to outstanding options under the 2014 Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $6.18 per share. As of such date, 596,009 shares were reserved for future awards under the 2014 Plan.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Share Reserve and Limitations

Initially, we reserved an aggregate of 1,827,351 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year during which the 2014 Plan is in effect by a number of shares that equals 4% of our total issued and outstanding shares as of the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser amount as our board of directors may determine in its discretion. On January 1, 2015, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan increased by 67,538. In addition, to the extent that awards granted under the 2010 Plan or the 2012 Plan are forfeited, terminate or are settled for any reason without an actual distribution of shares, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will be increased by the number of shares underlying the portion of any award that was so forfeited, terminated or settled. If any shares subject to an award granted under the 2014 Plan are forfeited or such award otherwise terminates or is settled for any reason without an actual distribution of shares to the participant, the shares subject to the portion of the award that was forfeited, settled, or terminated will again be available for awards under the 2014 Plan. Any shares tendered by a participant in payment of an exercise price for an award or the tax liability with respect to an award, including shares withheld from any such award, will not be available for future awards hereunder. Common stock awarded under the 2014 Plan may be reserved or made available from our authorized and unissued common stock or from common stock reacquired and held in our treasury. Any shares of common stock issued by us through the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from an acquired company shall not reduce the shares of common stock available for awards under the 2014 Plan.

The maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards that may be granted to an individual participant during a single calendar year is 913,675. The maximum number of shares that may be granted through the exercise of incentive stock options is 1,461,881 shares, provided that such amount will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year during which the 2014 Plan is in effect by the lesser of (x) a number of shares that equals 4% of our total issued and outstanding shares as of the immediately preceding December 31, or (y) such lesser amount as our board of directors may determine in its discretion. On January 1, 2015, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan increased by 67,538.

Eligibility

All of our employees and consultants, all employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, and all non-employee members of our board of directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Plan.

Administration

The 2014 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee, which has the power to: (i) select the employees, consultants and non-employee directors who will receive awards pursuant to the 2014 Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of common stock to which an award will relate, the terms and conditions of any award granted under the 2014 Plan, and all other matters to be determined in connection with an award; (iv) determine the exercise price or purchase price (if any) of an award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an award may be cancelled, forfeited, or surrendered; (vi) determine whether, and to certify that, performance goals to which an award is subject are satisfied; (vii) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2014 Plan, and adopt, amend and rescind such rules, regulations, guidelines, forms of agreements and instruments relating to the 2014 Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable; and (viii) construe and interpret the 2014 Plan and make all other determinations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. The Compensation Committee may delegate some or all of its powers to any of our executive officers or any other person, other than its authority to grant awards to certain individuals (such as board members and executive officers).

Types of Awards

Awards that can be granted under the 2014 Plan include restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other stock-based awards.

Restricted Stock

In a restricted stock award, a participant receives a grant of shares of common stock that are subject to certain restrictions, including forfeiture of such stock upon the happening of certain events. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, during the restriction period, holders of restricted stock will have all the rights

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of a shareholder with respect to the restricted stock, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends (whether in cash or additional shares of common stock) and to vote shares of restricted stock, provided that any dividends declared on restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock and any cash dividends shall be held by us and released to the participant upon the vesting of the underlying restricted stock.

Restricted Stock Units

An RSU is a grant of the right to receive a payment in our common stock or cash, or in a combination thereof, equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the expiration of the applicable restriction period or periods. During such period or periods, the participant will generally have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any such shares. However, the Compensation Committee may provide in an award that amounts equal to any dividends declared during the restriction period will be credited to the participant’s account and deemed to be reinvested in additional RSUs that will be subject to the same forfeiture restriction as the RSUs to which the dividend equivalent payment relates.

Stock Options

Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of an option shall be determined by the Compensation Committee, but must be at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. If the participant owns, directly or indirectly, shares constituting more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any subsidiary, the exercise price of an incentive stock option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the incentive stock option is granted. Each award of an option shall specify the time or times at which the option may be exercised and any terms and conditions applicable to the option, including (i) a vesting schedule which may be based upon the passage of time, attainment of performance goals, or a combination thereof, (ii) whether the exercise price for an option shall be paid in cash, with shares of common stock, with a combination of cash and shares of common stock, or with other legal consideration, (iii) the methods of payment, which may include payment through cashless and net exercise arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable law and (iv) the methods by which, and/or the time at which, common stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to a participant upon exercise of an option. The term of an option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years from the date of grant in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns, directly or indirectly, shares constituting more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any subsidiary).

Stock Appreciation Rights

A grant of a SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise of the SAR, the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Compensation Committee. SARs will be settled either in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination of the foregoing. The grant price of a SAR may never be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The term of an SAR shall be no greater than ten years from the date of grant.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant participants any type of award that is payable in, or valued in whole or in part by reference to shares of our common stock, and that is deemed by the Compensation Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the 2014 Plan, including, without limitation, dividend equivalents, performance shares and performance units.

Performance Goals

In the discretion of the Compensation Committee, any award may be granted subject to performance goals that must be met by the end of a certain specified performance period. Performance goals may be described in terms of company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual participant or the subsidiary, division, department or function in which the participant is employed. Performance goals may be based upon absolute or relative achievement. To the extent that an award is intended to be treated as

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, such award (other than an option) must be based on the achievement of specified performance goals (awards that are not intended to so qualify can be based on the achievement of such performance goals or any other performance goals determined to be appropriate by the Compensation Committee): specified levels of or increases in return on capital, equity or assets; earnings measures/ratios (on a gross, net, pre-tax or post-tax basis), including diluted earnings per share, total earnings, operating earnings, earnings growth, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); net economic profit (which is operating earnings minus a charge to capital); net income; operating income; sales; sales growth; gross margin; direct margin; share price (including but not limited to growth measures and total shareholder return); operating profit; per period or cumulative cash flow (including but not limited to operating cash flow and free cash flow) or cash flow return on investment (which equals net cash flow divided by total capital); inventory turns; financial return ratios; market share; balance sheet measurements such as receivable turnover; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; debt reduction; strategic innovation, including but not limited to entering into, substantially completing, or receiving payments under, relating to, or deriving from a joint development agreement, licensing agreement, or similar agreement; customer or employee satisfaction; individual objectives; operating efficiency; regulatory body approvals for commercialization of products; implementation or completion of critical projects or related milestones (including, without limitation, milestones such as clinical trial enrollment targets, commencement of phases of clinical trials and completion of phases of clinical trials); partnering or similar transactions; and any combination of any of the foregoing criteria. If the Compensation Committee determines that a change in our business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure, or the manner in which we conduct our business, or other events or circumstances render the selected performance goals unsuitable, the Compensation Committee may modify such performance goals or the related achievement level as it deems appropriate (but, with respect to any award that is intended to constitute “qualifying performance-based compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)), only to the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m)).

Change in Control

With respect to SARs and options outstanding on a change of control, the Compensation Committee in its discretion generally may (a) cancel any outstanding options or SARs in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common stock underlying the unexercised portion of the option or SAR as of the date of the change in control over the exercise price or grant price; (b) terminate any option or SAR, effective immediately prior to the change in control, provided that the participant has an opportunity to exercise his or her award within a specified period following a written notice of the change in control; (c) terminate any options or SARs if the applicable performance goals were not satisfied as of the change in control; (d) require the successor or acquiring company (or its parents or subsidiaries) to assume any outstanding option or SAR or to substitute options or SARs with awards involving the common equity securities of an acquirer or successor on terms and conditions necessary to preserve the rights of participants, or (e) take such other actions as the Compensation Committee believes may be appropriate. With respect to RSUs or other awards, the Compensation Committee generally may (a) provide in an award agreement that, upon the occurrence of a change in control, any vested RSUs and other awards shall become immediately vested and/or payable, provided that if such awards constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) such change in control satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v), (vi) or (vii); (b) with respect to any RSUs or other awards that do not constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation,” elect to settle such RSUs and other awards upon a change in control, (c) terminate any RSUs or other awards if the applicable performance goals were not satisfied as of the change in control, (d) require the successor or acquiring company (or its parents or subsidiaries), following a change in control, to assume such RSUs and other awards or to substitute such awards with awards involving the equity securities of the acquiring or successor company on terms and conditions so as to preserve the rights of participants, or (e) take such other actions as the Compensation Committee believes may be appropriate (including terminating such awards for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares).

Certain Corporate Transactions

In order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the 2014 Plan as a result of any stock dividend, recapitalization, forward stock split or reverse stock split, reorganization, division, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or share exchange, extraordinary or unusual cash distribution or

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other similar corporate transaction or event that affects our common stock, the Compensation Committee shall adjust (i) the number and kind of shares of common stock which may be issued in connection with awards to participants, (ii) the number and kind of shares of stock issuable in respect of outstanding awards, (iii) the aggregate number and kind of shares of common stock available under the 2014 Plan, and (iv) the exercise or grant price relating to any award. In addition, the Compensation Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards, including any performance goals, in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described above) affecting us or any subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.

Termination of Employment or Other Service

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon a participant’s termination of employment or other service with us, the unvested portion of such participant’s awards shall cease to vest and shall be forfeited and the vested portion of such participant’s options and SARs shall remain exercisable by the participant or the participant’s beneficiary or legal representative, as the case may be, for a period of (i) 30 days in the event of a termination by us or a subsidiary without cause, (ii) 180 days in the event of a termination due to death or disability and (iii) 30 days in the event of the participant’s voluntary termination, but in all cases, not beyond the normal expiration date of the option or SAR. All of a participant’s options and SARs, whether or not vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon such participant’s termination by us or a subsidiary for cause.

Amendment and Termination

The 2014 Plan will automatically terminate on the earlier of the tenth anniversary of its effective date and the tenth anniversary of the date the 2014 Plan was approved by the board of directors. In addition, prior to the automatic termination of the 2014 Plan, the board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 2014 Plan without the consent of shareholders, except that any such action shall be subject to the approval of our shareholders if such action would increase the number of shares subject to the 2014 Plan or decrease the price at which awards may be granted, or if shareholder approval with respect to such action is required by any applicable law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange on which our common stock may then be listed or quoted. The board of directors must also obtain stockholder approval in order to take any action that would result in the repricing, replacement or repurchase of any option, SAR or other award. The board of directors may otherwise determine to submit such other changes to the 2014 Plan for approval by our shareholders in its discretion. Generally, without the consent of an affected participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the 2014 Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such participant under any outstanding award.

Clawback

Any award granted under the 2014 Plan will be subject to mandatory repayment by the participant to us pursuant to the terms of any company “clawback” or recoupment policy that is directly applicable to the 2014 Plan or set forth in an award agreement or as required by law.

Transfer Restrictions

The 2014 Plan prohibits participants from pledging, encumbering, assigning or transferring any award, right or interest under the 2014 Plan, except for assignments or transfers that occur by way of the laws of descent and distribution. Awards and rights under the 2014 Plan will be exercisable during the life of a participant only by the participant or his legal guardian. However, the Compensation Committee, may in its discretion, permit transfers of options, SARs and/or restricted stock to certain immediate family members of the participant, to trusts for the benefits of such family members and to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners.

Foreign Nationals

Without amending the 2014 Plan, awards may be granted to participants who are foreign nationals or are employed or providing services outside the United States or both, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the 2014 Plan as may, in the judgment of the Compensation Committee, be necessary or

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

desirable to further the purpose of the 2014 Plan. Moreover, the Compensation Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, the 2014 Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the 2014 Plan as in effect for any other purpose.

Compensation of Directors

During 2014, we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-employee directors. Upon consummation of this offering we will pay each of our non-employee directors an annual retainer amount of $40,000 for serving on our board of directors. In addition, the non-executive chair of the board of directors will receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000. The chairs of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committee will receive annual retainer amounts of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,000, respectively, while the members of such committees will receive annual retainer amounts of $7,500, $5,000 and $3,500, respectively.

Upon consummation of this offering, our chairman will receive an option to purchase 43,856 shares of common stock and each of our current directors will receive an option to purchase 21,928 shares of common stock, which options shall vest upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next annual stockholders meeting. In addition, upon consummation of this offering, any non-employee director joining the board for the first time will be entitled to an initial grant of an option to purchase 43,856 shares of common stock, which option shall vest ratably on an annual basis over three years.

The following table sets forth the compensation of our directors who were not also executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name (1)
Option
Awards ($)(2)
Total ($)
Sol Barer, Ph.D.
$
22,632
 
$
22,632
 
Isaac Blech
 
22,632
 
 
22,632
 
Kurt Conti
 
22,632
 
 
22,632
 
James Loughlin
 
22,632
 
 
22,632
 
Robert Spiegel, M.D.
 
0
 
 
0
 
(1) As of December 31, 2014, Dr. Barer, Mr. Blech, Mr. Conti, Mr. Loughlin and Dr. Spiegel held options to purchase 556,976 shares, 747,021 shares, 23,207 shares, 38,008 shares and 38,739 shares of our common stock, respectively.
(2) The amounts above show the fair value of all outstanding stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014 held by the directors named below. These amounts correspond to the liability recorded on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2014.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2012, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than employment, compensation, termination and change in control arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions with unrelated third parties.

After the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for the review, approval and ratification of related-party transactions between us and any related person. The audit committee will review these transactions under our Code of Conduct, which governs conflicts of interests, among other matters, and is applicable to our employees, officers and directors.

Series B-1 Preferred Stock Issuance

We issued 359,935 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share, or Series B-1, at a price of $1.75 per share to certain investors, including Andrew Einhorn, our Chief Financial Officer, who purchased 14,286 shares of Series B-1 on September 19, 2012 and Dr. Sol Barer, our Chairman and the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock, who purchased 114,285 shares of Series B-1 on October 23, 2012. The shares of Series B-1 automatically convert to common stock upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or upon the written consent of the majority of all of our outstanding common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class. As part of their respective purchases, Mr. Einhorn and Dr. Barer each received a warrant to purchase 1,566 and 12,529 shares of our common stock, respectively, each at an exercise price of $2.39 per share. Such warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire on September 19, 2017 and October 23, 2017, respectively.

Convertible Bridge Notes

On December 19, 2012 and February 4, 2013, we issued Series C Convertible Promissory Bridge Notes, or the Notes, to Dr. Sol Barer, our Chairman and the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock, in the amount of $150,000 and $100,000, respectively. The Notes were scheduled to mature on July 31, 2013 and bore interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum. Pursuant to the terms of the Notes, upon the consummation of the sale of more than an aggregate of $1,000,000 of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share, or Series C, on March 18, 2013, the Notes automatically converted into 65,809 shares of Series C based on a conversion price of $3.85 and are no longer outstanding.

Option Issuances to Directors

On December 19, 2012, as consideration for agreeing to join our board of directors, we issued options to purchase 730,940 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.39 per share under our 2012 Plan to Isaac Blech. Options to purchase 365,470 shares of our common stock vested immediately, options to purchase 22,841 shares of our common stock vested on July 31, 2013 and the remaining options vest in 15 equal quarterly installments of 22,841 as long as Mr. Blech remains a member of our board of directors.

On December 20, 2012, as consideration for agreeing to serve as Chairman of our board of directors, we issued options to purchase 365,470 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.39 per share under our 2012 Plan to Dr. Sol Barer, our Chairman and the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock. Options to purchase 182,735 shares of our common stock vested immediately, options to purchase 11,420 shares of our common stock vested on July 31, 2013 and the remaining options vest in 15 equal quarterly installments of 11,420 as long as Dr. Barer remains a member of our board of directors.

On March 27, 2014, as consideration for continued service on our board of directors, each of Dr. Sol Barer, Isaac Blech, Kurt Conti and James Loughlin was granted an option to purchase 4,385 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.28 per share under our 2010 Plan. For each individual, options to purchase 1,096 shares of our common stock vested on June 1, 2014 and the remaining options vest in 12 equal quarterly installments of 274 shares.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series C Preferred Stock Issuance

We issued 4,631,505 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share, or Series C, at a price of $3.85 per share to certain investors, including Andrew Einhorn, our Chief Financial Officer, who purchased 6,494 shares of Series C on March 28, 2013.

The shares of Series C automatically convert to common stock upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering of at least $40,000,000 at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or upon the written consent of the majority of all of our outstanding common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class.

Series C-1 Preferred Stock Issuance

We issued 3,558,890 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share, or Series C-1, at a price of $4.65 per share to certain investors, including Andrew Einhorn, our Chief Financial Officer, who purchased 32,956 shares of Series C-1 on November 3, 2014, Albert N. Marchio, II, our Chief Accounting and Operations Officer, who purchased 7,530 shares of Series C-1 on November 3, 2014, and Dr. Robert Spiegel, one of our directors, who bought 32,258 shares of Series C-1 on December 19, 2014.

The shares of Series C-1 automatically convert to common stock upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering of at least $40,000,000 at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or upon the written consent of the majority of all of our outstanding common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class.

Series C- 2 Preferred Stock Issuance

On April 6, 2015, we issued 12,043,006 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share, or Series C-2, at a price of $4.65 per share to a group of investors led by Venrock, which was joined by Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. or Sofinnova, New Leaf, Janus Global Life Sciences Fund, and Franklin Templeton, along with certain other of our directors, executive officers and/or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them.

The shares of Series C-2 automatically convert to common stock upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering of at least $40,000,000 at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or upon the written consent of the majority of all of our outstanding common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class and the written consent of the majority of Series C-2 voting as a separate class.

The participants in the Series C-2 financings described above included the following directors, executive officers and/or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table presents the number of shares issued to these related parties in the Series C-2 financings:

Participants (1)
Shares of
Series C-2
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
Series C-2
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
Aggregate
Purchase
Price
Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. (2)
 
2,473,118
 
$
11,499,998.70
 
Entities affiliated with Venrock (3)
 
2,150,538
 
$
10,000,000
 
Janus Global Life Sciences Fund
 
2,150,537
 
$
10,000,000
 
Entities affiliated with New Leaf
 
1,720,430
 
$
8,000,000
 
Entities affiliated with Franklin Templeton
 
1,720,430
 
$
8,000,000
 
Brian A. Leuthner
 
3,656
 
$
17,000
 
Andrew Einhorn
 
29,032
 
$
135,000
 
James Loughlin
 
16,774
 
$
80,000
 
Robert Spiegel, M.D.
 
14,409
 
$
67,000
 
Sol Barer, Ph.D.
 
144,086
 
$
670,000
 

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Additional details regarding these shareholders and their equity holdings are provided in “Principal Shareholders.''
(2) Dr. James Healy, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the general partner of the limited partnership that directly holds such shares.
(3) Dr. Anders Hove, a member of our board of directors, is the managing member of the general partner of both the limited partnership and limited liability company that directly hold such shares.

Stockholder Agreements

In connection with the Series C-2 financing in April 2015, we entered into an Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, a Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, or the ROFR Agreement, and the Voting Agreement with the purchasers of our Series C-2 and certain other of our holders of common and preferred stock.

The Investor Rights Agreement and the ROFR Agreement, among other things:

imposes restrictions on the transfer of Series C-2;
grants holders of our Series C-2 certain registration rights following an initial public offering;
grants holders of our Series C-2 certain pre-emptive and co-sale rights with respect to certain issuances and transfers of our securities;
imposes certain affirmative and negative covenants on us, including an obligation for us to deliver periodic financial statements and budgets to any holder our Series C-2;
grants board observer rights to New Leaf, so long as New Leaf holds at least 25% of the Series C-2 shares it purchased in the financing; and
requires Series C-2 shareholders to enter into a 180-day lock-up period upon an initial public offering.

The provisions in the Investors’ Rights Agreement granting certain pre-emptive rights, along with the ROFR Agreement and the Voting Agreement will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering. See the section titled “Management—Board Composition” for information regarding the provisions related to the election of our directors in the Voting Agreement that will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Management Rights Letters

We entered into management rights letters with certain of our shareholders, including Venrock, Sofinnova and New Leaf. The management rights letters grant certain management and information rights in the event that such shareholder is not represented on our board of directors, as well as certain inspection rights. The management rights letters will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we will agree to indemnify these persons against any and all expenses incurred by them resulting from their status as one of our directors or executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, except in limited circumstances. In addition, these indemnification agreements will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will pay for all expenses incurred by such persons in connection with a legal proceeding arising out of their service to us.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Participation in This Offering

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, these stockholders would purchase an aggregate of up to 2,000,000 of the 5,666,667 shares in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these stockholders may purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these stockholders could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these stockholders than the stockholders indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to them.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock outstanding as of September 15, 2015 by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 20,181,250 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 15, 2015 after giving effect to automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,497,815 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock as of September 15, 2015 immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after this offering gives effect to the issuance by us of 5,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each individual or entity shown in the table has furnished us with information with respect to beneficial ownership. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC’s rules. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those rights for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, these stockholders would purchase an aggregate of up to 2,000,000 of the 5,666,667 shares in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these stockholders may purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these stockholders could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these stockholders than the stockholders indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to them. The following table does not reflect any potential purchases by these stockholders.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Edge Therapeutics, Inc., 200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600, Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922.

 
 
Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Number of shares
beneficially owned
Before
offering
After
offering
5% or greater stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. (1)
 
1,852,077
 
 
9.2
%
 
7.2
%
Entities affiliated with Venrock (2)
 
1,610,500
 
 
8.0
%
 
6.2
%
Janus Global Life Sciences Fund (3)
 
1,610,502
 
 
8.0
%
 
6.2
%
Entities affiliated with New Leaf Ventures III, L.P. or New Leaf (4)
 
1,288,400
 
 
6.4
%
 
5.0
%
Franklin Advisers, Inc. (5)
 
1,288,400
 
 
6.4
%
 
5.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Number of shares
beneficially owned
Before
offering
After
offering
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian A. Leuthner (6)
 
694,851
 
 
3.4
%
 
2.7
%
Albert N. Marchio, II (7)
 
67,429
 
 
 
*
 
*
Andrew J. Einhorn (8)
 
136,978
 
 
 
*
 
*
Herbert J. Faleck, D.O. (9)
 
77,259
 
 
 
*
 
*
R. Loch Macdonald, M.D., Ph.D. (10)
 
663,092
 
 
3.3
%
 
2.6
%
Sol Barer, Ph.D. (11)
 
1,085,023
 
 
5.3
%
 
4.1
%
Kurt Conti (12)
 
1,191,305
 
 
5.9
%
 
4.6
%
James J. Loughlin (13)
 
45,210
 
 
 
*
 
*
Robert J. Spiegel, M.D. (14)
 
59,696
 
 
 
*
 
*
Isaac Blech (15)
 
582,797
 
 
2.8
%
 
2.2
%
James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D. (16)
 
1,852,077
 
 
9.2
%
 
7.2
%
Anders D. Hove, M.D. (17)
 
1,610,500
 
 
8.0
%
 
6.2
%
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)
 
8,066,222
 
 
37.1
%
 
29.4
%
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Shares held directly by Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. (“SVP IX”) and includes 44,375 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. Dr. James Healy, a member of our board of directors, together with Dr. Michael F. Powell, Dr. Srinivas Akkaraju and Dr. Anand Mehra, are the managing members of Sofinnova Management IX, L.L.C., the general partner of SVP IX, and as such, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Dr. Healy disclaims beneficial ownership with regard to such shares and other shares as described in this section, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of SVP IX is c/o Sofinnova Ventures, Inc., 3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 4, Suite 250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2) Includes 1,118,418 shares of common stock owned of record by Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners II, L.P., 453,497 shares of shares of common stock owned of record by VHCP Co-Investment Holdings II, LLC and 38,585 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. Dr. Anders Hove, a member of our board of directors, is a member of the General Partner of the Limited Partnership and a member of the Manager of the Limited Liability Company that directly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Dr. Hove, the Limited Partnership and the Limited Liability Company disclaim beneficial ownership with regard to such shares and other shares as described in this section, except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest in Venrock. The mailing address of the beneficial owner is 3340 Hillview Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304.
(3) Includes 38,587 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. Janus Capital Management LLC (Janus), serves as investment advisor with the power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the securities owned by Janus Global Life Sciences Fund. For purposes of reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, Janus may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all of the shares held by Janus Global Life Sciences Fund; however, Janus expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. Andrew Acker, portfolio manager for the Fund, is the natural person with authority to make investment decisions with respect to the Fund. The mailing address of Janus Capital Management LLC is 151 Detroit Street, Denver, Colorado 80206.
(4) Includes 628,766 shares of common stock owned of record by New Leaf Ventures III, L.P. (“NLV-III”), 628,766 shares of common stock owned of record by New Leaf Growth Fund I L.P. (“NLGF-I”) and 30,868 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. New Leaf Venture Associates III, L.P. (“NLVA-III LP”) is the general partner of NLV-III and New Leaf Growth Associates I, L.P. (“NLGA-I LP”) is the general partner of NLGF-I. New Leaf Venture Management III, L.L.C. (“NLVM-III LLC”) is the General Partner of both NLVA-III LP and NLGA-I LP. Philippe O. Chambon, Jeani Delagardelle, Ronald M. Hunt, Vijay K. Lathi, and Liam Ratcliffe are individual members of NLVM-III LLC (the “Individual Members”). NLVA-III LP, NLGA-I LP and NLVM-III LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. As one of five individual members, each of the Individual Members disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares, and in all events disclaims pecuniary interest except to the extent of his economic interest. The mailing address of the beneficial owner is Times Square Tower, 7 Times Square, Suite 3502, New York, NY 10036.
(5) Includes 754,519 shares of common stock owned of record by Franklin Templeton Investment Funds — Franklin Biotechnology Discovery Fund, 503,012 shares of common stock owned of record by Franklin Strategic Series — Franklin Biotechnology Discovery Fund (collectively, the “Funds”) and 30,868 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. The Funds are managed by Franklin Advisers, Inc. (“FAV”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a publicly traded company, Franklin Resources, Inc. (“FRI”). FAV is the beneficial owner of these shares for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act in its capacity as the investment adviser to the Funds. When an investment management contract delegates to FAV investment discretion or voting power over the securities held in the investment advisory account that is subject to that agreement, FRI treats FAV as having sole investment discretion or voting authority, as the case may be, unless the agreement specifies otherwise. Accordingly, FAV reports for purposes of section 13(d) of the Exchange Act that it has sole investment discretion and voting authority over the securities covered by any such investment management agreement, unless otherwise specifically noted. Evan McCulloch is the natural person who makes voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the Funds. The mailing address of FAV is One Franklin Parkway, San Mateo, CA, 94403.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(6) Includes 143,909 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 65 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015.
(7) Includes 61,598 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 327 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-1 as of September 15, 2015.
(8) Includes 36,940 shares of common stock held by Harpua, LLC, with respect to which Mr. Einhorn has voting and dispositive power in his capacity as the sole managing member of Harpua, LLC, 55,507 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015, 1,566 shares of common stock subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 3,686 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and C-2 as of September 15, 2015.
(9) Includes 77,259 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015.
(10) Includes 92,513 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 172 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-1 as of September 15, 2015.
(11) Includes 188,834 shares of common stock owned of record by Meryl Barer, Dr. Barer’s wife, all of which he may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of, 12,529 shares of common stock subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015, 11,986 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and C-2 as of September 15, 2015 and 472,699 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015.
(12) Includes 787,415 shares of common stock held by Oakwood Capital, LLC over which Mr. Conti has sole voting and dispositive power, 18,876 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015, 29,237 shares of common stock held by the Austin Conti Trust, 14,618 shares of common stock held by the Brooke Conti Trust and 14,618 shares of common stock held by the Hunter Conti Trust, with respect to each of which Mr. Conti has voting and dispositive power in his capacity as trustee.
(13) Includes 32,650 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 299 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015.
(14) Includes 24,216 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015 and 1,370 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-1 and C-2 as of September 15, 2015.
(15) Includes 582,797 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2015.
(16) Includes 1,807,702 shares of common stock owned of record by SVP IX and 44,375 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. Dr. James Healy, a member of our board of directors, together with Dr. Michael F. Powell, Dr. Srinivas Akkaraju and Dr. Anand Mehra, are the managing members of Sofinnova Management IX, L.L.C., the general partner of SVP IX, and as such, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Dr. Healy disclaims beneficial ownership with regard to such shares and other shares as described in this section, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.
(17) Includes 1,118,418 shares of common stock owned of record by Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners II, L.P., 453,497 shares of shares of common stock owned of record by VHCP Co-Investment Holdings II, LLC and 38,585 shares of common stock issuable upon the declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C-2 as of September 15, 2015. Dr. Anders Hove, a member of our board of directors, is a member of the General Partner of the Limited Partnership and a member of the Manager of the Limited Liability Company that directly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Dr. Hove, the Limited Partnership and the Limited Liability Company disclaim beneficial ownership with regard to such shares and other shares as described in this section, except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest in Venrock.

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 80,000,000 shares, of which 75,000,000 are designated as common stock with a par value of $0.00033 per share and 5,000,000 of which are designated as preferred stock with a par value of $0.00033 per share.

The following is a summary of our capital stock upon the consummation of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to consummation of this offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

As of September 15, 2015, there were 20,181,250 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 293 stockholders after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of common stock and the issuance of 994,962 shares of common stock issuable upon declaration of accrued dividends on our Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. In addition, as of September 15, 2015, 3,718,682 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options, 99,400 shares of our common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, 463,149 shares of Series C were issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and 454,866 shares of Series C-1 were issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants. There will be 25,847,917 shares of common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options) after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering.

Common Stock

Voting Rights. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Dividends. Subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock shall be entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.

Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock shall be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights. Our common stock shall not be subject to preemptive rights, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the consummation of an offering of at least $40,000,000 and at a price per share not less than $7.18 per share, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 17,497,815 shares of common stock. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations and restrictions. Our board of directors also can increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Series C-2 Registration Rights

We granted registration rights to holders of our Series C-2 with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C-2 we issued in April 2015. Pursuant to the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, upon consummation of this offering, the holders of 8,802,723 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C-2 will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below. We refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Demand registration. Beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable shares then outstanding may make a written request to us for the registration of at least 25% of the registrable securities (or a lesser percentage if the aggregate price to the public of the registrable securities offered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000) under the Securities Act. We are only required to file two registration statements that are declared effective upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement twice during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders, provided that we do not register any securities for our own account or any other stockholder during such 90-day period.

Form S-3 registration. The holders of at least 25% of the registrable securities then outstanding can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the registrable securities offered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 twice during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders, provided that we do not register any securities for our own account or any other stockholder during such 90-day period.

Piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for public sale in another offering, holders of registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to the sale of our common stock in this offering, a registration relating to employee benefit plans or a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

In addition to the holders of our Series C-2, Hercules, with respect to its warrants to purchase 107,526 shares of our Series C-1, also has the rights set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph.

Expenses of registration rights. We generally will pay all expenses related to the registrations, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Expiration of registration rights. The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering, the occurrence of specified liquidation or dissolution transactions or when that holder ceases to hold such registrable securities.

After registration of these registrable securities pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. These holders may also be able to sell shares without registration pursuant to Rule 144 as described below in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Rule 144” of this prospectus.

Series C and Series C-1 Registration Rights

The holder of warrants to purchase 463,149 shares of our Series C and 347,340 shares of our Series C-1 are entitled to the registration rights described below with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the shares of our Series C and Series C-1.

Demand Registration . Pursuant to the terms of the warrants referenced in the preceding paragraph, due to the grant of the demand registration rights to the holders of our Series C-2, the holder of such warrants is entitled to the same demand registration rights as the holders of our Series C-2 as described above.

Piggyback/Incidental Registration Rights . If at any time after the consummation of this offering, the shares of common stock underlying these warrants are not freely tradable without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and we propose to register any of our securities (subject to certain exceptions), we must provide notice of such intention to the warrant holders. Upon request within ten days of the receipt of such notice, we must use our commercially reasonable efforts to register such shares of common stock. We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, and the

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reasonable fees and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of a single special counsel for the selling stockholders, related to any piggyback registration.

Warrants

In connection with the issuance of convertible debt to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, or the NJEDA, we issued a warrant to purchase 36,547 shares of common stock to the NJEDA in May 2010. The warrant was immediately exercisable upon issuance and expires on May 4, 2020. The exercise price is $1.37 per share.

In connection with the issuance of our Series B-1, we issued warrants to purchase 85,989 shares of common stock from August 2012 to November 2012 to each purchaser of shares of our Series B-1. The warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price is $1.75 per share.

On November 10, 2012 we issued warrants to purchase 23,390 shares of our common stock to a third party research provider as consideration for services. The warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price is $2.39 per share.

In connection with the issuance of our Series C, we issued warrants to Maxim Group LLC in March, April and May 2013 to purchase 173,335 shares, 236,916 shares and 52,898 shares of Series C, respectively, which were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire on March 18, 2018, April 7, 2018 and May 7, 2018, respectively. The exercise price is $4.235 per share.

In connection with our financing with Hercules, we issued Hercules a warrant to purchase up to $500,000 of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock. If we consummate a subsequent equity financing for a new series of our preferred stock at a price per share lower than $4.65, then the warrant shall be exercisable into such series of preferred stock at the lowest price per share at which such new series is offered. The warrant will become exercisable into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The warrant expires five years from the consummation of this offering and has piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the warrant.

In connection with the issuance of our Series C-1, we issued warrants to Maxim Group LLC on November 3, 2014, November 24, 2014, December 19, 2014, December 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 to purchase 119,738, 41,421, 56,649, 25,326, and 2,580 shares of Series C-1, respectively, which were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire on November 4, 2019, November 24, 2019, December 19, 2019, December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The exercise price is $5.12 per share.

In connection with the issuance of our Series C-2, we issued warrants to Maxim Group LLC on April 6, 2015 to purchase 103,226 shares of Series C-1, which were immediately exercisable upon issuance and expire on April 6, 2020. The exercise price is $5.12 per share.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding specified shares; or
at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation to or with the interested stockholder;
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any person that is:

the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation;
an affiliate or associate of the corporation who was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the relevant date; or
the affiliates and associates of the above.

Under specific circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the stockholders may, by adopting an amendment to the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, elect not to be governed by this section, effective 12 months after adoption.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not exclude us from the restrictions of Section 203. We anticipate that the provisions of Section 203 might encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors since the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if a majority of the directors then in office approve either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change of control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

permit our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by the board of directors;
provide that all vacancies on our board of directors, including as a result of newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
divide our board of directors into three classes;
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice;

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not provide for cumulative voting rights, thereby allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election; and
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EDGE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock to Non-U.S. Holders as of the date hereof.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” of our common stock means a holder that is not a U.S. person or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The term U.S. person means:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust, if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This summary is not intended to be a complete analysis of all the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders. This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular Non-U.S. Holder’s tax particular circumstances and does not consider the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our common stock. It also does not consider Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through entities, banks and insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities, controlled entities of foreign sovereigns, holders of our common stock held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk-reduction transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organizations, “expatriated entities,” companies subject to the “stapled stock” rules, persons that own or are deemed to own, former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or receive the shares of common stock as compensation). This summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable Treasury regulations, administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and different interpretations.

This summary is general information only. It is not tax advice. We urge each prospective Non-U.S. Holder to consult their own tax advisor concerning the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, estate and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

U.S. Trade or Business Income

For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such dividend income or gain is (1) effectively connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States; and (2) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, attributable to a “permanent establishment” or “fixed base” maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the Non-U.S. Holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements); instead, U.S. trade or business income is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the recipient were a U.S. person. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation also may be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as provided under an applicable income tax treaty.

Distributions

Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) that we pay with respect to our common stock (or certain redemptions that are treated as distributions with respect to our shares of common stock) will be taxable as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion in “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)” below, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of our distributions taxable as dividends or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or appropriate substitute or successor form) certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. A Non-U.S. Holder is encouraged to consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty. If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our shares, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. A Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our shares will generally be equal to the amount the Non-U.S. Holder paid for its shares, reduced by the amount of any distributions treated as a return of capital. See, “—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

The U.S. federal withholding tax does not apply to dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as described above, of a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or appropriate substitute or successor form), certifying that the dividends are subject to tax as income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion in “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)” below, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax in respect of any gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, as described above;
if a Non-U.S. Holder is an individual and holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset, the Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition but is not treated as a resident of the United States for that year, and certain other conditions are met; or
we are or have been during a specified testing period a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner described under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income.” Gain described in the second bullet above will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

In general, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide (domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, real property interests generally include land, improvements and associated personal property. We believe that we have not been, and we are not and do not anticipate becoming, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” a Non-U.S. Holder, nevertheless, will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock so long as shares of our common stock are “regularly traded on an established securities market” as defined under applicable Treasury regulations and a Non-U.S. Holder owns, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our shares at all times during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our shares. Prospective investors should be aware that no assurance can be given that our shares will be so regularly traded when a Non-U.S. Holder sells its shares of our common stock.

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Individual Non-U.S. Holders and entities, the property of which is potentially includible in an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, shares of our common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty with the United States. Copies of these information returns also may be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock generally will be exempt from backup withholding if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or appropriate substitute or successor form) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or though the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (which we refer to as a United States related person). In the case of the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a United States related person, the Treasury Regulations require information reporting (but not the backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors on the application of information reporting and backup withholding to them in their particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of our common stock).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, with any excess withholding refunded to the Non-US. Holder, provided that the required information is furnished on a timely basis to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

Withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specifically defined in the Code) and certain other non-United States entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends and gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a non-financial foreign entity unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (1) above, it may be required to enter into an agreement with the IRS requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders or may be required to comply with reporting and other compliance obligations under an intergovernmental agreement between their country of organization and the U.S. Treasury.

The withholding provisions above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2017. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After the consummation of this offering, approximately 25,847,917 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless held by an affiliate of ours (other than restrictions pursuant to lock-up agreements entered into by participants in the directed share program). Except as set forth below, the remaining 20,181,250 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

0 restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and
approximately 20,181,250 restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has held their shares for at least six months, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided that current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has held their shares for at least one year, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the consummation of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 258,479 shares immediately after this offering; and
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also requires that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, certain holders of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 may be resold, by:

persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of September 15, 2015 options to purchase a total of 3,718,683 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 1,722,521 were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, 1,591,380 are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, the holders of substantially all of our fully-diluted equity securities, including our officers and directors and us, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to limited exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, (i) Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, agree that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC have advised us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. The agreements entered into between certain of the holders of our Series C-2 (including the directors appointed pursuant to the Voting Agreement) and the underwriters contain additional exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

Following the 180 day lock-up period, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements prior to the end of the lock-up period, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 8,802,723 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-2, the holder of warrants to purchase 463,149 shares of our Series C and 347,340 shares of our Series C-1 with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the shares of such Series C and Series C-1 and Hercules, with respect to its warrants to purchase 107,526 shares of our Series C-1, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement upon which such shares were registered. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act after the consummation of this offering to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The registration statements are expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following their effective dates, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up arrangement described above, if applicable.

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                 , 2015, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of our common stock:

Underwriter
Number of Shares
Leerink Partners LLC
 
 
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
 
 
Guggenheim Securities, LLC
 
 
 
JMP Securities LLC
 
 
 
Total
 
5,666,667
 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

Certain of our existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to $30 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to any of these stockholders, and any of these stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these stockholders as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares for sale at the initial public offering price to persons who are directors, officers, employees, business associates or related persons through a directed share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on the shares purchased pursuant to this program as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. Except for our officers, directors and employees who have entered into lock-up agreements described below, each person buying shares through the directed share program has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, he or she will not, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock with respect to shares purchased in the program. For officers, directors and employees purchasing shares through the directed share program, the lock-up agreements described below will govern with respect to their purchases. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 850,000 additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its portion of the over-allotment shares pro rata to the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus less a selling concession of $     per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 
Per Share
Total
 
No Exercise
Full Exercise
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Underwriting discounts and commissions
$
       
 
$
      
 
$
       
 
$
       
 
Expenses payable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses, in an amount of up to $75,000, as set forth in the underwriting agreement. We will also pay a cash commission of 8% to Maxim Group LLC (7% of which will be credited against the underwriting discount payable to the underwriters) on the gross proceeds from the sale of shares to any investor in this offering that was originally introduced to us by Maxim Group LLC and warrants, exercisable at a purchase price equal to 110% of the purchase price of the shares sold in this offering, to purchase 8% of the number of shares sold to any investor in this offering that was originally introduced to us by Maxim Group LLC.

In connection with our Series C-2 preferred stock financing, funds affiliated with Leerink Partners LLC purchased an aggregate of 107,526 shares of Series C-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.65 per share. These shares and the underlying shares of common stock are compensation pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(c)(2)(C). Additionally, these securities are subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). Pursuant to such lock-up, Leerink Partners LLC and such funds affiliated therewith may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these securities, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities for a period of 180 days from the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC, except in compliance with the exceptions set forth in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our common stock being offered.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the date hereof or the exercise of warrants or options outstanding on the date hereof, grants of employee stock options pursuant to our existing plans or issuances pursuant to the exercise of such employee stock options.

Our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our currently outstanding stock and options have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, (i) Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, agree that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

the sale of shares to the underwriters;
transfers of shares as a bona fide gift, transfers of shares or other of our securities to an immediate family member or affiliate of the lock-up signatory, a trust or limited family partnership for the benefit

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the lock-up signatory or members of the lock-up signatory's immediate family, to any entity, all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held exclusively by the lock-up signatory or one or more immediate family members of the lock-up signatory, or distributions to partners, members or stockholders of the lock-up signatory, in each case in a transaction not involving a disposition for value; provided that (i) each transferee or recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions described above, (ii) to the extent the lock-up signatory retains any interest in the shares, the shares shall remain subject to the restrictions described above and (iii) no filing or public announcement under the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection with such event, other than a filing on a Securities and Exchange Commission Form 5 (“Form 5”) made after the expiration of the lock-up period;

transfers of shares by will or intestate succession to a member of the immediate family of the lock-up signatory; provided that (i) each transferee or recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions described above and (ii) to the extent the lock-up signatory retains any interest in the shares, the shares shall remain subject to the restrictions described above;
surrender or forfeiture of shares to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon exercise or vesting of stock options or equity awards, provided that no filing or public announcement under the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection with the surrender or forfeiture other than a filing on a Securities and Exchange Commission Form 4 that reports such surrender or forfeiture under the transaction code “F”;
transactions relating to shares acquired in open market transactions after the date of this prospectus, provided that no filing or public announcement under the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection with such event, other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the lock-up period; or
the entering into by the lock-up signatory of a written trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act during the lock-up period, provided that no sales of the lock-up signatory's shares shall be made pursuant to such plan prior to the expiration of the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is made by or on behalf of the lock-up signatory or us regarding the establishment of such plan.

The agreements entered into between certain of the holders of our Series C-2 (including the directors appointed pursuant to the Voting Agreement) and the underwriters contain additional exceptions, including that the agreement not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the 180 day lock-up period does not apply to any shares of our common stock purchased by such holder in this offering. In addition, subject to certain specified exceptions, in the event that any holder of our securities that is an officer or director, or a holder that beneficially owns, or is a member of a group that beneficially owns, more than 1% of our fully-diluted equity securities is permitted by Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC to sell or dispose of their shares of common stock that had been otherwise locked up, then each holder of our Series C-2 shall be entitled to sell or dispose of the same percentage of the shares held by such holder as were permitted by Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC to be sold by such other holder.

Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described in the preceding paragraph in whole or in part at any time with or without notice; provided that if the party released is one of our officers or directors, (i) Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will give us notice at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver and (ii) we must announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EDGE”.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, creating a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The shares of our common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of our common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of our common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. For instance, Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC were the placement agents for our Series C-2 financing in April 2015, and are joint bookrunners in this offering. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts.

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and for the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, New York, New York. Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Edge Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the years then ended, have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits filed as part of that document. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at: Edge Therapeutics, Inc., 200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600, Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922 or (800) 208-3343.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.edgetherapeutics.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders Edge
Therapeutics, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and change in stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Edge Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey
April 13, 2015, except as to Note 13
with respect to the reverse stock split,
which is as of September 21, 2015

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Balance Sheets

 
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
June 30 ,
2015
Pro Forma
June 30 ,
2015
 
 
 
(unaudited)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
13,728,972
 
$
7,858,169
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
58,465,083
 
Other receivable
 
 
 
459,018
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid Expenses and other current assets
 
307,629
 
 
212,632
 
 
339,500
 
 
339,500
 
Deferred issuance costs
 
1,405,396
 
 
 
 
1,625,592
 
 
1,625,592
 
Total current assets
 
15,441,997
 
 
8,529,819
 
 
60,430,175
 
 
60,430,175
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
1,443,982
 
 
140,045
 
 
2,134,406
 
 
2,134,406
 
Other assets
 
160,682
 
 
63,928
 
 
120,834
 
 
120,834
 
Total assets
$
17,046,661
 
$
8,733,792
 
$
62,685,415
 
$
62,685,415
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
2,045,782
 
$
1,086,806
 
$
1,084,412
 
$
1,084,412
 
Accrued expenses
 
1,582,162
 
 
701,437
 
 
1,304,708
 
 
1,304,708
 
Short Term Debt
 
265,265
 
 
 
 
1,640,692
 
 
1,640,692
 
Total current liabilities
 
3,893,209
 
 
1,788,243
 
 
4,029,812
 
 
4,029,812
 
Noncurrent liability:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrant liability
 
1,671,106
 
 
1,614,504
 
 
2,292,541
 
 
2,292,541
 
Long Term Debt
 
2,527,686
 
 
 
 
4,223,708
 
 
4,223,708
 
Convertible preferred stock, 26,000,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C-2 - 12,500,000 shares authorized, 12,043,006 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $71,055,534 at June 30, 2015)
 
 
 
 
 
53,272,889
 
 
 
Series C-1 - 4,000,000 shares authorized, 3,558,890 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $21,476,489 at June 30, 2015 and $20,819,976 at December 31, 2014)
 
14,660,944
 
 
 
 
15,319,587
 
 
 
Series C - 5,500,000 shares authorized, 4,697,314 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $25,846,294 at June 30, 2015 and $25,128,853 at December 31, 2014)
 
17,861,076
 
 
16,414,303
 
 
18,578,517
 
 
 
Series B-1 - 500,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 359,935 Series B-1 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $629,886 at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014)
 
477,191
 
 
477,191
 
 
477,191
 
 
 
Series B - 2,500,000 shares authorized, 2,415,116 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $3,018,895 at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014)
 
2,991,979
 
 
2,991,979
 
 
2,991,979
 
 
 
Series A - 1,000,000 shares authorized, 864,500 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $864,500 at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014)
 
797,219
 
 
797,219
 
 
797,219
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.00033 par value, 38,500,000 shares and 35,000,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, 1,688,473 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014
 
770
 
 
770
 
 
770
 
 
8,906
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
1,984,399
 
 
686,414
 
 
2,939,083
 
 
94,368,329
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(29,818,918
)
 
(16,036,831
)
 
(42,237,881
)
 
(42,237,881
)
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity
 
(27,833,749
)
 
(15,349,647
)
 
(39,298,028
)
 
52,139,354
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity
$
17,046,661
 
$
8,733,792
 
$
62,685,415
 
$
62,685,415
 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Operations

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development expenses
$
8,473,522
 
$
4,484,367
 
$
6,066,483
 
$
3,217,106
 
General and administrative expenses
 
4,720,661
 
 
2,003,992
 
 
3,076,095
 
 
2,399,370
 
Total operating expenses
 
13,194,183
 
 
6,488,359
 
 
9,142,578
 
 
5,616,476
 
Loss from operations
 
(13,194,183
)
 
(6,488,359
)
 
(9,142,578
)
 
(5,616,476
)
Other income (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrant remeasurement
 
582,360
 
 
(854,336
)
 
(446,321
)
 
94,524
 
Interest income
 
2,941
 
 
3,951
 
 
1,477
 
 
1,697
 
Interest expense
 
(183,179
)
 
(3,354
)
 
(402,026
)
 
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,792,061
)
 
(7,342,098
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Benefit for income taxes
 
590,675
 
 
459,018
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(12,201,386
)
 
(6,883,080
)
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(5,520,255
)
Cumulative dividend on Series C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock
 
(1,580,701
)
 
(1,076,256
)
 
(2,429,515
)
 
(717,441
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(13,782,087
)
$
(7,959,336
)
$
(12,418,963
)
$
(6,237,696
)
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted
$
(8.16
)
$
(4.71
)
$
(7.36
)
$
(3.69
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and diluted
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss
$
(12,201,386
)
 
 
 
$
(9,989,448
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share of common stock basic and diluted
$
(1.46
)
 
 
 
$
(0.66
)
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
 
8,379,168
 
 
 
 
 
15,107,157
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 
Preferred Stock -
Series A
Preferred Stock -
Series B
Preferred Stock -
Series B-1
Preferred Stock -
Series C
Preferred Stock -
Series C-1
Preferred Stock -
Series C-2
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Deficit
Accumulated
Total
 
S h ares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Shares
Issued
Amount
Balance - January 1, 2013
 
864,500
 
$
797,219
 
 
2, 415 ,116
 
$
2,991,979
 
 
359,935
 
$
477,191
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 
1,688,473
 
$
770
 
$
426,053
 
$
(8,077,495
)
$
(7,650,672
)
 
 
 
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $2,746,612
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,631,505
 
 
15,084,682
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
260,361
 
 
 
 
260,361
 
Conversion of loans payable to Series C Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65,809
 
 
253,365
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Payable Series C Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,076,256
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,076,256
)
 
(1,076,256
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,883,080
)
 
(6,883,080
)
Balance - December 31, 2013
 
864,500
 
 
797,219
 
 
2,415,116
 
 
2,991,979
 
 
359,935
 
 
477,191
 
 
4,697,314
 
 
16,414,303
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
770
 
 
686,414
 
 
(16,036,831
)
 
(15,349,647
)
Issuance of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $2,022,025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,558,890
 
 
14,527,016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,297,985
 
 
 
 
1,297,985
 
Dividend Series C Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,446,773
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,446,773
)
 
(1,446,773
)
Dividend Series C-1 Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
133,928
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(133,928
)
 
(133,928
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,201,386
)
 
(12,201,386
)
Balance - December 31, 2014
 
8 64,500
 
 
797,219
 
 
2,415,116
 
 
2,991,979
 
 
359,935
 
 
477,191
 
 
4,697,314
 
 
17,861,076
 
 
3,558,890
 
 
14,660,944
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,688,473
 
 
770
 
 
1,984,399
 
 
(29,818,918
)
 
(27,833,749
)
Issuance of Series C-2 Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $3,782,650
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,043,006
 
 
52,217,328
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,130
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
954,684
 
 
 
 
954,684
 
Dividend Series C Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
717,441
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(717,441
)
 
(717,441
)
Dividend Series C-1 Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
656,513
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(656,513
)
 
(656,513
)
Dividend Series C-2 Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,055,561
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,055,561
)
 
(1,055,561
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9,989,448
)
 
(9,989,448
)
Balance - June 30 , 2015 (unaudited)
 
864,500
 
$
797,219
 
 
2,415,116
 
$
2,991,979
 
 
359,935
 
$
477,191
 
 
4,697,314
 
$
18, 578,517
 
 
3,558,890
 
$
15,319,587
 
 
12,043,006
 
$
53,272,889
 
 
1,688,473
 
$
770
 
$
2, 939,08 3
 
$
( 42,237,881
)
$
( 39,298,02 8
)

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

 
Year Ended December 31,
Six Months Ended June 30 ,
 
2014
2013
2015
2014
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(12,201,386
)
$
(6,883,080
)
$
(9,989,448
)
$
(5,520,255
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
1,297,985
 
 
260,361
 
 
954,684
 
 
750,225
 
Warrant remeasurement
 
(582,360
)
 
854,336
 
 
446,321
 
 
(94,524
)
Depreciation expense
 
31,229
 
 
4,444
 
 
23,714
 
 
15,702
 
Amortization of debt discount
 
35,288
 
 
 
 
52,933
 
 
 
Non-cash interest expense
 
6,384
 
 
 
 
18,516
 
 
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other receivable
 
459,018
 
 
(459,018
)
 
 
 
459,018
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
(96,754
)
 
(261,332
)
 
61,923
 
 
22,717
 
Accounts payable
 
526,869
 
 
(1,661,421
)
 
(1,202,721
)
 
278,339
 
Accrued expenses
 
808,514
 
 
100,817
 
 
(336,896
)
 
(136,680
)
Net cash (used in) operating activities
 
(9,715,213
)
 
(8,044,893
)
 
(9,970,974
)
 
(4,225,458
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
 
(884,793
)
 
(136,894
)
 
(447,170
)
 
(53,267
)
Net cash (used in) investing activities
 
(884,793
)
 
(136,894
)
 
(447,170
)
 
(53,267
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from convertible note payable
 
 
 
100,000
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of debt
 
3,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
3,000,000
 
 
 
 
Payments for deferred issuance costs
 
(1,351,450
)
 
 
 
(240,316
)
 
(840,953
)
Payments for debt issuance costs
 
(94,998
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments on note payable to stockholders
 
 
 
(22,052
)
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 
14,917,257
 
 
15,821,075
 
 
52,394,571
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
16,470,809
 
 
15,899,023
 
 
55,154,255
 
 
(840,953
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
5,870,803
 
 
7,717,236
 
 
44,736,111
 
 
(5,119,678
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
7,858,169
 
 
140,933
 
 
13,728,972
 
 
7,858,169
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
13,728,972
 
$
7,858,169
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
2,738,491
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
82,729
 
$
94
 
$
264,733
 
$
 
Income taxes
$
 
$
1,759
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to preferred stock
$
 
$
253,365
 
$
 
$
 
Deferred issuance costs included in accrued expenses and accounts payable
$
53,946
 
$
 
$
33,826
 
$
552,520
 
Accrued capital expenditures included in accrued expenses
$
450,373
 
$
 
$
266,967
 
$
 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30 , 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)

Note 1 - Nature of Operations Nature of operations:

Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) is a clinical-stage biotechnology company that discovers, develops and seeks to commercialize novel, hospital-based therapies capable of transforming treatment paradigms in the management of acute, life-threatening neurological conditions. The Company’s product candidates utilize its proprietary, programmable, biodegradable polymer-based development platform (the Precisa TM development platform), a novel delivery mechanism that enables targeted and sustained drug exposure and avoids the dose-limiting side effects associated with the current standard of care.

From the Company’s inception, it has devoted substantially all of its efforts to business planning, engaging regulatory, manufacturing and other technical consultants, acquiring operating assets, planning and executing clinical trials and raising capital. The Company’s future operations are highly dependent on a combination of factors, including (i) the success of its research and development; (ii) the development of competitive therapies by other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies; and, ultimately, (iii) regulatory approval and market acceptance of the Company’s proposed future products.

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(A) Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:

The accompanying interim financial statements as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the related interim information contained within the notes to the financial statements are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2015 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 2015, or for any future period.

(B) Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(C) Prior period reclassifications:

Certain amounts in the prior years’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(D) Significant risks and uncertainties:

The Company’s operations are subject to a number of factors that can affect its operating results and financial condition. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the results of clinical testing and trial activities of the Company’s product candidates, the Company’s ability to obtain regulatory approval to market its products, competition from products manufactured and sold or being developed by other companies, the price of, and demand for, Company products if approved for sale, the Company’s ability to negotiate favorable licensing or other manufacturing and marketing agreements for its products, and the Company’s ability to raise capital.

The Company currently has no commercially approved products and there can be no assurance that the Company’s research and development programs will be successfully commercialized. Developing and commercializing a product requires significant time and capital and is subject to regulatory review and approval as well as competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. The Company operates in an environment of rapid change and is dependent upon the continued services of its employees and consultants and obtaining and protecting its intellectual property.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

(E) Cash equivalents and concentration of cash balance:

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of less than three months to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

(F) Property and equipment:

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded for property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or term of the underlying lease. The Company reviews the recoverability of all long-lived assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable.

(G) Research and development:

Costs incurred in connection with research and development activities are expensed as incurred. These costs include licensing fees to use certain technology in the Company’s research and development projects as well as fees paid to consultants and various entities that perform certain research and testing on behalf of the Company.

Costs for certain development activities, such as clinical trials, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data, such as patient enrollment, clinical site activations or information provided by vendors on their actual costs incurred. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred.

( H ) Stock-based compensation:

The Company measures employee stock-based awards at grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model on a retrospective basis to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” as the Company has no historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, the Company uses comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option.

The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.

Grants to non-employees are expensed at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instrument is reached and (ii) the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete. Performance is typically completed quarterly. Non-employee awards were not material for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

( I ) Income taxes:

The Company provides for deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires deferred tax assets and liabilities to be recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to net operating loss carryforwards and for differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the respective tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced if necessary by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

( J ) Unaudited pro forma presentation:

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, B, B-1, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of common stock and the issuance of 541,083 shares of common stock in respect of Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 accrued dividends.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at January 1, 2014, or the date of original issuance, if later.

( K ) Net loss per common share:

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. For all periods presented, the common shares underlying the preferred stock, common stock options and warrants have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted loss per common share are the same.

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computations of diluted weighted average shares outstanding as they would be anti-dilutive:

 
As of June 30 ,
As of December 31,
 
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Stock options to purchase Common Stock
 
3,707,718
 
 
2,400,005
 
 
2,445,688
 
 
1,993,277
 
Convertible preferred stock to purchase Common Stock
 
17,497,815
 
 
6,093,754
 
 
8,695,092
 
 
6,093,754
 
Warrants to purchase Common Stock
 
99,400
 
 
99,400
 
 
99,400
 
 
99,400
 
Warrants to purchase Series C Preferred Stock
 
338,534
 
 
338,534
 
 
338,534
 
 
338,534
 
Warrants to purchase Series C-1 Preferred Stock
 
332,480
 
 
 
 
257,027
 
 
 
Total
 
21,975,947
 
 
8,931,693
 
 
11,835,741
 
 
8,524,965
 

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A, B, B-1, C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock into 17,497,815 shares of common stock and the issuance of 541,083 shares of common stock in respect of Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 accrued dividends as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period or date of issuance. Accordingly, net loss applicable to common stockholders is adjusted to remove all preferred stock dividends. The Company believes the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share provides material information to investors, as all such adjustments, will occur upon the closing of the IPO, and the disclosure of pro forma net loss per common share provides an indication of net loss per common share that is comparable to what will be reported by the Company as a public company following the closing of the IPO.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

The following table summarizes the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 
Six Months Ended
June 30 ,
2015
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
$
(12,418,963
)
$
(13,782,087
)
Cumulative dividends on Series C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock
 
2,429,515
 
 
1,580,701
 
Pro forma net loss applicable to common stockholders
$
(9,989,448
)
$
(12,201,386
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
1,688,473
 
 
1,688,473
 
Effect of pro forma adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion of convertible preferred stock, weighted average
 
12,877,601
 
 
6,368,265
 
Issuance of shares in respect of Series C, C-1 and C-2 accrued dividends
 
541,083
 
 
322,430
 
Shares used in computing unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
 
15,107,157
 
 
8,379,168
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share of common stock basic and diluted
$
(0.66
)
$
(1.46
)
( L ) Deferred costs:

Deferred offering costs, which primarily consist of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective interest rate method and amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. Debt issuance costs are reflected as other assets in the balance sheets.

( M ) Fair value of financial instruments:

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement).

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.
Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active). Level 2 includes financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for other receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt approximate their fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The warrant liability is recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in the statement of operations.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

( N ) Recently adopted standards:

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The new standard requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The impact of adoption will be presentation of debt on the Company’s balance sheet.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-10, “Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation.” The new standard eliminates the concept of a development stage entity (“DSE”) from US GAAP. Therefore, the current incremental reporting requirements for a DSE, including inception-to-date information, will no longer apply. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Pursuant to the ASU, the Company has elected to early adopt this guidance and as a result, no longer discloses inception-to-date information.

Note 3 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
 
Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
Quoted Prices in
Inactive Markets
(Level 2)
Significant
(Level 3)
As of June 30, 2015: (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
58,465,083
 
$
58,465,083
 
$
   —
 
$
 
Warrant Liability
$
2,292,541
 
$
 
$
 
$
2,292,541
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
13,728,972
 
$
13,728,972
 
$
 
$
 
Warrant Liability
$
1,671,106
 
$
 
$
 
$
1,671,106
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7,858,169
 
$
7,858,169
 
$
 
$
 
Warrant Liability
$
1,614,504
 
$
 
$
 
$
1,614,504
 

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2, or 3 during 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Level 3 instruments consist of the Company’s Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant liability and common stock warrant liability. The fair values of the outstanding warrants were measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (Note 8). Inputs used to determine estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities include the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date, the estimated term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility of the underlying stock. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the warrant liabilities are the fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date and the estimated term of the warrants. Generally, increases (decreases)

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

in the fair value of the underlying stock and estimated term would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

 
Warrant
Liability
Fair value as of December 31, 2012
$
27,139
 
Fair value of warrants issued
 
733,029
 
Change in fair value
 
854,336
 
Fair value as of December 31, 2013
 
1,614,504
 
Fair value of warrants issued
 
638,962
 
Change in fair value
 
(582,360
)
Fair value as of December 31, 2014
 
1,671,106
 
Fair value of warrants issued (unaudited)
 
175,114
 
Change in fair value (unaudited)
 
446,321
 
Fair value as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)
$
2,292,541
 

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is summarized as follows:

 
June 30 ,
2015
December 31,
 
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Property and equipment
$
156,581
 
$
103,776
 
$
98,606
 
Leasehold Improvements
 
115,938
 
 
48,486
 
 
48,486
 
Construction in Process
 
1,923,877
 
 
1,329,996
 
 
 
Total furniture and equipment
 
2,196,396
 
 
1,482,258
 
 
147,092
 
Less accumulated depreciation
 
(61,990
)
 
(38,276
)
 
(7,047
)
Total furniture and equipment, net
$
2,134,406
 
$
1,443,982
 
$
140,045
 

Depreciation expense was $31,229 and $4,444 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and $23,714 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

Note 5 – Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following:

 
June 30 ,
2015
December 31,
 
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Accrued research and development costs
$
292,905
 
$
471,267
 
$
100,000
 
Accrued professional fees
 
386,363
 
 
318,649
 
 
192,300
 
Accrued compensation
 
482,041
 
 
600,000
 
 
300,000
 
Accrued other
 
104,610
 
 
149,738
 
 
98,689
 
Deferred rent
 
38,789
 
 
42,508
 
 
10,448
 
Total
$
1,304,708
 
$
1,582,162
 
$
701,437
 

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

Note 6 - Convertible Notes Payable

New Jersey Economic Development Authority:

On May 3, 2010, the Company issued a $100,000 unsecured convertible note to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority (“NJEDA”), which was scheduled to mature on May 1, 2020. Interest was scheduled to accrue for the first sixty (60) months followed by five years of monthly payments consisting of principal and interest. The interest rate was fixed at 2% per annum. The total of the loan plus accrued interest of $102,645 converted on December 31, 2011 into 82,116 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

In connection with this note, the Company issued a warrant to NJEDA to purchase 36,547 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.37 per share, which expires on May 3, 2020. The Company recorded $12,224 of a debt discount related to the issuance of this warrant, based upon a calculation of the fair value of the warrants. In the event the Company issues additional shares of stock or convertible securities at a purchase price or exercise price lower than the warrant exercise price, such exercise price shall be adjusted. This warrant was recorded as a liability with adjustments to fair value recorded in the statement of operations.

Convertible Promissory Bridge Note:

On December 19, 2012, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Chairman of its Board of Directors (the “Board”) who agreed to extend financing to the Company in the aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000. The loan was structured as a convertible promissory note bearing interest at 7% per annum through July 31, 2013. All outstanding principal and any accrued but unpaid interest would be converted upon maturity into shares of Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock at a price per share of $1.75 (which was the issuance price of the Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock), or if a qualified financing occurred, into shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the price per share paid in such financing, which was $3.85. Pursuant to this loan agreement, on December 19, 2012 the Company received $150,000. On February 4, 2013, an additional $100,000 was received. In connection with the sale of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock in 2013, the aggregate liability of $253,365, including accrued interest, was converted into 65,809 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at $3.85 per share.

Note 7 - Capital Structure

The Company’s capital structure consists of Common Stock and convertible preferred stock (“Convertible Preferred Stock”) with certain rights and privileges summarized below.

At June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had authorized 38,500,000 shares of Common Stock and 26,000,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, of which shares 1,000,000 were designated as Series A, 2,500,000 as Series B, 500,000 as Series B-1, 5,500,000 as Series C, 4,000,000 as Series C-1 and 12,500,000 as Series C-2.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had authorized 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 17,000,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, of which shares 1,000,000 were designated as Series A, 2,500,000 as Series B, 500,000 as Series B-1, 6,000,000 as Series C and 7,000,000 as Series C-1.

At December 31, 2013 the Company had authorized 17,500,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, of which shares 1,000,000 were designated as Series A, 2,500,000 as Series B, 500,000 as Series B-1 and 6,000,000 as Series C.

Common Stock:

The holders of the Company’s Common Stock are entitled to liquidation proceeds pari passu with the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock after all liquidation preferences for the Convertible Preferred Stock are satisfied. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held.

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

Note 8 - Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company sold Convertible Preferred Stock as follows:

Issue Date
Series
Number of
Shares
Price per
Share
Proceeds
(in thousands)
Common Stock
Conversion Price
Common shares
on conversion
Offer Costs
(in thousands)
2009
A
 
390,486
 
$
1.00
 
$
390
 
$
1.37
 
 
285,422
 
$
25
 
2010
A
 
474,014
 
$
1.00
 
$
474
 
$
1.37
 
 
346,476
 
$
43
 
2011
B
 
2,333,000
 
$
1.25
 
$
2,916
 
$
1.71
 
 
1,705,284
 
$
27
 
2011 (1)
B
 
82,116
 
$
1.25
 
$
103
 
$
1.71
 
 
60,021
 
 
 
2012
B-1
 
359,935
 
$
1.75
 
$
630
 
$
2.39
 
 
263,091
 
$
153
 
2013
C
 
4,631,505
 
$
3.85
 
$
17,831
 
$
5.27
 
 
3,385,355
 
$
2,747
 
2013 (2)
C
 
65,809
 
$
3.85
 
$
253
 
$
5.27
 
 
48,102
 
 
 
2014
C-1
 
3,558,890
 
$
4.65
 
$
16,549
 
$
6.36
 
 
2,601,337
 
$
2,022
 
2015
C-2
 
12,043,006
 
$
4.65
 
$
56,000
 
$
6.36
 
 
8,802,723
 
$
3,783
 
(1) Conversion of $100,000 NJEDA Note plus accrued interest of $2,645.
(2) Conversion of $250,000 promissory note plus accrued interest of $3,365.

Offering costs associated with each issuance were recorded against such proceeds.

2012 Warrants

In connection with the sale of Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 62,852 shares of Common Stock to these stockholders at an exercise price of $2.39 per share, with expiration dates through November 19, 2017. These warrants had a fair value of approximately $0.27 per share or $16,300 in the aggregate, which was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and based on assumptions described below:

Volatility
 
88
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
2.0
%
Expected Term in Years
 
5
 
Dividend Rate
 
0.00
%

2013 Warrants

As compensation for their placement agent services in connection with the sale of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, Maxim Group LLC received a 9% cash commission of $1,629,823 and warrants with an initial fair value of $733,029 to purchase 463,149 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.

The warrants issued to Maxim Group LLC have a strike price of $4.235 per share and expire on May 8, 2018. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a liability with adjustments to fair value recorded in the statement of operations and was calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and based on assumptions as described below.

Volatility
89.9% to 90.7%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
0.68% to 0.84%
Expected Term in Years
5
Dividend Rate
8.00%

2014 Warrants

As compensation for their placement agent services in connection with the sale of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Maxim Group LLC received a 8% cash commission of $1,229,531 and warrants with an initial fair value of $390,241 to purchase 244,114 shares of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

The warrants issued to Maxim Group LLC have a strike price of $5.12 per share and expire five years following the date of issuance. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a liability with adjustments to fair value recorded in the statement of operations and was calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and based on assumptions as described below.

Volatility
75.0%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
1.62% to 1.72%
Expected Term in Years
5
Dividend Rate
8.00%

2015 Warrants

As compensation for their placement agent services in connection with the sale of Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Maxim Group LLC received a 8% cash commission of $479,999 and warrants with an initial fair value of $175,114 to purchase 103,226 shares of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.

The warrants issued to Maxim Group LLC have a strike price of $5.12 per share and expire on April 6, 2020. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a liability with adjustments to fair value recorded in the statement of operations and was calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and based on assumptions as described below.

Volatility
 
79.8
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
1.26
%
Expected Term in Years
 
5
 
Dividend Rate
 
8.00
%

In connection with the loan agreement, (see Note 12) the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase up to $500,000 of its Series C Preferred Stock, or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, with an exercise price equal to such Series C-1 issue price if it issued at least $2,000,000 in Series C-1 Preferred Stock in a subsequent equity financing on or before December 31, 2014, which subsequently occurred in November 2014. The warrant initially had an exercise price of $3.85 per share of Series C Preferred Stock and was converted to a warrant with an exercise price of $4.65 per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock in November 2014. If the Company consummates a subsequent equity financing for a new series of its preferred stock at a price per share lower than the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, then the warrant shall be exercisable into such series of preferred stock at the lowest price per share at which such new series is offered. The warrant will become exercisable into shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO. The warrant expires on the earlier of five years after the IPO or August 28, 2024.

The warrant had an initial fair value of $248,722 and was exercisable for 129,870 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. In November 2014, the warrant was converted and had a fair value of $156,847 and is exercisable for 107,526 shares of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.

The fair value of the warrant was recorded as a liability and the debt liability was recorded net of the initial fair value amount. Adjustments to fair value are recorded in the statement of operations and are calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The initial fair value of the warrant is based on assumptions as described below.

Volatility
 
75.6
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
2.37
%
Expected Term in Years
 
10
 
Dividend Rate
 
8.00
%

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on as if converted to Common Stock basis, except that certain defined transactions require specific Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 stockholder approval pursuant to their respective rights.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event that the Company shall liquidate, dissolve or wind up, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or sell all or substantially all of its assets, or sell the Company or a controlling interest in the Company or if certain events deemed to be a liquidation occur (a “Liquidation Event”), then first, the holders of shares of Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to all other holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, 125% of the respective original purchase price of the shares of Series C, Series C-1 or Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, and second, the holders of shares of Series A, Series B and Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the shares of Common Stock, the respective original purchase prices of the shares of Series A, Series B and Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that all shares of the Series A, Series B and Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive. Following such payments, any remaining undistributed assets shall be shared ratably with all preferred stockholders on an “as if converted to common stock” basis with the common stockholders. The Convertible Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

Dividends

The holders of the Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board, cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the original purchase price per annum. The Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 dividends accrue from the date of issuance and are payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1 in cash or common stock at the Company’s option. In accordance with accounting literature, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 dividends since the date of issuance have been accrued though no dividends have been declared by the Board through June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

The other series of Convertible Preferred Stock have no dividend requirement. If dividends were declared then preference is given in order to the Series B-1, Series B, and Series A. Such dividends shall only be payable when, and if declared and are not cumulative. Through June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company has not declared any dividends.

Conversion Rights

The holders of shares of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock have the right to convert all or a portion of such shares at any time into shares of Common Stock. Shares of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of Common Stock at a factor multiplied by the original purchase price, which is $1.37, $1.71, $2.39, $5.27, $6.36 and $6.36 per share for Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively, divided by the conversion price in effect at the time of the conversion. In the event that the Company issues additional shares of stock or convertible securities at a purchase price or exercise price less than the then-applicable conversion price, such conversion price shall be adjusted.

Note 9 - Stock Options

The Company has three equity compensation plans: the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plans”). The Company may grant up to 548,205 and 1,096,411 shares of Common Stock as qualified and nonqualified stock options under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, respectively. Nonqualified stock options (NQs”) may be granted to service

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

providers. Incentive stock options (“ISOs”) may be granted only to employees. In 2013, the Company’s stockholders approved an increase to 1,279,146 shares authorized for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In 2014, the Board approved an increase to 1,350,412 shares authorized for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

In 2014, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which the Company may grant up to 1,827,351 shares as qualified and nonqualified options. However, on January 1, 2015 and each January 1 st thereafter prior to the termination of the Plan, the Plan limit shall be increased by the lesser of (x) 4% of the number of Common Stock outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31 st and (y) such lesser number as the Board may determine in its discretion.

Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, ISOs have a term of ten years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement. Unless specified otherwise in an individual option agreement, ISOs generally vest over a four year term and NQs generally vest over a three or four year term. In the case of an ISO granted to an option holder who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns, directly or indirectly, stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the ISO is five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement. Unless terminated by the Board, each Plan shall continue to remain effective for a term of ten years or until such time as no further awards may be granted and all awards granted under the respective Plan are no longer outstanding.

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense was recognized in operating expense as follows:

 
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
Stock Based Compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
$
428,541
 
$
314,624
 
$
569,132
 
$
22,993
 
General and administrative
 
526,143
 
 
435,601
 
 
728,853
 
 
237,368
 
Total
$
954,684
 
$
750,225
 
$
1,297,985
 
$
260,361
 

The fair value of options and warrants granted during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizing the following assumptions:

 
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
For the year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Volatility
 
79.80
%
 
75.60
%
 
75.54
%
 
75.60
%
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
1.79
%
 
1.97
%
 
1.96
%
 
1.76
%
Expected Term in Years
 
6.07
 
 
5.76
 
 
5.78
 
 
5.87
 
Dividend Rate
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
Fair Value of Option on Grant Date
$
4.28
 
$
5.43
 
$
5.35
 
$
2.27
 

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

The following table summarizes the number of options outstanding and the weighted average exercise price:

 
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding at December 31, 2012
 
1,430,088
 
$
1.98
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
563,189
 
$
2.04
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013
 
1,993,277
 
$
1.46
 
 
8.93
 
$
2,238,711
 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013
 
1,942,839
 
$
2.00
 
 
8.92
 
$
2,190,292
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2013
 
915,591
 
$
1.85
 
 
8.49
 
$
1,168,240
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013
 
1,993,277
 
$
1.46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
452,411
 
$
8.15
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2014
 
2,445,688
 
$
2.29
 
 
8.18
 
$
6,247,407
 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014
 
2,408,394
 
$
3.12
 
 
8.17
 
$
6,175,025
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2014
 
1,413,334
 
$
2.46
 
 
7.86
 
$
4,162,373
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2014
 
2,445,688
 
$
2.29
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
1,292,668
 
$
6.18
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(30,638
)
 
7.98
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)
 
3,707,718
 
$
3.04
 
 
8.37
 
$
10,677,422
 
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2015
(unaudited)
 
3,615,756
 
$
4.12
 
 
8.35
 
$
10,577,216
 
Exercisable at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)
 
1,648,761
 
$
2.71
 
 
7.47
 
$
7,179,909
 

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

The following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 
June 30 , 2015 (unaudited)
 
Outstanding Options
Exercisable Options
Exercise Price
Number
Years
Weighted Average
Contractual Life
Number
$0.23 - $0.82
 
333,677
 
 
5.88
 
 
320,317
 
$2.04
 
563,189
 
 
8.28
 
 
301,610
 
$2.39 - $5.13
 
1,279,147
 
 
7.77
 
 
822,309
 
$5.14 - $7.10
 
1,150,866
 
 
9.68
 
 
13,780
 
$7.11 - $8.28
 
380,839
 
 
8.75
 
 
190,745
 
 
 
3,707,718
 
 
 
 
 
1,648,761
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Outstanding Options
Exercisable Options
Exercise Price
Number
Years
Weighted Average
Contractual Life
Number
$0.23 - $0.82
 
333,677
 
 
6.38
 
 
303,875
 
$2.04
 
563,189
 
 
8.77
 
 
233,588
 
$2.39
 
1,096,411
 
 
7.97
 
 
753,782
 
$7.10 - $8.28
 
452,411
 
 
9.27
 
 
122,089
 
 
 
2,445,688
 
 
 
 
 
1,413,334
 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options was $5.35, $2.27 and $4.28 for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 there was approximately $2,439,128 and $6,613,168 (unaudited) of unamortized stock compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining average vesting period of 1.32 years and 1.63 years, respectively.

Note 10 - Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 
Year ended
 
2014
2013
Federal Statutory Rate
 
34.00
%
 
34.00
%
Permanent Differences
 
1.66
%
 
(6.58
%)
Research and Development
 
2.47
%
 
3.81
%
State Taxes
 
3.04
%
 
7.06
%
Valuation Allowance
 
(36.55
%)
 
(32.04
%)
Effective Tax Rate
 
4.62
%
 
6.25
%

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets were as follows:

 
Year ended
 
2014
2013
Federal net operating losses
$
8,111,099
 
$
4,218,447
 
State net operating losses
 
693,241
 
 
373,893
 
Stock options
 
309,886
 
 
227,049
 
Federal tax credit
 
656,782
 
 
341,352
 
State tax credits
 
101,867
 
 
44,528
 
Amortization
 
82,915
 
 
89,608
 
Other
 
20,252
 
 
5,028
 
Total gross deferred tax assets
 
9,976,042
 
 
5,299,905
 
Less valuation allowance
 
(9,976,042
)
 
(5,299,905
)
Net deferred tax assets
$
 
$
 

In assessing the realizability of the net deferred tax assets, the Company considers all relevant positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the gross deferred tax assets is dependent on several factors, including the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred income tax assets will not be realized in the immediate future. As such, there was a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $23,856,000 which expire between 2029 and 2034. At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal research and development credits carryforwards of approximately $657,000. The Company may be subject to the net operating loss utilization provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of NOL carryforwards attributable to periods before the change. The amount of the annual limitation depends upon the value of the Company immediately before the change, changes to the Company’s capital during a specified period prior to the change, and the federal published interest rate. Although the Company has not completed an IRC Section 382 analysis, it is likely that the utilization of the NOLs will be substantially limited.

The State of New Jersey has enacted legislation permitting certain corporations located in New Jersey to sell state tax loss carryforwards and state research and development credits, or net loss carryforwards. In 2011, the Company sold $509,000 of NJ NOL’s for $46,667, in 2013 sold $5,591,099 of NJ NOL’s for $459,018 and in 2014 sold $6,559,132 of NJ NOL’s for $590,675. There is no certainty as to whether this program will continue. At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $11,934,000 of NJ NOL’s which expire between 2029 and 2034. At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $154,000 of the State of New Jersey research development credits carryforwards.

Entities are also required to evaluate, measure, recognize and disclose any uncertain income tax provisions taken on their income tax returns. The Company has analyzed its tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2014, there were no uncertain positions. The federal and state income tax returns of the Company for 2011, 2012 and 2013 are subject to examination by the IRS and state taxing authorities, generally for three years after they were filed. Interest and penalties, if any, as they relate to income taxes assessed, are included in the income tax provision. There was no income tax related interest and penalties included in the income tax provision for 2014 and 2013.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies

Evonik

The Company entered into an agreement with SurModics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in October 2010 for the exclusive worldwide licensing of certain technology, patent rights and know-how rights related to the production of EG-1962, the Company’s lead product candidate. This agreement was later transferred to Evonik Industries when it purchased substantially all the assets of SurModics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

In exchange for the license, the Company agreed to make milestone payments totaling up to $14.75 million upon the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestones detailed in the license agreement. In addition, the agreement calls for the Company to pay royalties based on a mid-single digit percentage of net sales. The agreement provides for the reduction of royalties in certain limited circumstances.

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with each of its executives. The agreements generally provide for, among other things, salary, bonus and severance payments. The employment agreements provide for between 12 months and 18 months of severance benefits to be paid to an executive (as well as certain potential bonus, COBRA and equity award benefits), subject to the effectiveness of a general release of claims, if the executive terminates his employment for good reason or if the Company terminates the executive’s employment without cause. The continued provision of severance benefits is conditioned on each executive’s compliance with the terms of the Company’s Officer’s Confidentiality and Invention and Assignment Agreement as well as his release of claims.

Leases

Effective December 13, 2013, the Company entered into a 63 month lease for approximately 8,000 square feet of office space in Berkeley Heights, New Jersey.

Rent expense is recognized on a straight line basis where there is escalating payments, and was approximately $227,662, $55,000 and $91,100 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2015.

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014:

Year ended December 31,
 
 
 
2015
$
228,264
 
2016
 
232,350
 
2017
 
232,221
 
2018
 
236,307
 
2019 and after
 
39,498
 
Total minimum payments required
$
968,640
 

Note 12 - Debt

On August 28, 2014, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement. The loan agreement provides funding for an aggregate principal amount of up to $10,000,000 in three separate term loans. The first term loan was funded on August 28, 2014 in the amount of $3,000,000 and matures on March 1, 2018. The terms of the loan agreement were amended following the completion of the Series C-1 preferred stock round of financing to allow for the drawdown of the second tranche of $3,000,000. This second tranche was funded on January 29, 2015. The Company elected not to draw the third tranche of $4.0 million, the availability of which expired on June 30, 2015. Initially, the loans bore an initial interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) 10.45% or (ii) the sum of (a) 10.45% plus the prime rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal ) minus 4.50%. On April 6, 2015, the second milestone event was met when the Company received cash proceeds in an amount greater than $55,000,000, which lowered the base interest rate on all loans to the greater of (i) 9.95% or (ii) the sum of

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(Information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is unaudited)  (continued)

(a) 9.95% plus (b) the prime rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal ) minus 4.50%. The Company is required to make interest-only payments on each term loan through September 2015.

Commencing in October 2015, the loans will amortize in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over 30 months. On the maturity date or the date the loans otherwise become due, the Company must also pay additional interest equal to 1.5% of the total amounts funded under the loan agreement. In addition, if the Company prepays any of the term loans during the first year following the initial closing, the Company must pay a prepayment charge equal to 3% of the amount being prepaid, if the Company prepays any of the term loans during the second year following the initial closing, the Company must pay a prepayment charge equal to 2% of the amount being prepaid, and if the Company prepays any of the term loans after the second year following the initial closing, the Company must pay a prepayment charge of 1% of the amount being prepaid.

The term loans are secured by substantially all of our assets, other than intellectual property, which is the subject of a negative pledge. Under the loan agreement, the Company is subject to certain customary covenants that limit or restrict its ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant any security interests, pay cash dividends, repurchase its common stock, make loans, or enter into certain transactions without prior consent. The lender under the agreement has the right to convert in the first subsequent unregistered financing of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (other than its Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock) or other senior equity securities or instruments exercisable for the foregoing of up to $1,000,000 of the principal amount of any term loan advance for securities being issued in such financing on the same terms afforded to others participating in such financing and to invest up to $1,000,000 in that same subsequent unregistered financing on the same terms afforded to others participating in such financing. The lender did not exercise this conversion right but did exercise its right to participate in the Series C-2 preferred stock financing and invested $1.0 million in the Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock on April 6, 2015.

As at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1,640,692 (unaudited) and $265,000 of the debt was classified as current debt, respectively. Future principal payments of the note as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) are as follows:

Year Ending in December 31:
(000's)
2015
$
534
 
2016
 
2,271
 
2017
 
2,513
 
2018
 
682
 
 
$
6,000
 

The estimated fair value of the debt (categorized as a Level 2 liability for fair value measurement purposes) is determined using current market factors and the ability of the Company to obtain debt at comparable terms to those that are currently in place. The Company believes the estimated fair value at June 30, 2015 approximates the carrying amount.

Note 13 - Subsequent Events

In connection with the issuance of the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 13, 2015, the date the financial statements were issued, August 14, 2015, the date the financial statements were reissued, and September 21, 2015, the date the retrospectively revised financial statements were issued (as to the 1-for-1.3681 reverse split described below).

On September 21, 2015, the Company effected a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of 1-for-1.3681 shares. The par value and authorized shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock, options and warrants to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split for all periods presented. The financial statements have also been retroactively adjusted to reflect adjustments to the conversion price for each series of convertible preferred stock that will be effected in connection with the reverse stock split.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee for the NASDAQ Global Market.

 
Amount Paid or to be Paid
SEC registration fee
$
12,116
 
FINRA filing fee
 
16,140
 
NASDAQ Global Market listing fee
 
125,000
 
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses
 
15,000
 
Printing expenses
 
125,000
 
Legal fees and expenses
 
1,475,000
 
Accounting fees and expenses
 
900,000
 
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
 
15,000
 
Miscellaneous expenses
 
116,744
 
Total
$
2,800,000
 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such person as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by us upon delivery to us of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of preferred stock, warrants and convertible promissory notes issued and options granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such shares, warrants, notes and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)   Issuances of Capital Stock:

(1) From August 31, 2012 to November 20, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 359,935 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $629,886.25

(2) On March 18, 2013, we issued 1,733,352 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $3.85 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $6,673,425.

(3) On April 8, 2013, we issued 2,369,169 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $3.85 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $9,121,345.

(4) On May 8, 2013, we issued 528,984 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $3.85 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,036,592.

(5) On November 3, 2014, we issued 1,706,904, shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $7,937,236.

(6) On November 24, 2014, we issued 529,666 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,462,983.

(7) On December 19, 2014, we issued 723,750 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $3,365,465.

(8) On December 30, 2014, we issued 566,312 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,633,364.

(9) On December 31, 2014, we issued 32,258 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(10) On April 6, 2015, we issued 12,043,006 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock at a price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $55,999,977.

(b)   Issuance of Convertible Notes.

(1) On December 19, 2012, we sold $150,000.00 aggregate principal amount of our Series C Convertible Promissory Bridge Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.00, which notes converted into 19,138 shares of our common stock on March 18, 2013.

(2) On February 4, 2013, we sold $100,000.00 aggregate principal amount of our Series C Convertible Promissory Bridge Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.00, which notes converted into 28,964 shares of our common stock on March 18, 2013.

(c)   Grants of Stock Options:

(1) Since August 14, 2012, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,415,645 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $2.39 to $8.28 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided by such parties to us of which options to purchase 30,638 shares of common stock were subsequently forfeited.

(d)   Issuances of Warrants

(1) From August 31, 2012 to November 20, 2012, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 62,852 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.39 per share to the purchasers of our Series B-1 Preferred Stock and a third party service provider.

(2) On March 18, 2013, we issued warrants to purchase 173,335 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.235 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C Preferred Stock.

(3) On April 8, 2013, we issued warrants to purchase 236,916 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.235 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C Preferred Stock.

(4) On May 8, 2013, we issued warrants to purchase 52,898 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.235 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C Preferred Stock.

(5) On August 28, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 107,526 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.65 per share in connection with financing with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

(6) On November 3, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 119,738 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

(7) On November 24, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 41,421 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

(8) On December 19, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 54,649 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

(9) On December 30, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 25,326 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

(10) On December 31, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 2,580 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

(11) On April 6, 2015, we issued warrants to purchase 103,226 shares of our Series C-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.12 per share in connection with services provided to us by our placement agent in connection with the sale of our Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We deemed the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (a)(1) to (a)(10), (b)(1) to (b)(2) and (d)(1) to (d)(11) above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including in some cases, Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder and/or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

We deemed the grant of stock options described in paragraph (c)(1) above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under written compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. The certificates representing the issued securities described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the applicable securities have not been registered and reciting the applicable restrictions on transfer. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   Exhibits.

See the Index to Exhibits attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b)   Financial statement schedule.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Berkeley Heights, State of New Jersey, on the 21 st day of September, 2015.

 
EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Brian A. Leuthner
 
 
Brian A. Leuthner
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Brian A. Leuthner
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
September 21, 2015
Brian A. Leuthner
 
   
/s/ Andrew J. Einhorn
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
September 21, 2015
Andrew J. Einhorn
 
   
/s/ Albert N. Marchio, II
Chief Accounting and Operations Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
September 21, 2015
Albert N. Marchio, II
 
   
*
Chairman, Board of Directors
September 21, 2015
Sol Barer, Ph.D.
 
 
   
*
Vice Chairman, Board of Directors
September 21, 2015
Isaac Blech
 
 
   
*
Chief Scientific Officer and Director
September 21, 2015
R. Loch Macdonald, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
   
*
Director
September 21, 2015
Kurt Conti
 
 
 
*
Director
September 21, 2015
James Loughlin
 
 
   
*
Director
September 21, 2015
Robert Spiegel, M.D.
 
 
   
*
 
 
James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D
Director
September 21, 2015
   
*
 
 
Anders D. Hove, M.D.
Director
September 21, 2015
* By:
/s/ Andrew J. Einhorn
 
 
Andrew J. Einhorn
 
 
Attorney-in-fact
 

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
1.1
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1
 
Form of Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, to be effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
3.2
 
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, to be effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
4.1
 
Form of Certificate of Common Stock.
4.2
Warrant to Purchase 16,667 Shares of Capital Stock Issued to New Jersey Economic Development Authority, dated as of May 3, 2010.
4.3
First Amendment to Warrant Issued to New Jersey Economic Development Authority, dated October 9, 2013
4.4
Form of Warrant Issued to Series B-1 Stockholders.
4.5
Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock issued to Maxim Group LLC.
4.6
Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2014, by and between the Company and Hercules.
4.7
Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C-1 Preferred Stock issued to Maxim Group LLC.
4.8
Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among the Company and the Investors named therein.
5.1
 
Opinion of Dechert LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered.
10.1
†*
Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Evonik Industries (as successor in interest to SurModics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), dated as of October 20, 2010.
10.2
+
Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3
+
Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4
+
Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.5
†+
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Brian A. Leuthner and the Company dated as of June 10, 2015.
10.6
†+
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Dr. R. Loch Macdonald and the Company dated as of August 12, 2015.
10.7
†+
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Andrew J. Einhorn and the Company dated as of June 8, 2015.
10.8
†+
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Albert N. Marchio, II and the Company dated as of June 8, 2015.
10.9
†+
Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Company and its officers and directors.
10.10
Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 28, 2014, by and between the Company and Hercules.
10.11
†+
Amendment to the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, dated June 30, 2014.
10.12
Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2015, by and between the Company and Hercules.
10.13
†+
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Herbert J. Faleck and the Company dated as of August 11, 2015.
10.14
+
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Dr. R. Loch Macdonald and the Company dated September 21, 2015.
10.15
**
Amendment No. 1 to the License Agreement, effective as of September 21, 2015, by and between the Company and Evonik Corporation.
23.1
 
Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2
 
Consent of Dechert LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* Confidential Treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
** Confidential Treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

 

[Number of Shares]

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Common Stock, par value $0.00033 per share

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

, 2015

 

LEERINK PARTNERS LLC 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters, 

c/o Leerink Partners LLC, 

299 Park Avenue, 21 st Floor, 

New York, N.Y. 10171 

 

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, 

Eleven Madison Avenue, 

New York, N.Y. 10010

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1. Introductory . Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), agrees with the several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives to issue and sell to the several Underwriters [        ] shares (the “ Firm Securities ”) of its Common Stock, par value $0.00033 per share (“ Securities ”) and also proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [        ] additional shares (the “ Optional Securities ”) of its Securities as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”. As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Credit Suisse (the “ Designated Underwriter” ) has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Securities purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [        ] shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, “ Participants” ), as set forth in the Final Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program” ). The Firm Securities to be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares” ) will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not subscribed for by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Final Prospectus.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)   Filing and Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Certain Defined Terms . The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-206416) covering the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act (as defined herein), including a related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses. At any particular time, this initial registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including all information contained in the registration statement (if any) pursuant to Rule 462(b) and then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement, and all 430A Information (as defined herein) and all 430C Information (as defined herein), that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”. The Company may also have filed, or may file with the Commission, a Rule 462(b) registration statement covering the registration of Offered Securities. At any particular time, this Rule 462(b) registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”.

 

 
 

As of the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended. The Offered Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).

 

430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.

 

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Applicable Time ” means [_]:00 [a/p]m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning defined in Section 3 hereof.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c). If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Final Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other 430A Information and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act.

 

General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being so specified in Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

2
 

The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and individually as a “ Registration Statement ”. A “ Registration Statement ” with reference to a particular time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time. A “ Registration Statement ” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, 430A Information with respect to a Registration Statement shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A.

 

Representatives ” means Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

 

Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Securities Laws ” means, collectively, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”), the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, the auditing principles, rules, standards and practices applicable to auditors of “issuers” (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) promulgated or approved by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as applicable, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market (“ Exchange Rules ”).

 

Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement. For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.

 

Testing-the-Waters Writing ” means any written materials relating to the Securities that would, but for the provisions of Section 5(d) of the Act, be a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act but without regard to whether a registration statement has been filed.

 

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a “rule” is to the indicated rule under the Act.

 

(b)   Compliance with Securities Act Requirements . (i) (A) At their respective Effective Times, (B) on the date of this Agreement and (C) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading and (iii) on the date of this Agreement, at their respective Effective Times or issue dates and on each Closing Date, each Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied or comply, and such documents and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding sentence shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

3
 

(c) Ineligible Issuer Status . (i) At the time of the initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (ii) at the date of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, including (x) the Company in the preceding three years not having been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or having been made the subject of a judicial or administrative decree or order as described in Rule 405 and (y) the Company in the preceding three years not having been the subject of a bankruptcy petition or insolvency or similar proceeding, not having had a registration statement be the subject of a proceeding under Section 8 of the Act and not being the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, all as described in Rule 405.

 

(d) General Disclosure Package . As of the Applicable Time, none of (i) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the preliminary prospectus, dated [_], 2015 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the other information, if any, stated in Schedule B to this Agreement to be included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), (ii) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package or (iii) any individual Testing-the-Waters Writing, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

(e) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if republished immediately following such event or development, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (i) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (ii) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. This subsection (e) does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

(f) Good standing of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in such good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

4
 

(g) Subsidiaries . The Company does not have any subsidiaries.

 

(h) Offered Securities . The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized; the authorized equity capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Offered Securities have been delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date, such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will conform in all material respects to the information in the General Disclosure Package and to the description of such Offered Securities contained in the Final Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Offered Securities; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any security holder.

 

(i) No Finder’s Fee . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

 

(j) Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act (collectively, “ registration rights ”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise or is contractually prohibited from exercising such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period referred to in Section 5 hereof.

 

(k) Listing . The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

 

(l) Absence of Further Requirements . No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing or registration with, any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the offering, issuance and sale of the Offered Securities by the Company, except such as have been obtained, or made and such as may be required under state securities laws. No authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or order of, or filing or registration with any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) in any foreign jurisdiction is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the offering, issuance and sale of the Directed Shares under the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction except such as have been obtained or made.

 

(m) Title to Property . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, (i) the Company has good and marketable title to all real properties and all other personal properties and assets owned by it, in each case free from liens, charges, encumbrances and defects that would affect the value thereof or interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by it (except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and (ii) the Company holds all leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no terms or provisions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by it.

 

5
 

(n) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the, imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company, (ii) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject, except with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above where such breach, violation or default would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

 

(o) Absence of Existing Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not in violation of its charter or by-laws or in default (or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would be in default) under any existing obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties is subject, except such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(p) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and no other authorizations are required to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

 

(q) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses, and is in compliance with the terms of, all certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits, including, without limitation, from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) and equivalent foreign regulatory authorities (“ Licenses ”) necessary or material to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by it and has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Licenses that, if determined adversely to the Company, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6
 

(s) Possession of Intellectual Property . To the Company’s knowledge, the Company possesses or can acquire on reasonable terms all trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, inventions, technology, know-how and other intellectual property and similar rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) that are necessary or material to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by the Company, provided that the foregoing is not a representation or warranty of any kind with respect to infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. The expected expiration of any such Intellectual Property Rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, (i) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned or exclusively licensed by the Company; (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation, breach, default or other violation, or the occurrence of any event that with notice or the passage of time would constitute any of the foregoing, by the Company or any third party of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company; (iii)  there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim in writing by any third party against the Company challenging the Company’s rights in or to, or the violation of any of the terms of, any of its Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (iv)  there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party against the Company challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, it being clearly acknowledged that such representation and warranty does not apply to any proceedings before any patent office with respect to the prosecution and issuance of any patent; (v)  there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of any third party, and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (vi) none of the Intellectual Property Rights used or held for use by the Company in its business has been obtained or is being used or held for use by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or in violation of any rights of any third party; (vii) all assignments or purported assignments of Intellectual Property Rights from the Company’s employees and consultants to the Company are valid, binding and enforceable and have appropriately vested ownership of any work product, developments or the like in the Company; and (viii) no third party has any ownership interest in any patent or patent application owned or purported to be owned by the Company, except in each case covered by clauses (i) – (viii) such as would not, if determined adversely to the Company, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company owns or has a valid right to access and use all computer systems, networks, hardware, software, databases, websites, and equipment used to process, store, maintain, deliver and operate data, information, and functions used in connection with the business of the Company (the “ Company IT Systems ”), except where the failure to possess or acquire such Company IT Systems would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Company, the Company IT Systems are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the Company as currently conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by it.  

 

(t)  Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company is not in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), does not own or operate any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is not liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is not subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, and to the Company’s knowledge there are no pending investigations that might lead to such a claim.

 

7
 

(u) Accurate Disclosure . The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the headings “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock,” “Description of Capital Stock,” “Business – Intellectual Property,” “Business – Legal Proceedings,” “Business – Regulatory Matters” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings and present the information required to be shown.

 

(v) Absence of Manipulation . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(w) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in a Registration Statement, a Statutory Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or any Testing-the-Waters Writing is based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

 

(x) Internal Controls and Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) are in compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley (to the extent applicable) and all applicable Exchange Rules. The Company maintains a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) that comply with the Securities Laws (to the extent applicable) and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. General Accepted Accounting Principles (“ GAAP ”) and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Offered Securities will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with Exchange Rules. The Company has not publicly disclosed or reported to the Audit Committee or the Board a significant deficiency, material weakness, change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), any violation of, or failure to comply with, the Securities Laws, or any matter which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(y) Absence of Accounting Issues . A member of the Audit Committee has confirmed to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Accounting Officer or Chief Financial Officer that, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Audit Committee is not reviewing or investigating, and the Company’s independent auditors have not recommended that the Audit Committee review or investigate, (i) adding to, deleting, changing the application of, or changing the Company’s disclosure with respect to, any of the Company’s material accounting policies; (ii) any matter which could result in a restatement of the Company’s financial statements for any annual or interim period during the current or prior three fiscal years; or (iii) any Internal Control Event.

 

(z) Litigation . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) against or affecting the Company or any of its properties that, if determined adversely to the Company, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) are threatened in writing or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.

 

(aa) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis; and the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein.

 

8
 

(bb) Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements .  There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) that would reasonably be expected to  have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

(cc) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, (i) there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company that is material and adverse, (ii)  there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock, except as contemplated or required by the terms thereof and (iii)  there has been no material adverse change in the capital stock, short-term indebtedness, long-term indebtedness, net current assets or net assets of the Company.

 

(dd) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

 

(ee) Ratings . No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act (i) has imposed (or has informed the Company that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on the Company’s retaining any rating assigned to the Company or any securities of the Company or (ii) has indicated to the Company that it is considering any of the actions described in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.

 

(ff) PFIC Status . The Company was not a “passive foreign investment company” (“ PFIC ”) as defined in Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its most recently completed taxable year and, based on the Company’s current projected income, assets and activities, the Company does not expect to be classified as a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year.

 

(gg)   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Money Laundering Laws .

 

(i) Absence of Unlawful Influence . The Company has not offered or sold, or caused the Underwriters to offer or sell, any Offered Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

(ii) The Company (including any of its employees, officers or directors), has not taken or failed to take any action that would cause it to be in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”), any rules or regulations thereunder, or any other applicable anti-corruption or anti-kickback law, including without limitation: (A) the making of any offer or promise to pay, payment of, or authorization of payment of, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to any Official, for the purpose of influencing an official act or decision, inducing the doing or omission of any act in violation of a lawful duty, or securing an improper advantage; (B) use of any corporate funds for any illegal contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (C) establishment or maintenance of any unlawful fund of corporate monies or other properties; and (D) making of any bribe, unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of any nature. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) an “ Official ” shall include any appointed or elected official, any government employee, any political party, party official, or candidate for political office, or any officer, director or employee of any Governmental Authority or employees of state-owned or state-controlled businesses and (ii) a “ Governmental Authority ” shall include any transnational, national, federal, state, provincial, county, municipal or local government, foreign or domestic, or the government of any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any entity, authority, agency, ministry or other similar body exercising executive, legislative, judicial (including any court), regulatory, or administrative authority or functions of or pertaining to government, including any authority or other quasi-governmental entity established to perform any of such functions.

 

9
 

(iii) The Company has in place adequate controls and systems to ensure compliance with applicable Laws pertaining to anti-corruption, including the FCPA, in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company currently does or in the past has done business, either directly or indirectly.  The Company has not undergone nor is undergoing, any audit, review, inspection, investigation, survey or examination by a Governmental Authority relating to the FCPA, anti-corruption, or anti-kickback activity.  To the knowledge of the Company, there are no threatened claims, with respect the FCPA, anti-corruption, or anti-kickback activity by the Company.

 

(hh)   OFAC .  Neither the Company, nor any director, officer or affiliate or, to the knowledge of the Company, employee, agent or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(ii)  Export Controls .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any officer, director, affiliate, agent, distributor, or representative of the Company has taken or omitted to take any action in violation of, or which may cause the Company to be in violation of, any applicable U.S. law governing imports into or exports from the United States, reexports from one foreign country to another, disclosures of technology, or other cross-border transactions, including without limitation:  the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C.A. § 2278), the Export Administration Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 2401-2420), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 C.F.R. §§ 120-130), the Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R. 730 et seq.), the Customs Laws of the United States (19 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1706), the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 5, 16), the Foreign Assets Control Regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, any executive orders or regulations issued pursuant to the foregoing or by the agencies listed in Part 730 of the Export Administration Regulations, and any applicable non-U.S. laws of a similar nature.  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, to the Company’s knowledge, there has never been a claim or charge made, investigation undertaken, violation found, or settlement of any enforcement action under any of the laws referred to in this Section 2(ii) by any governmental entity with respect to matters arising under such laws against the Company or against the agents, distributors, or representative of any of the foregoing in connection with their relationship with the Company. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company has maintained a compliance program appropriate to the requirements of the aforementioned laws at all times that any such laws applied to the Company’s activities.

 

(jj)   Payment of Taxes . The Company has filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed related to the Company or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect); and the Company has paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them related to the Company, except for any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties currently being contested in good faith or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10
 

(kk)   Insurance . The Company is insured by insurers with appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company will obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance in such amounts as is customary for an initial public offering.

 

(ll)   Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any communication in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

 

(mm) Testing-the-Waters . The Company has not (i) alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act other than communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in such communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in communicating with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Writing other than those listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $[       ] per share, the respective number of shares of Firm Securities set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule A hereto.

 

The Company will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price by the Underwriters in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer to an account at a bank reasonably acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of the Company at the office of Goodwin Procter LLP, 53 State Street, Boston, MA 02109, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [_], 2015, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representatives and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of the Firm Securities sold. The Firm Securities so to be delivered or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Goodwin Procter LLP at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

 

11
 

In addition, upon written notice from the Representatives given to the Company from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Securities but not payable on the Optional Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional Securities shall be purchased for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time for not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company.

 

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by the Representatives but, unless the Optional Closing Date is the First Closing Date or as otherwise mutually agreed between the Company and the Representatives, shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer to an account at a bank reasonably acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of the Company, at the above office of Goodwin Procter LLP. The Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Goodwin Procter LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

 

4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.

 

5. Certain Agreements of the Company . The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)   Additional Filings . Unless filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) as part of the Additional Registration Statement in accordance with the next sentence, the Company will file the Final Prospectus, in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representatives, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and provide satisfactory evidence to the Representatives of such timely filing. If an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the Additional Registration Statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.

 

12
 

(b)  Filing of Amendments; Response to Commission Requests . The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplement without the Representatives’ consent, which such consent may not be unreasonably delayed or withheld; and the Company will also advise the Representatives promptly of (i) the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (ii) any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus, (iii) any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to any Registration Statement, for any supplement to any Statutory Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement or the threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (v) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. If, at any time prior to the filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), any event occurs as a result of which the General Disclosure Package would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, the Company will (x) promptly notify the Representatives so that any use of the General Disclosure Package may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (y) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package to correct such statement or omission; and (z) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(c)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and the dealers and any other dealers upon request of the Representatives, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.

 

(d)   Rule 158 . As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Time by which the Company is required to file its Form 10-Q for such fiscal quarter except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter by which the Company is required to file its Form 10-K.

 

13
 

(e)   Furnishing of Prospectuses . The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement (one (1) of which will include all exhibits), each related Statutory Prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives reasonably request. The Final Prospectus shall be so furnished as soon as reasonably practicable following the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All other documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

(f)   Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify or register as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or take any action that would subject it to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(g)   Reporting Requirements . During the period of two (2) years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Representatives may reasonably request. However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”), it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

 

(h)   Payment of Expenses . The Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) any filing fees and other expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters, not to exceed $10,000) incurred in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and the preparation and printing of memoranda relating thereto, (ii) costs and expenses related to the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) of the Offered Securities (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such review, not to exceed $65,000, (iii) costs and expenses relating to investor presentations or any “road show” in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities including, without limitation, any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company including the chartering of airplanes, fees and expenses incident to listing the Offered Securities on the NASDAQ Stock Market; provided, however, that the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall share equally the cost and expenses of any aircraft chartered in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Securities, (iv) fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Exchange Act, and (v) expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Final Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred for preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors. Except as provided in this Section 5(h) and in Section 11, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel.

 

14
 

(i) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the General Disclosure Package and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any Underwriter or affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(j) Absence of Manipulation . The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(k)   Restriction on Sale of Securities. For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to its Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of its Securities (“ Lock-Up Securities ”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (v) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, except (a) issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, (b) grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof or issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the exercise of such options, (c) the Lock-Up Securities to be sold hereunder, (d) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the Lock-Up Securities granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans existing as of the Closing Date and disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, and (e) Lock-Up Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Lock-Up Securities issued, sold or delivered in connection with any acquisition or strategic investment (including any joint venture, strategic alliance or partnership) as long as (x) the aggregate number of Lock-Up Securities issued or issuable does not exceed 5% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the completion of the offering of the Offered Securities contemplated herein, and (y) each recipient of any such shares or other securities executes a lock-up agreement restricting the resale of such securities in the form executed by each of the executive officers and directors of the Company for the remainder of the 180-day restricted period. The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for one hundred eighty (180) days after the date hereof or such earlier date that the Representatives consent to in writing.

 

(l) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Act and (b) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(k) hereof.

 

(m) Testing-the-Waters . If at any time following the distribution of any Testing-the-Waters Writing there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Testing-the-Waters Writing included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that use of the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as may be reasonably requested.

 

15
 

(n) Agreement to announce lock-up waiver . If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 7(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(o) Transfer Restrictions . In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Designated Underwriter will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.

 

(p) Payment of Expenses Related to Directed Share Program . The Company will pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including non-U.S. counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(q) Compliance with Foreign Laws . The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

6. Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein (as though made on such Closing Date), to the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

 

(a)   Accountants’ Comfort Letter . The Representatives shall have received letters, dated, respectively, the date hereof and each Closing Date, from KPMG LLP confirming that they are a registered public accounting firm and independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Laws and substantially in the form of Schedule C hereto (except that, in any letter dated a Closing Date, the specified date referred to in Schedule C hereto shall be a date no more than three days prior to such Closing Date).

 

16
 

(b)   Effectiveness of Registration Statement . If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later time as shall have been consented to by the Representatives. The Final Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) hereof. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by the Commission.

 

(c)   No Material Adverse Change . Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating); (iii)  any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (v)  any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment, or clearance services in the United States or any other country where such securities are listed or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities.

 

(d)   Opinion of Counsel for Company . The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(e) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Chiesa Shahinian & Giantomasi PC, intellectual property counsel for the Company, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(f) Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company. The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Arnold and Porter LLP, regulatory counsel for the Company, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(g) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received from Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

17
 

(h) Officer’s Certificate . The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of an executive officer of the Company and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to their knowledge are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) of Regulation S-T of the Commission; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.

 

(i)   Lock-up Agreements . On or prior to the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received lockup letters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company, stockholders, option holders and other equityholders of the Company owning in the aggregate no less than ninety-nine and one-half percent (99.5%) of the Company’s fully diluted capital stock, and each participant in the Directed Share Program.

 

The Company will furnish the Representatives with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request. The Representatives may in their sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

 

8. Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Testing-the-Waters Writing at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

18
 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and its affiliates and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “ Designated Entities” ), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) arising out of or based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) arising out of, related to or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.

 

(b) Indemnification of Company . Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Final Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the information concerning the terms of the offering by the Underwriters on the cover page, the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information relating to stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids contained in the thirteenth and fourteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”

 

19
 

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party such consent not to unreasonably withheld or delayed, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including up to one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i)  the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded based on the advice of counsel that there are legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 8(a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of not more than one separate firm for the Designated Underwriter for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who control the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault or culpability by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

 

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(d).

 

20
 

9. Default of Underwriters . If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 11 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

10. RESERVED .

 

11. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 hereof, shall remain in effect. In addition, if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect.

 

12. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Representatives c/o Leerink Partners LLC, 299 Park Avenue, 21 st Floor, New York, N.Y. 10171 and c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention:  LCD-IBD, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at Edge Therapeutics, Inc., 200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600, Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922, Attention: Chief Financial Officer; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

 

21
 

13. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14. Representation of Underwriters . The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with this financing, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

 

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a) No Other Relationship . The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or are advising the Company on other matters;

 

(b) Arms’ Length Negotiations . The price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c) Absence of Obligation to Disclose . The Company has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d) Waiver . The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

17. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

18. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

22
 

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
    EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

  

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

   LEERINK PARTNERS LLC 

 CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC 

  Acting on behalf of themselves and as the
Representatives of the several Underwriters.
     
 

By LEERINK PARTNERS LLC

 
     
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
By CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 
 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter

Number of  

Firm Securities

Leerink Partners LLC  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC  
Guggenheim Securities, LLC  
JMP Securities LLC  
Total  

 

 
 

SCHEDULE B

 

1. General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the General Disclosure Package)

 

“General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” includes each of the following documents:

 

2. [                                                     ]

 

2. Other Information Included in the General Disclosure Package

 

The following information is also included in the General Disclosure Package:

 

[1. The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities.

 

2. [                                                     ]]

 

 
 

SCHEDULE C

 

Form of Comfort Letter

 

[To come]

 

 

 

 
 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Press Release

 

Edge Therapeutics, Inc.

 

[Date]

 

Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Leerink Partners LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of        shares of the Company’s common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to        shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      ,      20     , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended .

 

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation incorporated under its current name on January 21, 2009 and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

 

FIRST: That, at a meeting of the Board of Directors on August 27, 2014, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment and restatement of the Seventh Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), declaring said Certificate of Incorporation to be advisable and calling for consideration of said proposed Certificate of Incorporation by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

SECOND: That, pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors, the proposed Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in lieu of a meeting on September 9, 2015.

 

THIRD: That said Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Brian A. Leuthner, its President and Chief Executive Officer, this ____ day of September, 2015.

 

  EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
   
  By: ___________________________________
  Name:  Brian A. Leuthner
  Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Certificate of Incorporation of Edge Therapeutics, Inc.]

 
 

Exhibit A  

EIGHTH CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I - NAME

 

The name of the corporation is Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II - REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the state of Delaware is to be located at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may be amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV - CAPITALIZATION

 

(a)            Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Eighty Million (80,000,000), consisting of seventy five million (75,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00033 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00033 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). Such stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation for such consideration as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).

 

(b)            Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers relative to other classes or series of Preferred Stock, if any, or Common Stock, full or limited or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by applicable law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, no vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the designation or issuance of any shares of any series of the Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the right to have such vote being expressly waived by all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law or this Certificate of Incorporation. Different series of Preferred Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purpose of voting by classes unless expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall, in respect of such shares, have no voting rights except as set forth in the applicable certificate of designations as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 151(g) of the DGCL.

 
 

(c)            Common Stock . Subject to the powers, preferences and rights of any Preferred Stock, including any series thereof, having any preference or priority over, or rights superior to, the Common Stock and except as otherwise provided by law and this Article IV , the holders of Common Stock shall have and possess all powers and voting and other rights pertaining to the stock of the Corporation.

 

(i)            Voting . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

(ii)            Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of record of Common Stock shall share ratably in all dividends payable in cash, stock or otherwise and other distributions, whether in respect of liquidation or dissolution (voluntary or involuntary) or otherwise.

 

(iii)            Preemptive Rights . The holders of Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

 

(iv)            Liquidation Rights . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, in any such case which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders, shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Article IV(c)(iv) .

2
 

 

(d)            Uncertificated Shares . Nothing in this Certificate of Incorporation limits or will be interpreted to limit the power of the Board of Directors under the DGCL to provide that some or all of any or all classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated.

 

ARTICLE V - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

(a)            Number . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors on the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and the number so fixed shall comprise the entire Board of Directors, which such number shall not be fewer than three and not more than ten, each of whom shall be a natural person.

 

(b)            Classified Board of Directors . The directors shall be divided into three classes, which shall be as nearly equal in number as possible: Class A, Class B and Class C. The directors in Class A shall be elected for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders. The directors in Class B shall be elected for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders. The directors in Class C shall be elected for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders. At each annual meeting of the stockholders following the initial classification of the directors, the respective successors of each class shall serve a term of three (3) years. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her class stands for election or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.

 

(c)            Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Vacancies (including, but not limited to, those resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause) and newly-created directorships shall be filled exclusively by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of directors for the relevant class in which such director is placed, subject, in each case, to the election and qualification of his or her successor and to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

 

The directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors generally that are now or hereafter become available under the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective only, and shall not affect, to the detriment of any director, any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

3
 

ARTICLE VII - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

(a)            No Action by Written Consent . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law may be effected only with a vote at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by consent in writing.

 

(b)            Special Meetings of Stockholders . Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

(c)            Election of Directors by Written Ballot . Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENTS TO THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

(a)            Bylaws . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations that may be filed from time to time);  provided , however ,   that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

4
 

(b)            Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designations filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V , VI or VIII of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE IX - EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

 

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX .

 

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a)           To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification (and advancement of expenses) to directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to limits created by applicable provisions of the DGCL (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

(b)           Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

5
 

ARTICLE XI - SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE XII - EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be upon its filing with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

*   *   *

6
 

Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

 

1.1.            Registered Office . The registered office of Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be established and maintained at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801 and The Corporation Trust Company shall be the registered agent of the corporation in charge thereof.

 

1.2.            Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1.            Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

2.2.            Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, on the date and at the time that the Board of Directors shall each year fix. No annual meeting of the stockholders need be held if not required by the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), as the same may be amended from time to time or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), as the same may be amended and supplemented.

 

2.3.            Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

2.4.            Notice of Meetings .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, annual or special, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  Such notice shall be given in accordance with, and shall be deemed effective as set forth in, Sections 222 and 232 (or any successor section or sections) of the DGCL.

 

(A)           Advance Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meetings.

 

(1)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only:

 

(a)            pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto),

 

1
 

(b)           by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or

 

(c)            by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

 

(2)           For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.4, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and any such proposed business other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days before or more than sixty days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(3)           The stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.4 shall set forth:

 

(a)            as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

 

(i)            such person’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address;

 

(ii)            such person’s principal occupation or employment;

 

(iii)           the class, series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such person;

 

(iv)           a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder;

 

(v)           any other information concerning such person that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), as if the nominee had been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and

 

(vii)           such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected;

 

(b)           as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these bylaws (these “ Bylaws ”), the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and any other information concerning such matter that must be disclosed in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, as if the matter had been proposed, or intended to be proposed, by the Board of Directors;

 

2
 

(c)           as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

 

(i)            the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner;

 

(ii)           the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner;

 

(iii)           a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with the foregoing;

 

(iv)           a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation;

 

(v)           any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(vi)           a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination; and

 

(vii)           a representation as to whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination; and

 

(d)           such other information that the Board of Directors may request in its discretion.

 

(4)           The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.4 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(5)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.4 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

3
 

(B)           Advance Notice of Stockholder Business at Special Meetings.

 

(1)           Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.

 

(2)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

 

(3)           In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.4 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)           Advance Notice of Stockholder Business in General.

 

(1)           Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

 

(2)           Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty:

 

(a)           to determine whether a nomination, or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting, was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(3)(c)(vi) of this Section 2.4); and

 

(b)           if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.4, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

4
 

(3)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded, and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

 

(4)           For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(5)           For purposes of this Section 2.4, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(6)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4 (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this Section 2.4 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the first sentence of paragraph (A)(4), matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.5.            Quorum . The holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting. 

 

2.6.            Organization . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as chairman of meetings of the stockholders, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as chairman. The Board of Directors may designate any other officer or director of the Corporation to act as chairman of any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may further provide for determining who shall act as chairman of any stockholders meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and such designee. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of any meeting.

 

2.7.            Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question (other than the election of directors) brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

5
 

2.8.            Proxies; Inspectors .

 

(a)           A stockholder, any other person entitled to vote on behalf of a stockholder pursuant to Section 212 of the DGCL or any attorney in fact for a stockholder may vote the stockholder’s shares in person or by proxy. A stockholder, any other person entitled to vote on behalf of a stockholder pursuant to Section 212 of the DGCL or any attorney in fact for a stockholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the stockholder by signing an appointment form or by electronic transmission. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the Corporation authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment is valid for up to eleven (11) months unless a longer period of time is expressly provided in the appointment. The death or incapacity of the stockholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the Corporation to accept the proxy’s authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the Corporation authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his or her authority under the appointment. An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the stockholder unless the appointment form or electronic transmission conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest. If the appointment form expressly provides, any proxy holder may appoint, in writing, a substitute to act in his or her place.

 

(b)           Prior to a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the Corporation shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by applicable law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before beginning the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of inspectors. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by applicable law.

 

2.9.            Action of Stockholders Without A Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, no action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, and no action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote.

 

2.10.            Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the election, either at a place within the city, town or village where the election is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of election during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

2.11.            Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.10 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

2.12.            Adjournment . Any meeting of the stockholders, including one at which directors are to be elected, may be adjourned for such periods as the presiding officer of the meeting or the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall direct.

 

2.13.            Ratification . Any transaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative suit, or any other suit to enforce alleged rights of the Corporation or any of its stockholders, on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of any director, officer or stockholder, nondisclosure, miscomputation or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting may be approved, ratified and confirmed before or after judgment by the Board of Directors or by the holders of common stock and, if so approved, ratified or confirmed, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized, and said approval, ratification or confirmation shall be binding upon the Corporation and all of its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.

 

6
 

2.14.            Judges . All votes by ballot at any meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by one or more judges appointed for that purpose by the directors. The judges shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, count the votes and declare the result.

 

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

 

3.1.            Powers; Number; Qualifications . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time within the limits specified in the Certificate of Incorporation by the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.2.            Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her Class stands for election or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

3.3.            Nominations . Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be made at such meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, by any committee or persons appointed by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.4 of these Bylaws.

 

3.4.            Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the meeting of the stockholders at which it is elected and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, facsimile, telegram or electronic mail on twenty-four (24) hours notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

3.5.            Quorum . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3.6.            Organization of Meetings . The Board of Directors shall elect one of its members to be Chairman of the Board of Directors, who shall not be considered an officer of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall lead the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities as set forth in these Bylaws, including its responsibility to oversee the performance of the Corporation, and shall determine the agenda and perform all other duties and exercise all other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, by such other person as the Board of Directors may designate or the members present may select.

 

7
 

3.7.            Actions of Board of Directors Without A Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.8.            Removal of Directors by Stockholders . The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office with cause by a majority vote of the holders of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. In case the Board of Directors or any one or more directors be so removed, new directors may be elected at the same time for the unexpired portion of the full term of the director or directors so removed.

 

3.9.            Resignations . Any director may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Board of Directors or Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

 

3.10.            Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided by law and in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or amending these Bylaws; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

3.11.            Compensation . Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed amount (in cash or other form of consideration) for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service on such committees, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

3.12.            Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, (ii) the material facts as to his, hers or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair to the Corporation, as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

8
 

3.13.            Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designed by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.13 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

 

4.1.            General . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of: a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, a Controller and such other officers as in the judgment of the Board of Directors may be necessary or desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and more than one person may hold the same office, unless otherwise prohibited by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation, nor need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

4.2.            Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation, removal or incapacity. Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV , any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers appointed by the Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or by the officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

4.3.            Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and any such officer may, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

4.4.            Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

4.5.            President . Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the control of the Board of Directors, the President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the president of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

9
 

4.6.            Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, all in accordance with basic policies as established by and subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a named Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer shall also have the powers and duties of the Treasurer as hereinafter set forth and shall be authorized and empowered to sign as Treasurer in any case where such officer’s signature is required.

 

4.7.            Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

4.8.            Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, then any Assistant Secretary shall perform such actions. If there is no Assistant Secretary, then the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

4.9.            Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

4.10.            Assistant Secretaries . Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

4.11.            Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.

 

4.12.            Controller . The Controller shall establish and maintain the accounting records of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, maintain proper internal control of the assets of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation may prescribe.

 

10
 

4.13.            Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

4.14.            Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies in any office occurring from whatever reason.

 

4.15.            Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation, unless another time is fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

 

4.16.            Removal . Subject to the provisions of any employment agreement approved by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL STOCK

 

5.1.            Certificates of Stock . The Board of Directors shall determine whether shares of the capital stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided in the DGCL. If certificated shares are issued, stock certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (i) the chairman of the Board (if any) or the vice-chairman of the Board (if any), the President or a Vice President, and (ii) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Chief Financial Officer, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder. Any signatures on a certificate may be sent by facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he or she were said officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

5.2.            Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

5.3.            Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person or entity named in the certificate or by his, her or its attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transactions upon its books.

 

5.4.            Fixing Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

11
 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

5.5.            Registered Stockholders . Prior to due presentment for transfer of any share or shares, the Corporation shall treat the registered owner thereof as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and to all other benefits of ownership with respect to such share or shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VI.

NOTICES

 

6.1.            Form of Notice . Notices to directors and stockholders other than notices to directors of special meetings of the Board of Directors which may be given by any means stated in Section 3.4, shall be in writing and delivered personally, mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the corporation, transmitted to the directors or stockholders via electronic mail to an electronic mail address at which the director or stockholder has consented to receive notice or transmitted to the directors or stockholders via facsimile to a number at which the director or stockholder has consented to receive notice. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

6.2.            Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular, or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

7.1.            Indemnification . The Corporation shall promptly indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of an amendment of the DGCL, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (an “ Indemnitee ”) who was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party or witness or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether external or internal to the Corporation (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or an officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or the like, officer or the like, employee, member, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise or association (including, but not limited to, service with respect to employee benefit plans) (any such entity, an “ Other Entity ”), against all liability and loss (including, but not limited to, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnitee (i) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (ii) relates to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by a person seeking indemnification in an action brought against such person, (iii) relates to any proceeding brought by a person seeking indemnification or payment under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering such person or (iv) the Proceeding (or part thereof) relates to the enforcement of the Corporation’s obligations under this Article VII . The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the Corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director or officer, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation.

 

12
 

7.2.            Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law (but, in the case of an amendment to the applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide additional or broader advancement of expenses than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) pay, on an as-incurred basis, all expenses (including, but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by an Indemnitee in defending or appearing in or preparing to defend or appear in any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition. Such advancement shall be unconditional, unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to an Indemnitee’s ability to repay any expenses advanced; provided, however, that to the extent required by law (but, in the case of an amendment to the applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide additional or broader advancement of expenses than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.

 

7.3.            Service for Subsidiaries . Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least fifty percent of whose equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

 

7.4.            Claims . If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the reasonable and documented expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law. The right of indemnification pursuant to this Article VII is conferred in order to attract and retain services of highly qualified directors and officers and to encourage them to make corporate decisions without fear of suits and legal harassment. Indemnification pursuant to this Article VII is therefore declared to be consistent with the fiduciary duty of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Except as specifically provided in this Article VII , such indemnification shall be made by the Corporation without any requirement that any determination be made or any action be taken by the Board of Directors, stockholders or legal counsel. A failure of the Board of Directors, stockholders or legal counsel to make a determination or take action favorable to the claim of an Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.4, or the making of a determination or taking of action adverse to such a claim, shall not preclude indemnification under this Article VII or create any presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification.

 

7.5.            Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee, member, trustee or agent of the Corporation, or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII or the DGCL.

 

13
 

7.6.            Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Indemnitee by this Article VII are not exclusive of other rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such Indemnitee.

 

7.7.            Amounts Received from an Other Entity . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Indemnitee who was or is serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity shall be reduced by any amount such Indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Other Entity.

 

7.8.            Amendment or Repeal . Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Indemnitee arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of this Article VII after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the Proceeding or other matter for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

7.9.            Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . This Article VII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 

7.10.            Reliance . Indemnitees who after the date of the adoption of this Article VII become or remain an Indemnitee described in Section 7.1 will be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this Article VII in entering into or continuing the service. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VII will apply to claims made against any Indemnitee described in Section 7.1 arising out of acts or omissions that occurred or occur either before or after the adoption of this Article VII in respect of service as a director or officer of the corporation or other service described in Section 7.1.

 

7.11.            Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article VII shall be deemed to be a contract right between the Corporation and each Indemnitee who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article VII and the relevant provisions of the DGCL or other applicable law are in effect, and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII or any such law that adversely affects any right of any Indemnitee, shall be prospective only and shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.

 

7.12.            Merger or Consolidation . For the purposes of this Article VII , references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnity its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

14
 

7.13.            Successful Defense . In the event that any proceeding to which an Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against the Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such proceeding for purposes of Section 145(c) of the DGCL. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

7.14.            Funding to Meet Indemnification Obligations . The Board of Directors, without approval of the stockholders, shall have the power to borrow money on behalf of the Corporation, including the power to pledge the assets of the Corporation, from time to time to discharge the Corporation’s obligations with respect to indemnification, the advancement and reimbursement of expenses, and the purchase and maintenance of insurance referred to in this Article VII . The Corporation may, in lieu of or in addition to the purchase and maintenance of insurance referred to in this Article VII , establish and maintain a fund of any nature or otherwise secure or insure in any manner its indemnification obligations, whether arising under or pursuant to this Article VII or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1.            Reliance on Books and Records . Each director and each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books and records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers, agents or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person or entity as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence and that has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

8.2.            Maintenance and Inspection of Records . The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.

 

8.3.            Inspection by Directors . Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

 

8.4.            Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

8.5.            Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments . Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board of Directors may determine. The President or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors or the President or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his or her jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

 

8.6.            Time Periods . In applying any provision of these bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days before an event or that an act be done during a specified number of days before an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

8.7.            Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

15
 

8.8.            Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provisions of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

8.9.            Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal containing the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware,” which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Corporation. 

 

8.10.            Amendments . Except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation;  provided , however ,   that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

8.11.            Interpretation of Bylaws . All words, terms and provisions of these Bylaws shall be interpreted and defined by and in accordance with the DGCL.

16
 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

Exhibit 5.1

 

DECHERT_STALOGO_BLACKSM2

1095 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-6797

+1 212 698 3500 Main

+1 212 698 3599 Fax

www.dechert.com

 

   

 

 

September 21, 2015

 

Edge Therapeutics, Inc.
200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922
 

 

Re: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
  REGISTRATION NO. 333-206416

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Edge Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-206416) (the “ Registration Statement ”) for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), 6,516,667 shares of its common stock, par value $0.00033 per share (the “ Shares ”), all of which will be sold by the Company (the “ Securities ”), and which includes 850,000 shares subject to an over-allotment option granted by the Company to the underwriters. The term “Securities” shall include any additional Securities registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.

 

This opinion (the “ Opinion ”) is being furnished to the Company in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the Securities.

 

As your counsel, we have examined such documents and such matters of fact and law that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the Opinion expressed herein. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original documents, and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the legal capacity of natural persons who are signatories to the documents examined by us, and the legal power and authority of all persons signing on behalf of parties (other than the Company) to all documents.

 

Based on the foregoing, we advise you that, in our opinion, when the price at which the Securities are to be sold has been approved by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company, when the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission and when the Securities have been duly issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement referred to in the prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement, the Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable .

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing Opinion is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

 
 

 

DECHERT_STALOGO_BLACKSM2

Edge Therapeutics, Inc.
September 21, 2015
Page 2

 

   

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement. We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Securities. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

 
Very truly yours,
 

/s/ Dechert LLP

 

 
 
 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1. Purpose; Definitions. The purposes of the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to: (a) enable Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and its respective affiliated companies to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel; (b) provide those employees, directors and consultants of the Corporation with an incentive for productivity; and (c) provide those personnel with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Corporation.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following capitalized words and phrases will be defined as set forth below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:

 

(a)                 Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.

 

(b)                Award ” means a grant of Options or Restricted Stock pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                 Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award.

 

(d)                Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as constituted from time to time; provided, however, that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board's administrative functions hereunder pursuant to Section 2, references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with matters to be performed by that Committee.

 

(e)                 Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Corporation or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or adversely affects the Corporation's or its Affiliates' operations or financial performance or the relationship the Corporation has with its Affiliates; (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of the subject employment or engagement with the Corporation or its Affiliates; (iii) alcohol abuse or use of controlled drugs other than in accordance with a physician's prescription; (iv) refusal, failure or inability to perform any material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (vi) below) to the Corporation (other than due to a Disability), which failure, refusal or inability is not cured within 30 days after delivery of notice thereof; (v) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates; or (vi) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law, contract or otherwise) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Corporation (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

 

1
 

(f)                 Change of Control ” means, with respect to any entity and except for the sole purpose of changing domicile: (i) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (including by merger or consolidation, but excluding any sales by stockholders or other equity holders made as part of an underwritten public offering of the common stock of the entity) by stockholders of the entity, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than 50% of the voting power represented by the then outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the entity to one or more Persons, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the entity (other than a transfer of financial assets made in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of securitization), or (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of the entity.

 

(g)                Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(h)                Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(i)                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(j)                  Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.

 

(k)                Disabled ” will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)              Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a Share, as of any date: (i) in the case of any determination thereof other than in connection with a Change of Control, (x) if the Shares are not publicly traded, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board after using a valuation method that complies with regulations for determining fair market value as promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service; or (y) if the Shares are publicly traded, the last sale price of a Share on the trading day immediately prior to the date of determination of fair market value or, if no sale is publicly reported on such trading day, the last sale price of a Share prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and (ii) in the case of any determination thereof in connection with a Change of Control, the value of a Share attributable to such Shares in the transaction giving rise to the such Change of Control or, if no such value is so attributable, the value as determined by the Board after using a valuation method that complies with regulations for determining fair market value as promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(n)                Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(o)                Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may, to the extent that it deems necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, require that each “Non-Employee Director” also be an “outside director” as that term is defined in regulations under Section 162(m).

 

2
 

(p)                Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                Option ” means any option to purchase Shares (including Restricted Stock, if the Board so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(r)                  Participant ” means an employee, consultant, Director, or other service provider of or to the Corporation or any of its respective Affiliates to whom an Award is granted.

 

(s)                 Person ” or “ Persons ” means an individual(s), partnership(s), corporation(s), limited liability company(ies), trust(s), joint venture(s), unincorporated association(s), or other entity(ies) or association(s).

 

(t)                  Restricted Stock ” means Shares that are subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

(u)                Shares ” means shares of the Corporation's common stock, $0.001 par value per share, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(v)                Stockholders’ Agreement ” means any Stockholders' Agreement, Voting Agreement, Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement or other similar agreement to be executed and delivered by a Participant at the time of any event of an Award or upon the exercise of any Options subject to an Award, as determined by the Board, and in such form from time to time prescribed by the Board, as amended from time to time.

 

(w)              Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Corporation, a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

 

Section 2. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board's administrative functions hereunder; provided further, that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe and will be coextensive with, and not in lieu of, the authority of the Board hereunder.

 

Subject to the requirements of the Corporation's Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time), Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and/or any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee established under this Section 2 will be composed of not fewer than 2 members, each of whom will serve for such period of time as the Board determines; provided, however, that if the Corporation has a class of securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all members of any Committee established pursuant to this Section 2 will be Non-Employee Directors. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

 

3
 

Directors who are eligible for Awards or have received Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Awards, except that no such member will act upon the grant of an Award to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the grant of Awards to himself or herself.

 

The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan. In particular, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board will have the authority:

 

(a)                 to select the Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 4 );

 

(b)                to determine the type of Award to be granted to any Person hereunder;

 

(c)                 to determine the number and type of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award (consistent with the provisions of Section 3 regarding the maximum number of Shares subject to the Plan);

 

(d)                to establish the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement;

 

(e)                 to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be exercised without a payment of cash under Section 5(d); and

 

(f)                 to require execution of a Stockholders' Agreement which may include, among other things, restrictions on resale of Shares and/or a requirement to sell Shares in connection with a Change of Control or other similar transactions, and may impose a limitation on marketability in connection with a public offering of the Corporation's stock.

 

The Board will have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.

 

All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons, including the Corporation and Participants. No Director will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.

4
 

 

  

Section 3. Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)                 Shares Subject to the Plan. The Shares to be subject to Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Corporation, whether or not previously issued and subsequently acquired by the Corporation. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan is 250,000. The Corporation will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.

 

(b)                Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Awards. If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan. Similarly, if any Restricted Share is canceled, forfeited or repurchased for any reason, or if any Share is withheld pursuant to Section 9(d) in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Award, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan. If any Share is received in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

(c)                 Other Adjustment. In the event of any recapitalization, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction affecting the Shares, equitable substitutions or adjustments may be made by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) the aggregate number, type and issuer of the securities reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number, type and issuer of Shares subject to outstanding Options, (iii) the exercise price of outstanding Options, and (iv) the number, type and issuer of Restricted Stock.

 

(d)                Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change of Control of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, the Board, as constituted prior to such Change of Control, may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change of Control: (i) cause any or all outstanding Options to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (ii) cause any or all outstanding Restricted Stock to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part; (iii) cancel any Option in exchange for an option to purchase common stock of any successor corporation or its parent in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.424-1 (a)(4)(i) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option); (iv) cancel any Restricted Stock in exchange for restricted shares of the common stock of any successor corporation; (v) redeem any Restricted Stock for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an unrestricted Share on the date of the Change of Control; or (vi) cancel any Option held by a Participant affected by the Change of Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change of Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change of Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor.

 

5
 

For purposes of clause (d)(iii) in this Section 3, the exchange of an Option issued under the Plan for an option to purchase common stock of any successor corporation or its parent shall be permitted only to the extent that the ratio of the exercise price to the fair market value of the shares subject to the Option immediately after the substitution or assumption is not greater than the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option immediately before the substitution or assumption.

 

Section 4. Eligibility. Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Corporation or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Persons who are not employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary are not eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options but are eligible to be granted other types of Awards.

 

Section 5. Options. Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options, or (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve. Without limiting the generality of Section 3(a), any number of the maximum number of Shares provided for in Section 3(a) may be subject to Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, or any combination thereof.

 

The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

(a)                 Option Price. The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of the grant. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

(b)                Option Term. The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Incentive Stock Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than 5 years. No Option may be exercised by any Person after expiration of the term of the Option.

 

(c)                 Exercisability. Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board at the time of grant. If the Board provides, in its sole and absolute discretion, that any Option is exercisable only in installments, the Board may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

6
 

(d)                Method of Exercise. Subject to the exercisability provisions of Section 5(c) and the termination provisions set forth in Section 6, Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option, by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Corporation specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by cash or certified or bank check, or such other means as the Board may accept in its sole discretion. As determined by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, at or after grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised; provided, however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of previously acquired Shares may be authorized only at the time the Option is granted.

 

No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

(e)                 Incentive Stock Option Limitations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted. To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(f)                 Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 6 with respect to exercise upon or following termination of employment or other service.

 

(g)                Transferability of Options. Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option, no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options will be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant or, in the event of his or her Disability, by his or her personal representative.

 

Section 6. Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Option in the applicable Award Agreement, all Options will remain exercisable after termination of employment only to the extent specified in this Section 6.

 

(a)                Termination by Reason of Death. If a Participant's service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine, at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of death, or (iii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

7
 

(b)                Termination by Reason of Disability. If a Participant's service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his or her personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(c)                 Cause. If a Participant's service with the Corporation or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Corporation has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Corporation will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.

 

(d)                Other Termination. If a Participant's service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, then, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of termination of service, or (iii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

Section 7. Restricted Stock.

 

(a)                 Issuance. Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other Awards. The Board will determine the time or times within which Restricted Stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such Awards.

 

(b)                Awards and Certificates. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of any Restricted Stock will contain such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. The prospective recipient of an Award of Restricted Stock will not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has delivered to the Corporation an executed Award Agreement and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. The purchase price for Restricted Stock may, but need not, be zero.

 

A share certificate will be issued in connection with each Award of Restricted Stock. Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant receiving the Award, and will bear the following legend and/or any other legend required by (i) this Plan, the Award Agreement, a Stockholders' Agreement, or any other agreement governing the issuance of such Award of Restricted Stock, or (ii) by applicable law:

8
 

 

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, REPURCHASE RIGHTS, AND/OR FORFEITURE CONDITIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, AND/OR A STOCKHOLDERS' (OR SIMILAR) AGREEMENT(S), COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON REQUEST TO THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

Share certificates evidencing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Corporation or in escrow by an escrow agent until the restrictions thereon have lapsed. As a condition to any Restricted Stock Award, the Participant may be required to deliver to the Corporation a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

 

(c)                 Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 7 will be subject to the following restrictions and conditions, and any other restrictions and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement:

 

(i)                  During a period commencing with the date of an Award of Restricted Stock and ending at such time or times as specified by the Board (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan. The Board may condition the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock upon the continued employment or service of the recipient, the attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals, or such other factors as the Board may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(ii)                Except as provided in this Paragraph (ii) or Section 7(c)(i), once the Participant has been issued a certificate or certificates for Restricted Stock, the Participant will have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation, including the right to vote the Shares, and the right to receive any cash distributions or dividends. Any distributions or dividends paid in the form of securities with respect to Restricted Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid, including, without limitation, the same Restriction Period.

 

9
 

(iii)              Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement, if a Participant's service with the Corporation and its Affiliates terminates prior to the expiration of the Restriction Period, all of that Participant's Restricted Stock which then remain subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically.

 

(iv)              If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period (or if and when the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock lapse pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), the certificates for such Shares will be replaced with new certificates, without the restrictive legends described in Section 7(b) hereof applicable to such lapsed restrictions, and such new certificates will be promptly delivered to the Participant, the Participant's representative (if the Participant has suffered a Disability), or the Participant's estate or heir (if the Participant has died).

 

Section 8. Amendments and Termination. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time, but except as otherwise provided in Section 3(d) of the Plan, no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which (i) would impair the rights of a Participant with respect to an Award, without that Participant's consent, or (ii) would (a) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section 3(c) hereof), or (b) change the Persons or class of Persons eligible to receive Awards, without the approval by the stockholders of the Corporation within 365 days of the date on which such amendment is adopted by the Board in a manner consistent with Section 1.422-5 of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 9. General Provisions.

 

(a)                 The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Corporation in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Corporation for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate. The certificate evidencing any Award and any securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

(b)                All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

10
 

(c)                 Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(d)                Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will (i) confer upon any employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate any right to continued employment or engagement with the Corporation or such Affiliate, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or such Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

 

(e)                 No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including, without limitation, Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. However, any required withholding obligations may not be settled with Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under this Plan. The obligations of the Corporation under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Corporation will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such Social Security contribution and taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

Section 10. Effective Date of Plan. Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Corporation's stockholders within 12 months of the Plan's adoption by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board.

 

Section 11. Term of Plan. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the date of stockholder approval of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of Shares subject to the Plan, the 10th anniversary of the date of such approval); provided further, that Incentive Stock Options granted prior to such 10th anniversary may extend beyond such date.

 

Section 12. Invalid Provisions. In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

 

Section 13. Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and judicial decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

11
 

Section 14. Board Action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Corporation or other Persons required by:

 

(a)                 the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);

 

(b)                the Corporation's Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and

 

(c)                 any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Corporation and its stockholders or other Persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

Section 15. Notices. Any notice to be given to the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Corporation to its principal executive office to the attention of its President or Chief Executive Officer (or such other Person as the Corporation may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to the address given beneath his or her signature on his or her Award Agreement, or at such other address as such Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Corporation. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered 3 days after the date of mailing.

 

ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF PLAN

 

Date Plan adopted by Board: May 11, 2010

 

Date Plan approved by Stockholders: May 11, 2010

 

 

12
 

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) between Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ” or the “ Company ”) and the individual specified on the Notice of Grant (the “ Optionee ”) is made as of the date of grant specified on the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”). The date of grant specified on the Grant Notice is referred to herein as the “ Grant Date .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation maintains the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of its employees, directors and consultants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Plan permits the Corporation to award options with respect to shares of the Corporation’s common stock, $0.00033 par value per share (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1.                   Award of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee, as of the Grant Date, the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares specified on the Grant Notice (the “ Option Shares ”). The Option is subject to the terms set forth herein, and the terms of the Plan, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise specified herein or unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

2.                   Type of Option . If the Grant Notice indicates that the grant type is “ISO,” then the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option described by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding the designation of this Option as either an Incentive Stock Option or non-qualified stock option, the Corporation makes no representation as to the treatment of the Option under any federal, state, local or foreign tax law and the Corporation has not advised the Optionee on such matters. If the Grant Notice does not specify the grant type as “ISO,” or if any portion of the Option cannot qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option (or such portion of the Option, as applicable) shall not be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

3.                   Term of Option .

 

(a)                 Term . The term of the Option shall commence on the Grant Date and end on the Expiration Date specified on the Grant Notice, or on such earlier date as provided in the Plan and Section 3(b), below (the “ Term ”).

 

 
 

 

(b)                Termination of Employment . Subject to Section 6(c) of the Plan, upon termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries other than due to death or Disability, the Option will cease to vest and the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) 90 days following such termination of employment. Upon termination of the Optionee’s employment due to death or Disability, the Option will be exercisable in accordance with Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) of the Plan, as applicable.

 

4.                   Exercise Price . The cost to the Optionee to purchase, pursuant to this Agreement, one Option Share is the Exercise Price specified on the Grant Notice (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan).

 

5.                   Exercise of Option . The Option will be exercisable during the Term only to the extent that it is then vested and then only in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

(a)                 Vesting . The Option will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the Grant Notice. Upon the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, the unvested portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited with no consideration due to the Optionee.

 

(b)                Method of Exercise . The Optionee may exercise the Option by providing written notice to the Corporation stating the election to exercise the Option, and making such additional representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to the Option Shares as may be required by the Corporation hereunder or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation or such other Person as may be designated by the Corporation. The written notice shall be accompanied by (i) payment of the Exercise Price, (ii) an executed Stockholders’ Agreement, as may be in effect from time to time, or joinder thereto, and such other agreements as the Corporation may require, and (iii) payment of all applicable withholding taxes. Payment of the purchase price shall be by cash, or certified or bank check or such other consideration and method of payment as may be authorized by the Board pursuant to the Plan. Following exercise, any certificate(s) for Option Shares shall be registered in the name of the Optionee (or his or her heirs or beneficiary, as applicable) and shall be legended as required under the Plan, this Agreement, any applicable Stockholders’ Agreement(s) and/or applicable law. The Option shall be considered exercised on the last date on which the Corporation has received all of the items (i) through (iii) of this Section 5(b).

 

(c)                 Partial Exercise . The Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised in whole or in part; provided, however, that any exercise may apply only with respect to whole numbers of Option Shares.

 

(d)                Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised on an accelerated basis upon an initial public offering of the Corporation’s Shares or other securities. Upon a Change of Control, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to Section 3(d) of the Plan. The Option shall not be exercised if the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws or other laws or regulations. As a further condition to the exercise of the Option, and in addition to any requirements of Section 5(b), Section 6 or Section 8 hereof, the Corporation may require the Optionee to make any other representation or warranty to the Corporation as may be required by or advisable under any applicable law or regulation.

 

2
 

 

(e)                 Termination of Option . Upon the end of the Term, any portion of the Option that remains unexercised shall be forfeited and cancelled with no consideration due to the Optionee.

 

6.                   Investment Representations . Unless the Option Shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Optionee represents and warrants to the Corporation as follows:

 

(a)                 The Optionee is acquiring the Option, and upon exercise of the Option, the Optionee will be acquiring the Option Shares for investment for the Optionee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

(b)                The Optionee has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Corporation or one of its directors, officers or controlling Persons and by reason of the Optionee’s business or financial experience, has, and could be reasonably assumed to have, the capacity to protect the Optionee’s interests in connection with the acquisition of the Option and the Option Shares.

 

(c)                 The Corporation may require the Optionee to make additional representations upon exercise of the Option or any portion thereof.

 

7.                   Non-Transferability of Option . The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies during the Term, the terms of this Agreement and the Plan will be binding upon the executors, administrators, legal guardians, representatives, estate and heirs of the Optionee, whether testamentary heirs or heirs by intestacy.

 

8.                   Restrictions on Option Shares .

 

(a)                 Restrictions on Transfer . The Optionee is not permitted to, in any manner, sell, transfer, assign, donate, pledge, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any Option Share (any such transaction being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ”), except as permitted by and made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                Conditions on All Transfers of Option Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8, and in addition to any other terms and conditions of this Agreement, no Transfer of an Option Share shall be made, or, if attempted or purported to be made, shall be effective, unless and until the Corporation is satisfied that the Transfer will not violate any federal or state securities law or any other law or agreement (including this Agreement). If the Transfer would violate any such law or agreement and the Optionee nevertheless attempts or purports to engage in a Transfer of Option Shares, then the Corporation shall not recognize such Transfer on the books and records of the Corporation and such Transfer will be void. In addition, the Optionee will be liable to the Corporation and the other stockholders of the Corporation for damages, if any, which may result from such attempted or purported Transfer.

 

3
 

 

(c)                 Legend . All certificates representing Option Shares shall have a legend endorsed thereon in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, REPURCHASE RIGHTS, AND/OR FORFEITURE CONDITIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, AN OPTION AGREEMENT, A STOCKHOLDERS’ (OR SIMILAR) AGREEMENT(S), AND/OR OTHER AGREEMENTS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS. COPIES OF SUCH DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS ARE ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON REQUEST TO THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

(d)                Right of First Refusal .

 

(i)                  If the Optionee shall obtain a bona fide written offer (the “ Offer ”) for the Transfer of Shares, whether or not acquired pursuant to the Option, held by the Optionee (the Shares specified in such Offer shall be referred to herein as the “ Offered Shares ”) for a fixed price which the Optionee desires to accept, the Optionee shall deliver prompt written notice (“ Notice ”) of such desire to the Corporation together with a copy of the Offer. The Notice shall set forth the following: (i) the date of the Offer; (ii) the proposed price per Share; (iii) the proposed number of Shares to be subject to the Transfer; (iv) the name or names of the proposed purchaser or purchasers; and (v) all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The Corporation shall consider the Notice in accordance with this Section 8(d).

 

4
 

 

(ii)                The Corporation (or an assignee of the Corporation’s rights under this Section 8(d), the Corporation and any such assignee being referred to in this Section 8(d), collectively or separately, as the context may dictate, as the “ Corporation ”) shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after the date on which the Corporation receives the Notice, to purchase the Offered Shares or any portion of the Offered Shares upon the price and the terms set forth in the Offer.

 

(iii)              If the Corporation does not purchase all of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 8(d), the Optionee may complete the Transfer of the Offered Shares (or any portion thereof) not so purchased only to the proposed purchaser or purchasers who made the Offer and only on the terms contained in the Offer, provided that the proposed purchaser or purchasers agree in writing to be bound by a stock restriction agreement with terms and conditions substantially similar to Section 8 of this Agreement and, provided further, that such Transfer can be made in conformity with the other provisions of this Agreement. If such Transfer does not occur within ninety (90) days after the date of the Offer, the Optionee shall, prior to any Transfer, again offer to sell such Shares to the Corporation in accordance with this Section 8(d).

 

(iv)              The Corporation’s rights under this Section 8(d) shall terminate upon the issuance of the Corporation’s Shares in an initial public offering.

 

9.                   Optionee Covenant; Market Standoff Agreement .

 

(a)                 General . The Optionee hereby agrees that the Optionee will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Corporation’s first underwritten public offering of its common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”, and such offering, an “ IPO ”), and ending on the date specified by the Corporation and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of an IPO, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter for an additional period of up to fifteen (15) days if the Corporation issues or proposes to issue an earnings or other public release within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of the 180-day lockup period), will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Shares, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case without the prior written consent of the underwriters. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9(a) shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any Shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Optionee only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Corporation’s outstanding Shares are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(a) and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

5
 

 

(b)                The restrictions contained in Section 9(a) shall not apply to (i) the registration of or sale to the underwriters of any Shares pursuant to the IPO, (ii) bona fide gifts, provided the recipient thereof agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) dispositions to any trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned and/or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that such trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, or (iv) transfers of Shares by will or intestacy to the undersigned’s immediate family, provided that such transferee agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

(c)                 The Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation and/or the underwriters which are consistent with the provisions of this Section 9. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Corporation or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all stockholders of the Corporation subject to agreements similar to this Section 9, based on the number of Shares subject to such agreements.

 

10.               No Promise of Employment . Neither the Plan nor the Option nor the holding of Option Shares will confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Corporation or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation, or limit, in any respect, the right of the Corporation or any such Affiliate or Subsidiary to discharge the Optionee at any time, with or without Cause and with or without notice.

 

11.               Withholding . The Optionee shall be responsible to make appropriate provision for all taxes required to be withheld in connection with the Option or the exercise thereof. Such responsibility shall extend to all applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. The Corporation or its Subsidiaries, in their sole discretion, shall have the right to retain the number of shares whose Fair Market Value equals the amount to be withheld in satisfaction of the applicable withholding taxes (or to withhold from any payroll or other amounts otherwise due to the Optionee the amount of withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act at the time of exercise of the Option, then the Company shall permit the Optionee to pay the Exercise Price and the withholding taxes relating to the exercise of the Option through a broker-assisted exercise of the Option whereby the broker will sell a number of shares sufficient to pay such Exercise Price and withholding taxes and shall remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company, and with any remaining shares to be credited to the account of the Optionee.

 

6
 

 

12.               The Plan . The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ), has read the Plan and is familiar with its terms, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, and this Agreement. Pursuant to the Plan, the Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as it deems appropriate. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board with respect to the Plan, this Agreement, the Option Shares or any agreement relating to the Option or the Option Shares.

 

13.               Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

14.               Severability . All provisions of this Agreement are distinct and severable and if any clause shall be held to be invalid, illegal or against public policy, the validity or the legality of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and the remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted to give maximum effect to the original intention of the parties hereto.

 

15.               Amendment . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

16.               Employment Agreement Override . If the Optionee is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that provides for any special vesting or exercise benefits in connection with a termination of employment that conflict with those set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of such employment agreement shall control.

 

17.               Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Grant Notice and the Plan, and the other exhibits attached thereto or hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to the award of the Options described herein to Optionee by the Corporation.

 

7
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Edge Therapeutics Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

8
 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.                 Purpose; Definitions . The purposes of the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to: (a) enable Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and its respective affiliated companies to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel; (b) provide those employees, directors and consultants of the Corporation with an incentive for productivity; and (c) provide those personnel with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Corporation.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following capitalized words and phrases will be defined as set forth below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:

 

(a)                 Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.

 

(b)                Award ” means a grant of Options pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                 Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award.

 

(d)                Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as constituted from time to time; provided, however, that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder pursuant to Section 2 , references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with matters to be performed by that Committee.

 

(e)                 Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Corporation or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or adversely affects the Corporation’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance or the relationship the Corporation has with its Affiliates; (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of the subject employment or engagement with the Corporation or its Affiliates; (iii) refusal, failure or inability to perform any material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (v) below) to the Corporation (other than due to a Disability), which failure, refusal or inability is not cured within 30 days after delivery of notice thereof; (iv) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates; or (v) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law, contract or otherwise) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Corporation (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

 

1
 

(f)                 Change of Control ” means, with respect to any entity and except for the sole purpose of changing domicile: (i) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (including by merger or consolidation, but excluding any sales by stockholders or other equity holders made as part of an underwritten public offering of the common stock of the entity) by stockholders of the entity, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than 50% of the voting power represented by the then outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the entity to one or more Persons, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the entity (other than a transfer of financial assets made in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of securitization), or (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of the entity.

 

(g)                Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(h)                Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(i)                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(j)                  Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

(k)                Disabled ” will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code (without regard to the last sentence thereof).

 

(l)                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)              Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a Share, as of any date: (i) in the case of any determination thereof other than in connection with a Change of Control, (x) if the Shares are not publicly traded, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board after using a valuation method that complies with regulations for determining fair market value as promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service; or (y) if the Shares are publicly traded, the last sale price of a Share on the trading day immediately prior to the date of determination of fair market value or, if no sale is publicly reported on such trading day, the last sale price of a Share prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and (ii) in the case of any determination thereof in connection with a Change of Control, the value of a Share attributable to such Shares in the transaction giving rise to the such Change of Control or, if no such value is so attributable, the value as determined by the Board after using a valuation method that complies with regulations for determining fair market value as promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(n)                Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2
 

(o)                Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may, to the extent that it deems necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, require that each “Non-Employee Director” also be an “outside director” as that term is defined in regulations under Section 162(m).

 

(p)                Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                Option ” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(r)                  Participant ” means an employee, consultant, Director, or other service provider of or to the Corporation or any of its respective Affiliates to whom an Award is granted.

 

(s)                 Person ” or “ Persons ” means an individual(s), partnership(s), corporation(s), limited liability company(ies), trust(s), joint venture(s), unincorporated association(s), or other entity(ies) or association(s).

 

(t)                  Shares ” means shares of the Corporation’s common stock, $0.00033 par value per share, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(u)                Stockholders’ Agreement ” means any Stockholders’ Agreement, Voting Agreement, Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement or other similar agreement to be executed and delivered by a Participant at the time of any event of an Award or upon the exercise of any Options subject to an Award, as determined by the Board, and in such form from time to time prescribed by the Board, as amended from time to time.

 

(v)                Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Corporation, a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

 

Section 2.                 Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; provided, further that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe and will be coextensive with, and not in lieu of, the authority of the Board hereunder.

 

Subject to the requirements of the Corporation’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time), Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and/or any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee established under this Section 2 will be composed of not fewer than 2 members, each of whom will serve for such period of time as the Board determines; provided, however, that if the Corporation has a class of securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all members of any Committee established pursuant to this Section 2 will be Non-Employee Directors. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

 

3
 

Directors who are eligible for Awards or have received Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Awards, except that no such member will act upon the grant of an Award to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the grant of Awards to himself or herself.

 

The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan. In particular, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board will have the authority:

 

(a)                 to select the Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 4 );

 

(b)                to determine the type of Award to be granted to any Person hereunder;

 

(c)                 to determine the number and type of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award (consistent with the provisions of Section 3 regarding the maximum number of Shares subject to the Plan);

 

(d)                to establish the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement;

 

(e)                 to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be exercised without a payment of cash under Section 5(d) ; and

 

(f)                 to require execution of a Stockholders’ Agreement which may include, among other things, restrictions on resale of Shares and/or a requirement to sell Shares in connection with a Change of Control or other similar transactions, and may impose a limitation on marketability in connection with a public offering of the Corporation’s stock.

 

The Board will have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.

 

4
 

All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons, including the Corporation and Participants. No Director will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.

 

Section 3.                 Shares Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)                 Shares Subject to the Plan . The Shares to be subject to Options under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Corporation, whether or not previously issued and subsequently acquired by the Corporation. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options under the Plan is 1,500,000. The Corporation will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.

 

(b)                Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Awards . If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan. Similarly, if any Share is withheld pursuant to Section 9(e) in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Award, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan. If any Share is received in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

(c)                 Other Adjustment . In the event of any recapitalization, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction affecting the Shares, equitable substitutions or adjustments may be made by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) the aggregate number, type and issuer of the securities reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number, type and issuer of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and (iii) the exercise price of outstanding Options.

 

(d)                Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change of Control of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, the Board, as constituted prior to such Change of Control, may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change of Control: (i) cause any or all outstanding Options to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (ii) cancel any Option in exchange for an option to purchase common stock of any successor corporation or its parent in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.424-1 (a)(4)(i) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option); or (iii) cancel any Option held by a Participant affected by the Change of Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change of Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change of Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor.

 

5
 

For purposes of clause (d)(ii) in this Section 3 , the exchange of an Option issued under the Plan for an option to purchase common stock of any successor corporation or its parent shall be permitted only to the extent that the ratio of the exercise price to the fair market value of the shares subject to the Option immediately after the substitution or assumption is not greater than the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option immediately before the substitution or assumption.

 

Section 4.                 Eligibility . Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Corporation or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Persons who are not employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary are not eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options but are eligible to be granted other types of Awards.

 

Section 5.                 Options . Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options, or (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve. Without limiting the generality of Section 3(a) , any number of the maximum number of Shares provided for in Section 3(a) may be subject to Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, or any combination thereof.

 

The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

(a)                 Option Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of the grant. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

(b)                Option Term . The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Incentive Stock Option will be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date the Option is granted. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than five (5) years. No Option may be exercised by any Person after expiration of the term of the Option.

 

(c)                 Exercisability . Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board at the time of grant. If the Board provides, in its sole and absolute discretion, that any Option is exercisable only in installments, the Board may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

6
 

(d)                Method of Exercise . Subject to the exercisability provisions of Section 5(c) and the termination provisions set forth in Section 6 , Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option, by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Corporation specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by cash or certified or bank check, or such other means as the Board may accept in its sole discretion. As determined by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, at or after grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of previously acquired Shares may be authorized only at the time the Option is granted.

 

No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

(e)                 Incentive Stock Option Limitations . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted. To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(f)                 Termination of Service . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 6 with respect to exercise upon or following termination of employment or other service.

 

(g)                Transferability of Options . Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option, no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or, in the event of his or her Disability, by his or her personal representative.

 

Section 6.                 Termination of Service . Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Option in the applicable Award Agreement, all Options will remain exercisable after termination of employment only to the extent specified in this Section 6 .

 

(a)                 Termination by Reason of Death . If a Participant’s service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine, at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) twelve (12) months from the date of death, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

7
 

(b)                Termination by Reason of Disability . If a Participant’s service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his or her personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) twelve (12) months from the date of termination of service, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(c)                 Cause. If a Participant’s service with the Corporation or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Corporation has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Corporation will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.

 

(d)                Other Termination . If a Participant’s service with the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, then, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring on the earliest to occur of (i) ninety (90) days from the date of termination of service, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

Section 7.                 [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 8.                 Amendments and Termination . The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time, but except as otherwise provided in Section 3(d) of the Plan, no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which (i) would impair the rights of a Participant with respect to an Award, without that Participant’s consent, or (ii) would (a) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section 3(c) hereof), or (b) change the Persons or class of Persons eligible to receive Awards, without the approval by the stockholders of the Corporation within 365 days of the date on which such amendment is adopted by the Board in a manner consistent with Section 1.422-5 of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 9.                 General Provisions .

 

(a)                 The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Corporation in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Corporation for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate. The certificate evidencing any Award and any securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

8
 

(b)                All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(c)                 Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(d)                Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will (i) confer upon any employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate any right to continued employment or engagement with the Corporation or such Affiliate, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or such Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

 

(e)                 No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including, without limitation, Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Corporation under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Corporation will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such Social Security contribution and taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

Section 10.             Effective Date of Plan . Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Corporation’s stockholders within 12 months of the Plan’s adoption by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board.

 

Section 11.             Term of Plan . The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the date of stockholder approval of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of Shares subject to the Plan, the 10th anniversary of the date of such approval); provided, further that Incentive Stock Options granted prior to such 10th anniversary may extend beyond such date.

 

Section 12.             Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

 

9
 

Section 13.             Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and judicial decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 14.             Board Action . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Corporation or other Persons required by:

 

(a)                 the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);

 

(b)                the Corporation’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and

 

(c)                 any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Corporation and its stockholders or other Persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

Section 15.             Notices . Any notice to be given to the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Corporation to its principal executive office to the attention of its President or Chief Executive Officer (or such other Person as the Corporation may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to the address given beneath his or her signature on his or her Award Agreement, or at such other address as such Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Corporation. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered 3 days after the date of mailing.

 

ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF PLAN

 

Date Plan adopted by Board: December 18, 2012

 

 

 

10
 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

UNDER THE
EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

__________ shares of Common Stock

 

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the ___ th Day of December, 2012, between Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and [__________] (the “ Optionee ”).

 

Background

 

A. The Corporation maintains the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of its employees, directors and consultants.

 

B. The Plan permits the award of Options to purchase shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, $0.00033 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), subject to the terms of the Plan (the “ Shares ”).

 

C. The Corporation desires to obtain the services of the Optionee as [__________] and induce him to serve as such by granting an Option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth herein.

 

Common Stock

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Award of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase [________] Shares (the “ Option Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock. This grant is being made in connection with a certain Board of Directors Agreement entered into between the Corporation and the Optionee as of the date hereof. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and in all respects is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan applicable to Non-Qualified Stock Options, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise specified herein or unless the context herein requires otherwise, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

2. Nature of the Option . The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option described by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation makes no representation as to the taxation of the Option and the Corporation has not advised the Optionee on such matters.

 

3. Date of Grant; Expiration of Option . The Option is granted as of the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”), and may not be exercised later than the date that is 10 years after date of grant, subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

 

4. Option Exercise Price . The total cost to the Optionee to purchase, pursuant to this Agreement, one Share is the greater of (i) the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option, based on an appraisal conducted by independent valuation expert, and (ii) $1.75.

 

 
 

5. Exercise of Option . The Option will be exercisable during its term only in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

(a) Right to Exercise .

 

1) Fifty percent (50%) of the Option Shares shall vest and be exercisable upon execution of this Agreement.

 

2) An additional fifty percent (50%) Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable if the Optionee remains in continuous service as a director to the Corporation through the applicable vesting date as follows: (x) 6.25% of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable on July 31, 2013, and (y) 6.25% of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable on a quarter annual basis commencing on October 15, 2013 and continuing on the fifteenth day of each January, April, July, and October until fully vested on April 15, 2017.

 

(b) Method of Exercise . The Optionee may exercise the Option by providing written notice to the Corporation stating the election to exercise the Option, specifying the number of Option Shares to be purchased and making such additional representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to the Option Shares as may be required by the Board hereunder or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person, by overnight courier or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation or such other Person as may be designated by the Corporation in writing to the Optionee. The written notice shall be accompanied by (i) payment of the purchase price, (ii) an executed Stock Restriction Agreement, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Stock Restriction Agreement ”), and (iv) an executed Market Standoff Agreement in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Market Standoff Agreement ”). Payment of the purchase price shall be by cash, or certified or bank check or such other consideration and method of payment as may be authorized by the Corporation’s Board, including, without limitation, the tender of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date the Option is exercised. The certificate(s) for the Shares as to which the Option shall be exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and shall be legended as required under the Plan, the Stock Restriction Agreement, the Market Standoff Agreement, and/or applicable law. No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an option until full payment therefor has been made. The Optionee will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Option Shares until the Optionee has given written notice of exercise and has paid for such Shares in full.

 

(c) Partial Exercise . The Option may be exercised in whole or in part; provided, however, that any exercise may apply only with respect to whole numbers of Option Shares.

 

(d) Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised on an accelerated basis upon an initial public offering of the Corporation’s securities. The Option shall immediately become fully vested and exercisable in connection with a Change of Control, notwithstanding any action the Board may take pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Plan, and the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option in connection with, and contingent upon, such Change of Control. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws or other laws or regulations. As a further condition to the exercise of the Option, the Corporation may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Corporation as may be required by or advisable under any applicable securities laws or regulations or applicable listing standards.

 

6. Investment Representations . Unless the Option Shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, in connection with the acquisition of the Option, the Optionee represents and warrants to the Corporation as follows:

 

(a) The Optionee is acquiring the Option, and upon exercise of the Option, the Optionee will be acquiring the Option Shares for investment for the Optionee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

(b) The Optionee has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Corporation or one of its directors, officers or controlling Persons and by reason of the Optionee’s business or financial experience, has, and could be reasonably assumed to have, the capacity to protect the Optionee’s interests in connection with the acquisition of the Option and the Option Shares.

 

The Board may require the Optionee to make additional representations upon exercise of the Option, to the extent necessary to satisfy applicable laws.

 

2
 

7. Non-Transferability of Option . The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. During the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee or, in the event of the Optionee’s Disability, by his or her personal representative. Subject to the foregoing and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Option will be binding upon the executors, administrators, legal guardians, representatives and heirs of the Optionee, meaning for purposes of this Agreement, both testamentary heirs and heirs by intestacy.

 

8. Withholding . The Corporation reserves the right to withhold, in accordance with any applicable laws, from any consideration payable or property transferable to Optionee any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local law as a result of the grant or exercise of this Option or the sale or other disposition of the Shares. If the amount of any consideration payable to the Optionee is insufficient to pay such taxes or if no consideration is payable to the Optionee, upon the request of the Corporation, the Optionee (or such other Person entitled to exercise this Option pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan) will pay to the Corporation an amount sufficient for the Corporation to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding requirements applicable to and as a condition to the grant or exercise of this Option or the sale or other disposition of the Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option. The minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including Option Shares.

 

9. The Plan . The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan (a copy of which is attached hereto), has read the Plan and is familiar with its terms, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time. Pursuant to the Plan, the Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as it deems appropriate. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan with respect to the Option Shares or any Agreement related to such Shares.

 

10. Governing Law . This Option Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

11. Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Plan and the other exhibits attached thereto or hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to the award of Options to Optionee by the Corporation.

 

13. No Right of Continued Service . Nothing in this Agreement will confer upon the Option any right to continued service with the Corporation or an Affiliate or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or such Affiliate to terminate such service relationship.

 

14. Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

 

15. Notices . Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Corporation to its principal executive office to the attention of its President or Chief Executive Officer (or such other Person as the Corporation may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to the Optionee, to the address given beneath his or her signature below, or at such other address as the Optionee may hereafter designate in writing to the Corporation. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered 3 days after the date of mailing.

 

3
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the ___ th day of December, 2012.

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

By: ____________________________

 

Name: Brian A. Leuthner

 

Title: CEO & President

 

OPTIONEE

 

____________________________

 

Signature

 

Address:

 

THIS OPTION AND THE SECURITIES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN ACQUIRED WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF, BY GIFT OR OTHERWISE, OR IN ANY WAY ENCUMBERED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR A SATISFACTORY OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC. THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT, MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT AND/OR RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE CORPORATION AND THE CORPORATION, COPIES OF WHICH THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

4
 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

 

[Attached]

 

5
 

EXHIBIT B

 

MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT

 

[Attached]

 

6
 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.  

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors August 27, 2014

 

Approved by the Shareholders November 3, 2014

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.                 Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to assist the Company and its Subsidiaries in attracting and retaining valued Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors by offering them a greater stake in the Company’s success and a closer identity with it, and to encourage ownership of the Company’s stock by such Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors.

 

Section 2.                 Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

2.1.             Award ” means the grant of Restricted Stock, Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Units or Other Awards under the Plan.

 

2.2.             Award Agreement ” means the written agreement, instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

2.3.             Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4.             Cause ” means,

 

(a)                 if the applicable Participant is party to an effective employment, consulting, severance or similar agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, and such term is defined therein, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement;

 

(b)                if the applicable Participant is not a party to an effective employment, consulting, severance or similar agreement or if no definition of “Cause” is set forth in the applicable employment, consulting, severance or similar agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in the applicable Award Agreement;

 

(c)                 if neither (a) nor (b) applies, then “Cause” shall mean, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, (i) the Participant’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or its Subsidiaries; (ii) the Participant’s conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving fraud or moral turpitude; (iii) the Participant’s engaging in any business that directly or indirectly competes with the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iv) disclosure of trade secrets, customer lists or confidential information of the Company or its Subsidiaries to a competitor or an unauthorized person.

 

2.5.             Change in Control ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:

 

(a)                 the acquisition in one or more transactions (whether by purchase, merger or otherwise) by any “Person” (as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding, for this purpose, (i) the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) an entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) of “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (the “ Voting Securities ”);

 

(b)                a change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who as of any date constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board at any time during the 24-month period immediately following such date; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board, and provided further that any reductions in the size of the Board that are instituted voluntarily by the Incumbent Board shall not constitute a Change in Control, and after any such reduction the “Incumbent Board” shall mean the Board as so reduced;

 

(c)                 a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(d)                the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets (determined on a consolidated basis), other than to a Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.5(a) above.

2
 

 

2.6.             Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.7.             Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

2.8.             Company ” means Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

 

2.9.             Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, provided that the Committee shall at all times have at least two members, each of whom shall be a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, an “outside director” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder and an “independent director” under the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

 

2.10.         Consultant ” means a natural person who provides bona fide services to the Company or its Subsidiaries other than in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and is not engaged in activities that directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

2.11.         Disability ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

2.12.         Effective Date” means the date that the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.

 

2.13.         Employee ” means an officer or other employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, including a director who is such an employee.

 

2.14.         Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.15.         Fair Market Value ” means, on any given date (i) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed on a national securities exchange, including the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”), the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the exchange for such date, or if no sale was made on such date on the exchange, on the last preceding day on which a sale occurred; (ii) if shares of Common Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange but are then quoted on another stock quotation system, the closing price for the shares of Common Stock as quoted on such quotation system on such date, or if no sale was made on such date on such quotation system, on the last preceding day on which a sale was made; or (iii) if (i) and (ii) do not apply, such value as the Committee in its discretion may in good faith determine in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (and, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder).

 

2.16.         Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option or portion thereof intended to meet the requirements of an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code and designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.17.         Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

2.18.         Non-Qualified Option ” means an Option or portion thereof not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.19.         Option ” means a right granted under Section 6.1 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a specified price. An Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Option; provided, however, that unless otherwise explicitly stated in an Award Agreement, each Option shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2.20.         Participant ” means any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who receives an Award.

3
 

 

2.21.         Performance Goals ” means any goals established by the Committee in its sole discretion, the attainment of which is substantially uncertain at the time such goals are established. Performance Goals may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or the Subsidiary, division, department or function within the Company or Subsidiary in which the Participant is employed. Performance Goals may be measured on an absolute or relative basis. Relative performance may be measured by a group of peer companies or by a financial market index. To the extent that the Award is intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), then such Award shall be based on the achievement of one or more of the following performance goals: specified levels of or increases in return on capital, equity or assets; earnings measures/ratios (on a gross, net, pre-tax or post-tax basis), including diluted earnings per share, total earnings, operating earnings, earnings growth, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); net economic profit (which is operating earnings minus a charge to capital); net income; operating income; sales; sales growth; gross margin; direct margin; share price (including but not limited to growth measures and total shareholder return); operating profit; per period or cumulative cash flow (including but not limited to operating cash flow and free cash flow) or cash flow return on investment (which equals net cash flow divided by total capital); inventory turns; financial return ratios; market share; balance sheet measurements such as receivable turnover; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; debt reduction; strategic innovation, including but not limited to entering into, substantially completing, or receiving payments under, relating to, or deriving from a joint development agreement, licensing agreement, or similar agreement; customer or employee satisfaction; individual objectives; operating efficiency; regulatory body approvals for commercialization of products; implementation or completion of critical projects or related milestones (including, without limitation, milestones such as clinical trial enrollment targets, commencement of phases of clinical trials and completion of phases of clinical trials); partnering or similar transactions; and any combination of any of the foregoing criteria. If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Performance Goals unsuitable, the Committee may modify such Performance Goals or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable (but, with respect to any Award that is intended to constitute “qualifying performance-based compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)),only to the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m)).

 

2.22.         Performance Period ” means the period selected by the Committee during which the performance of the Company, any Subsidiary, any department of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any individual is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Goal has been achieved.

 

2.23.         Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock awarded by the Committee under Section 6.3 of the Plan.

 

2.24.         Restricted Stock Unit ” means the right granted under Section 6.4 of the Plan to receive, on the date of settlement, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock. An Award of Restricted Stock Units may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination of the foregoing.

 

2.25.         Restriction Period ” means the period during which Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture.

 

2.26.         SAR ” means a stock appreciation right awarded by the Committee under Section 6.2 of the Plan.

 

2.27.         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.28.         Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which 50% or more of the outstanding voting power is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

 

2.29.         Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person who on any given date owns, either directly or indirectly (taking into account the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

Section 3.                 Eligibility . Any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan; provided, however, that only persons who are Employees may be granted Options which are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options.

4
 

 

Section 4.                 Administration and Implementation of the Plan .

 

4.1.             The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be administered by the Committee. Any action of the Committee in administering the Plan and an Award Agreement shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, Participants, persons claiming rights from or through Participants and shareholders of the Company. No member of the Committee (or any person to whom the Committee has delegated authority to act under the Plan) shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith by the Committee (or such person) with respect to the Plan or any Awards granted hereunder, and all members of the Committee (and such persons) shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

4.2.             Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and final authority in its discretion to (i) select the Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants who will receive Awards pursuant to the Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to which an Award will relate, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, restrictions as to vesting, transferability or forfeiture, exercisability or settlement of an Award and waivers or accelerations thereof, and waivers of or modifications to Performance Goals relating to an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine) and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award; (iv) determine the exercise price or purchase price (if any) of an Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be cancelled, forfeited, or surrendered; (vi) determine whether, and to certify that, Performance Goals to which an Award is subject are satisfied; (vii) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and adopt, amend and rescind such rules, regulations, guidelines, forms of agreements and instruments relating to the Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable; (viii) construe and interpret the Plan; and (ix) make all other determinations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee shall be prohibited from effecting a repricing of any outstanding Award without shareholder approval.

 

4.3.             To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate some or all of its authority with respect to the Plan and Awards to any executive officer of the Company or any other person or persons designated by the Committee, in each case, acting individually or as a committee, provided that the Committee may not delegate its authority hereunder to any person to make Awards to (a) Employees who are (i) “officers” as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act, (ii) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or (iii) officers or other Employees who are delegated authority by the Committee pursuant to this Section or (b) members of the Board. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or thereafter. The Committee may at any time rescind the authority delegated to any person pursuant to this Section. Any action undertaken by any such person or persons in accordance with the Committee’s delegation of authority pursuant to this Section shall have the same force and effect as if undertaken directly by the Committee.

 

Section 5.                 Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

5.1.             Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 hereof, the total number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan as of the Effective Date shall be 2,500,000 (the “Plan Limit”); provided, however, that on January 1, 2015 and each January 1 st thereafter prior to the termination of the Plan, the Plan Limit shall be increased by the lesser of (x) 4% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31 st and (y) such lesser number as the Board may determine in its discretion. Up to 2,000,000 shares available for Awards under the Plan may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options, and no more than 1,250,000 shares may be awarded to any Participant in any one calendar year. For purposes of determining the number of shares available for Awards under the Plan, each stock-settled SAR shall count against the Plan Limit based on the number of shares underlying the exercised portion of such SAR rather than the number of shares issued in settlement of such SAR. Any shares tendered, with the Committee’s approval, by a Participant in payment of an exercise price for an Award or the tax liability with respect to an Award, including shares withheld from any such Award, shall not be available for future Awards hereunder. Common Stock awarded under the Plan may be reserved or made available from the Company’s authorized and unissued Common Stock or from Common Stock reacquired and held in the Company’s treasury. Any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company through the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from an acquired company shall not reduce the shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan.

 

5.2.             If any shares subject to an Award under the Plan are forfeited or such Award otherwise terminates or is settled for any reason whatsoever without an actual distribution of shares to the Participant, any shares counted against the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to the Plan with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, settlement, or termination, again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may adopt procedures for the counting of shares relating to any Award to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting, provide for adjustments in any case in which the number of shares actually distributed differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with such Award, and if necessary, to comply with applicable law or regulations.

5
 

 

Section 6.                 Awards . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the settlement or exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including without limitation terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of the termination of employment or other relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant; provided, however, that the Committee shall retain full power to accelerate or waive any such additional term or condition as it may have previously imposed (provided that, in any case, any such action is permitted under Code Section 409A). The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such Performance Goals as may be determined by the Committee. Each Award, and the terms and conditions applicable thereto, shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

6.1.             Options . Options give a Participant the right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock from the Company for a specified time period at a fixed exercise price, as provided in the applicable Award Agreement. Options may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options; provided that Incentive Stock Options may not be granted to Non-Employee Directors or Consultants. The grant of Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                 Exercise Price . The price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement, but shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder).

 

(b)                Term of Options. The term of an Option shall be specified in the Award Agreement, but shall in no event be greater than ten years from the grant date (or five years from the grant date in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder).

 

(c)                 Exercise of Option. Each Award Agreement with respect to an Option shall specify the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part and the terms and conditions applicable thereto, including (i) a vesting schedule which may be based upon the passage of time, attainment of Performance Goals or a combination thereof, (ii) whether the exercise price for an Option shall be paid in cash, with shares of Common Stock, with any combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, or with other legal consideration that the Committee may deem appropriate, (iii) the methods of payment, which may include payment through cashless and net exercise arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable law and (iv) the methods by which, or the time or times at which, Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants upon the exercise of such Option. Payment of the exercise price shall in all events be made within three days after the date of exercise of an Option. With respect to any Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such Participant may direct the Company to reduce the number of Shares that would otherwise be deliverable upon the exercise of his or her Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price of the portion of the Option then being exercised.

 

(d)                Termination of Employment or Other Service . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, the unvested portion of such Participant’s Options shall cease to vest and shall be forfeited and the vested portion of such Participant’s Options shall remain exercisable by the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or legal representative, as the case may be, for a period of (i) 30 days in the event of a termination by the Company or a Subsidiary without Cause, (ii) 180 days in the event of a termination due to death or Disability and (iii) 30 days in the event of the Participant’s voluntary termination; provided, however, that in no event shall any Option be exercisable after its stated term has expired. All of a Participant’s Options, whether or not vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon such Participant’s termination by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause.

 

(e)                 Incentive Stock Options . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a “disqualifying disposition” (as defined in Section 421(b) of the Code) of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of any period during which a disqualifying disposition could occur, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such shares. The aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of grant, for Awards granted under the Plan (or any other stock option plan required to be taken into account under Section 422(d) of the Code) that are intended to be Incentive Stock Options which are first exercisable by the Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent an Award purporting to be an Incentive Stock Option exceeds the limitation in the previous sentence, the portion of the Award in excess of such limit shall be a Non-Qualified Option.

6
 

 

6.2.             Stock Appreciation Rights . An SAR shall confer on the Participant a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee, but which may never be less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The grant of SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                 General . Each Award Agreement with respect to an SAR shall specify the number of SARs granted, the grant price of the SAR, the time or times at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including vesting upon the passage of time, the attainment of Performance Goals, or a combination thereof), the method of exercise, method of settlement (in cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof), method by which Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants (if applicable) and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.

 

(b)                Termination of Employment or Other Service . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, the unvested portion of such Participant’s SARs shall cease to vest and shall be forfeited and the vested portion of such Participant’s SARs shall remain exercisable by the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or legal representative, as the case may be, for a period of (i) 30 days in the event of a termination by the Company or a Subsidiary without Cause, (ii) 180 days in the event of a termination due to death or Disability and (iii) 30 days in the event of the Participant’s voluntary termination; provided, however, that in no event shall any SAR be exercisable after its stated term has expired. All of a Participant’s SARs, whether or not vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon such Participant’s termination by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause.

 

(c)                 Term . The term of an SAR shall be specified in the Award Agreement, but shall in no event be greater than ten years.

 

6.3.             Restricted Stock . An Award of Restricted Stock is a grant by the Company of a specified number of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, which shares are subject to forfeiture upon the happening of specified events during the Restriction Period. Such an Award shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                 General . Each Award Agreement with respect to Restricted Stock shall specify the duration of the Restriction Period and/or each installment thereof, the conditions under which the Restricted Stock may be forfeited to the Company, and the amount, if any, the Participant must pay to receive the Restricted Stock. Such restrictions may include a vesting schedule based upon the passage of time, the attainment of Performance Goals or a combination thereof.

 

(b)                Transferability . During the Restriction Period, the transferability of Restricted Stock shall be prohibited or restricted in the manner and to the extent prescribed in the applicable Award Agreement. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, rights of repurchase or first refusal in the Company or provisions subjecting the Restricted Stock to a continuing substantial risk of forfeiture in the hands of any transferee.

 

(c)                 Shareholder Rights . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, during the Restriction Period the Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends thereon (whether in cash or shares of Common Stock) and to vote such shares of Restricted Stock; provided, however, that dividends shall be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying Restricted Stock (unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award Agreement) and cash dividends shall be held by the Company in its general assets and released to the Participant only upon the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock (unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award Agreement).

 

(d)                Termination of Employment or Other Service . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, the unvested portion of each Award of Restricted Stock held by such Participant shall be forfeited with no compensation due the Participant.

 

(e)                 Additional Matters . Upon the Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may direct the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award be issued to the Participant or placed in a restricted stock account (including an electronic account) with the transfer agent and in either case designating the Participant as the registered owner. The certificate(s), if any, representing such shares shall be physically or electronically legended, as applicable, as to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other encumbrances during the Restriction Period and, if issued to the Participant, returned to the Company to be held in escrow during the Restriction Period. In all cases, the Participant shall sign a stock power endorsed in blank to the Company to be held in escrow during the Restriction Period.

7
 

 

6.4.             Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock Units are solely a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant under the Plan. Restricted Stock Units do not constitute Common Stock and shall not be treated as (or as giving rise to) property or as a trust fund of any kind; provided, however, that the Company may establish a bookkeeping reserve to meet its obligations hereunder or a trust or other funding vehicle that would not cause the Plan to be deemed to be funded for tax purposes or for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The right of any Participant in respect of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. The grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                 Restriction Period . Each Award Agreement with respect to Restricted Stock Units shall specify the duration of the Restriction Period, if any, and/or each installment thereof and the conditions under which such Award may be forfeited to the Company. Such restrictions may include a vesting schedule based upon the passage of time, the attainment of Performance Goals or a combination thereof.

 

(b)                Termination of Employment or Other Service. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, the unvested portion of each Award of Restricted Stock Units credited to such Participant shall be forfeited with no compensation due the Participant.

 

(c)                 Settlement . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement (i) an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock, provided that any fractional Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in cash and (ii) subject to the Participant’s continued employment or other service with the Company or a Subsidiary from the date of grant through the expiration of the Restriction Period (or applicable portion thereof), the vested portion of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be settled within 30 days after the expiration of the Restriction Period (or applicable portion thereof).

 

(d)                Shareholder Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to give any Participant rights as a shareholder with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units (including, without limitation, any voting, dividend or derivative or other similar rights). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that amounts equal to any dividends declared during the Restriction Period on the shares of Common Stock represented by an Award of Restricted Stock Units will be credited to the Participant’s account and deemed to be reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units, such additional Restricted Stock Units to be subject to the same forfeiture restrictions and settlement date as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate.

 

6.5.             Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants any type of Award (in addition to those Awards provided in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 hereof) that is payable in, or valued in whole or in part by reference to, shares of Common Stock, and that is deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, dividend equivalents, performance shares and performance units (“ Other Awards ”).

 

Section 7.                 Change in Control .

 

7.1.             General . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of all outstanding Awards such that all outstanding Awards are fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable (effective immediately prior to such Change in Control) and may determine whether all applicable Performance Goals have been achieved and the applicable level of performance.

8
 

 

7.2.             Options and SARs . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion, may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Options and SARs that are outstanding as of such Change in Control: (a) cancel any outstanding Options or SARs in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option or SAR as of the date of the Change in Control over the exercise price or grant price, as the case may be, of such portion, provided that any Option or SAR with an exercise price or grant price, as the case may be, that equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of such Change in Control shall be cancelled with no payment due the Participant; (b) terminate any Option or SAR, effectively immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided that the Company provides the Participant an opportunity to exercise such Award within a specified period following the Participant’s receipt of a written notice of such Change in Control and the Company’s intention to terminate such Awards, effective immediately prior to such Change in Control; (c) terminate any Options or SARs, the Performance Goals of which have not been satisfied as of the Change in Control, (d) require the successor or acquiring company (or its parents or subsidiaries), following a Change in Control, to assume any outstanding Option or SAR and to substitute such Option or SAR with awards involving the common equity securities of such company on terms and conditions necessary to preserve the rights of Participants with respect to such Options or SARs or (e) take such other actions as the Committee believes may be appropriate.

 

7.3.             Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards . With respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Awards, the Committee generally may (a) provide in an Award that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, any vested Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards shall become immediately vested and/or payable, provided that if such Awards constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) such Change in Control satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v), (vi) or (vii); (b) with respect to any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Awards that do not constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation,” elect to settle such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards upon a Change in Control, (c) terminate any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Awards if the applicable Performance Goals were not satisfied as of the Change in Control, (d) require the successor or acquiring company (or its parents or subsidiaries), following a Change in Control, to assume such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards or to substitute such Awards with awards involving the equity securities of the acquiring or successor company on terms and conditions so as to preserve the rights of participants, or (e) to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, take such other actions as the Committee believes may be appropriate (including terminating such Awards for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares).

 

The judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter referred to in this Section 7 shall be conclusive and binding upon each Participant without the need for any amendment to the Plan.

 

Section 8.                 Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization .

 

8.1.             In order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan as a result of any stock dividend, recapitalization, forward stock split or reverse stock split, reorganization, division, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or share exchange, extraordinary or unusual cash distribution or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Common Stock, the Committee shall adjust (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, (iii) the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan (including any of the specific limitations under Section 5 hereof), and (iv) the exercise or grant price relating to any Award. Any such adjustment shall be made in an equitable manner which reflects the effect of such transaction or event. It is provided, however, that in the case of any such transaction or event, the Committee may make any additional adjustments to the items in (i) through (iv) above which it deems appropriate in the circumstances, or make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding Award; and it is provided, further, that no adjustment shall be made under this Section that would cause the Plan to violate Section 422 of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options or that would adversely affect the status of any Award that is “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

9
 

 

8.2.             In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards, including any Performance Goals, in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in Section 8.1) affecting the Company or any Subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all adjustments shall be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder to the extent applicable, and with respect to any Award that is “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Section 9.                 Termination and Amendment .

 

9.1.             Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of the Company’s shareholders or Participants, except that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders if (i) such action would increase the number of shares subject to the Plan, (ii) such action would decrease the price at which Awards may be granted, or (iii) such shareholder approval is required by any applicable federal, state or foreign law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit such other changes to the Plan to the Company’s shareholders for approval; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 18, without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award unless such modification is necessary to ensure a deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code or to avoid the additional tax described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.2.             The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 18, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of any Award may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award unless such modification is necessary to ensure a deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code or to avoid the additional tax described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.3.             Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9 to the contrary, any Performance Goal applicable to an Award shall not be deemed a fixed contractual term, but shall remain subject to adjustment by the Committee, in its discretion at any time in view of the Committee’s assessment of the Company’s strategy, performance of comparable companies, and other circumstances, except to the extent that any such adjustment to a performance condition would adversely affect the status of an Award intended to satisfy the “qualified performance-based compensation” exception under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

9.4.             Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, no Award may be repriced, replaced or regranted through cancellation without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Committee from taking any action provided for in Section 8.

 

Section 10.             No Right to Award, Employment or Service . No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation that the terms of Awards be uniform or consistent among Participants. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary. For purposes of this Plan, a transfer of employment or service between the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed a termination of employment or service; provided, however, that individuals employed by, or otherwise providing services to, an entity that ceases to be a Subsidiary shall be deemed to have incurred a termination of employment or service, as the case may be, as of the date such entity ceases to be a Subsidiary unless such individual becomes an employee of, or service provider to, the Company or another Subsidiary as of the date of such cessation.

 

Section 11.             Taxes . Each Participant must make appropriate arrangement for the payment of any taxes relating to an Award granted hereunder. The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Common Stock or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include the ability to withhold or receive Common Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations. Withholding of taxes in the form of shares of Common Stock with respect to an Award shall not occur at a rate that exceeds the minimum required statutory federal and state withholding rates.

10
 

 

Section 12.             Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries . No Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to, or in favor of, or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to, any party, other than the Company or any Subsidiary, or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such Awards and rights shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that Options, SARs and Restricted Stock be transferable, without consideration, to immediate family members (i.e., children, grandchildren or spouse), to trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members and to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (any vesting conditions shall be unaffected by such transfer). The Committee may attach to such transferability feature such terms and conditions as it deems advisable. In addition, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary (which may be a person or a trust) to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any distribution, with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. A beneficiary, guardian, legal representative or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

Section 13.             Foreign Nationals . Without amending the Plan, Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors who are foreign nationals or are employed or providing services outside the United States or both, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose, provided that no such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as then in effect, unless the Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

 

Section 14.             Securities Law Requirements .

 

14.1.         No shares of Common Stock may be issued hereunder if the Company shall at any time determine that to do so would (i) violate the listing requirements of an applicable securities exchange, or adversely affect the registration or qualification of the Company’s Common Stock under any state or federal law, or (ii) require the consent or approval of any regulatory body or the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities. In any of the events referred to in clause (i) or clause (ii) above, the issuance of such shares shall be suspended and shall not be effective unless and until such withholding, listing, registration, qualifications or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, notwithstanding any termination of any Award or any portion of any Award during the period when issuance has been suspended.

 

14.2.         The Committee may require, as a condition to the issuance of shares hereunder, representations, warranties and agreements to the effect that such shares are being purchased or acquired by the Participant for investment only and without any present intention to sell or otherwise distribute such shares and that the Participant will not dispose of such shares in transactions which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, would violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Section 15.             Termination . Unless earlier terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the earlier of the 10-year anniversary of the Effective Date or the 10-year anniversary of the date the Plan was approved by the Board, and no Awards under the Plan shall thereafter be granted.

 

Section 16.             Fractional Shares . The Company will not be required to issue any fractional shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan. The Committee may provide for the elimination of fractions and settlement of such fractional shares of Common Stock in cash.

11
 

 

Section 17.             Discretion . In exercising, or declining to exercise, any grant of authority or discretion hereunder, the Committee may consider or ignore such factors or circumstances and may accord such weight to such factors and circumstances as the Committee alone and in its sole judgment deems appropriate and without regard to the effect such exercise, or declining to exercise such grant of authority or discretion, would have upon the affected Participant, any other Participant, any Employee, the Company, any Subsidiary, any affiliate, any shareholder or any other person.

 

Section 18.             Code Section 409A . The Plan and all Awards are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, Code Section 409A and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event any Award is subject to Code Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Award, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions as deemed appropriate by the Committee to (i) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Code Section 409A, (ii) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award or (iii) comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or in an Award Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company, any member of the Committee nor any Subsidiary shall have any liability or obligation to any Participant or any other person for taxes, interest, penalties or fines (including any of the foregoing resulting from the failure of any Award granted hereunder to comply with, or be exempt from, Code Section 409A).

 

Section 19.             Governing Law . The validity and construction of the Plan and any Award Agreements entered into thereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, but without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Section 20.             Recoupment . Any Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to mandatory repayment by the Participant to the Company pursuant to the terms of any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy directly applicable to the Plan and (i) set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement or (ii) required by law to be applicable to the Participant.

 

Section 21.             Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective upon the Effective Date, and no Award shall become exercisable, realizable or vested prior to the Effective Date.

 

12
 

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) between Edge Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ” or the “ Company ”) and the individual specified on the Notice of Grant (the “ Optionee ”) is made as of the date of grant specified on the Notice of Grant to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”). The date of grant specified on the Grant Notice is referred to herein as the “ Grant Date .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation maintains the Edge Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of its employees, directors and consultants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Plan permits the Corporation to award options with respect to shares of the Corporation’s common stock, $0.00033 par value per share (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1.                   Award of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee, as of the Grant Date, the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares specified on the Grant Notice (the “ Option Shares ”). The Option is subject to the terms set forth herein, and the terms of the Plan, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise specified herein or unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

2.                   Type of Option . If the Grant Notice indicates that the grant type is “ISO,” then the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option described by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding the designation of this Option as either an Incentive Stock Option or non-qualified stock option, the Corporation makes no representation as to the treatment of the Option under any federal, state, local or foreign tax law and the Corporation has not advised the Optionee on such matters. If the Grant Notice does not specify the grant type as “ISO,” or if any portion of the Option cannot qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option (or such portion of the Option, as applicable) shall not be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

3.                   Term of Option .

 

(a)                 Term . The term of the Option shall commence on the Grant Date and end on the Expiration Date specified on the Grant Notice, or on such earlier date as provided in the Plan and Section 3(b), below (the “ Term ”).

 

(b)                Termination of Employment . Upon the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, the unvested portion of the Option shall cease to vest and shall be forfeited and the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable by the Optionee or the Optionee’s beneficiary or legal representative, as the case may be, for a period of (i) 30 days in the event of a termination by the Company or a Subsidiary without Cause, (ii) 180 days in the event of a termination due to death or Disability and (iii) 30 days in the event of the Optionee’s resignation; provided, however, that no part of the Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date. The entire unexercised portion of the Option, whether or not vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon the Optionee’s termination by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause.

 

 
 

4.                   Exercise Price . The cost to the Optionee to purchase, pursuant to this Agreement, one Option Share is the Exercise Price specified on the Grant Notice (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan).

 

5.                   Exercise of Option . The Option will be exercisable during the Term only to the extent that it is then vested and then only in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

(a)                 Vesting . The Option will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the Grant Notice. Upon the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, the unvested portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited with no consideration due to the Optionee.

 

(b)                Method of Exercise . The Optionee may exercise the Option by providing written notice to the Corporation stating the election to exercise the Option, and making such additional representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to the Option Shares as may be required by the Corporation hereunder or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation or such other Person as may be designated by the Corporation. The written notice shall be accompanied by (i) payment of the Exercise Price, (ii) an executed Stockholders’ Agreement, as may be in effect from time to time, or joinder thereto, and such other agreements as the Corporation may require, and (iii) payment of all applicable withholding taxes. Payment of the purchase price shall be by cash, or certified or bank check or such other consideration and method of payment as may be authorized by the Committee pursuant to the Plan. Following exercise, any certificate(s) for Option Shares shall be registered in the name of the Optionee (or his or her heirs or beneficiary, as applicable) and shall be legended as required under the Plan, this Agreement, any applicable Stockholders’ Agreement(s) and/or applicable law. The Option shall be considered exercised on the last date on which the Corporation has received all of the items (i) through (iii) of this Section 5(b).

 

(c)                 Partial Exercise . The Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised in whole or in part; provided, however, that any exercise may apply only with respect to whole numbers of Option Shares.

 

(d)                Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised on an accelerated basis upon an initial public offering of the Corporation’s Shares or other securities. Upon a Change in Control, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of the Plan. The Option shall not be exercised if the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws or other laws or regulations. As a further condition to the exercise of the Option, and in addition to any requirements of Section 5(b), Section 6 or Section 8 hereof, the Corporation may require the Optionee to make any other representation or warranty to the Corporation as may be required by or advisable under any applicable law or regulation.

 

(e)                 Termination of Option . Upon the end of the Term, any portion of the Option that remains unexercised shall be forfeited and cancelled with no consideration due to the Optionee.

 

6.                   Investment Representations . Unless the Option Shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Optionee represents and warrants to the Corporation as follows:

 

(a)                 The Optionee is acquiring the Option, and upon exercise of the Option, the Optionee will be acquiring the Option Shares for investment for the Optionee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

(b)                The Optionee has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Corporation or one of its directors, officers or controlling Persons and by reason of the Optionee’s business or financial experience, has, and could be reasonably assumed to have, the capacity to protect the Optionee’s interests in connection with the acquisition of the Option and the Option Shares.

 

(c)                 The Corporation may require the Optionee to make additional representations upon exercise of the Option or any portion thereof.

 

2
 

7.                   Non-Transferability of Option . The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies during the Term, the terms of this Agreement and the Plan will be binding upon the executors, administrators, legal guardians, representatives, estate and heirs of the Optionee, whether testamentary heirs or heirs by intestacy.

 

8.                   Restrictions on Option Shares .

 

(a)                 Restrictions on Transfer . The Optionee is not permitted to, in any manner, sell, transfer, assign, donate, pledge, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any Option Share (any such transaction being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ”), except as permitted by and made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                Conditions on All Transfers of Option Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8, and in addition to any other terms and conditions of this Agreement, no Transfer of an Option Share shall be made, or, if attempted or purported to be made, shall be effective, unless and until the Corporation is satisfied that the Transfer will not violate any federal or state securities law or any other law or agreement (including this Agreement). If the Transfer would violate any such law or agreement and the Optionee nevertheless attempts or purports to engage in a Transfer of Option Shares, then the Corporation shall not recognize such Transfer on the books and records of the Corporation and such Transfer will be void. In addition, the Optionee will be liable to the Corporation and the other stockholders of the Corporation for damages, if any, which may result from such attempted or purported Transfer.

 

(c)                 Legend . All certificates representing Option Shares shall have a legend endorsed thereon in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, REPURCHASE RIGHTS, AND/OR FORFEITURE CONDITIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, AN OPTION AGREEMENT, A STOCKHOLDERS’ (OR SIMILAR) AGREEMENT(S), AND/OR OTHER AGREEMENTS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS. COPIES OF SUCH DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS ARE ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON REQUEST TO THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

(d)                Right of First Refusal .

 

(i)                  If the Optionee shall obtain a bona fide written offer (the “ Offer ”) for the Transfer of Shares, whether or not acquired pursuant to the Option, held by the Optionee (the Shares specified in such Offer shall be referred to herein as the “ Offered Shares ”) for a fixed price which the Optionee desires to accept, the Optionee shall deliver prompt written notice (“ Notice ”) of such desire to the Corporation together with a copy of the Offer. The Notice shall set forth the following: (i) the date of the Offer; (ii) the proposed price per Share; (iii) the proposed number of Shares to be subject to the Transfer; (iv) the name or names of the proposed purchaser or purchasers; and (v) all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The Corporation shall consider the Notice in accordance with this Section 8(d).

 

3
 

(ii)                The Corporation (or an assignee of the Corporation’s rights under this Section 8(d), the Corporation and any such assignee being referred to in this Section 8(d), collectively or separately, as the context may dictate, as the “ Corporation ”) shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after the date on which the Corporation receives the Notice, to purchase the Offered Shares or any portion of the Offered Shares upon the price and the terms set forth in the Offer.

 

(iii)              If the Corporation does not purchase all of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 8(d), the Optionee may complete the Transfer of the Offered Shares (or any portion thereof) not so purchased only to the proposed purchaser or purchasers who made the Offer and only on the terms contained in the Offer, provided that the proposed purchaser or purchasers agree in writing to be bound by a stock restriction agreement with terms and conditions substantially similar to Section 8 of this Agreement and, provided further, that such Transfer can be made in conformity with the other provisions of this Agreement. If such Transfer does not occur within ninety (90) days after the date of the Offer, the Optionee shall, prior to any Transfer, again offer to sell such Shares to the Corporation in accordance with this Section 8(d).

 

(iv)              The Corporation’s rights under this Section 8(d) shall terminate upon the issuance of the Corporation’s Shares in an initial public offering.

 

9.                   Optionee Covenant; Market Standoff Agreement .

 

(a)                 General . The Optionee hereby agrees that the Optionee will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Corporation’s first underwritten public offering of its common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”, and such offering, an “ IPO ”), and ending on the date specified by the Corporation and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of an IPO, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter for an additional period of up to fifteen (15) days if the Corporation issues or proposes to issue an earnings or other public release within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of the 180-day lockup period), will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Shares, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case without the prior written consent of the underwriters. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9(a) shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any Shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Optionee only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Corporation’s outstanding Shares are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(a) and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

(b)                The restrictions contained in Section 9(a) shall not apply to (i) the registration of or sale to the underwriters of any Shares pursuant to the IPO, (ii) bona fide gifts, provided the recipient thereof agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) dispositions to any trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned and/or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that such trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, or (iv) transfers of Shares by will or intestacy to the undersigned’s immediate family, provided that such transferee agrees in writing with the underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

(c)                 The Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation and/or the underwriters which are consistent with the provisions of this Section 9. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Corporation or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all stockholders of the Corporation subject to agreements similar to this Section 9, based on the number of Shares subject to such agreements.

 

4
 

10.               No Promise of Employment . Neither the Plan nor the Option nor the holding of Option Shares will confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Corporation or any affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation, or limit, in any respect, the right of the Corporation or any such affiliate or Subsidiary to discharge the Optionee at any time, with or without Cause and with or without notice.

 

11.               Withholding . The Optionee shall be responsible to make appropriate provision for all taxes required to be withheld in connection with the Option or the exercise thereof. Such responsibility shall extend to all applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. The Corporation or its Subsidiaries, in their sole discretion, shall have the right to retain the number of shares whose Fair Market Value equals the amount to be withheld in satisfaction of the applicable withholding taxes (or to withhold from any payroll or other amounts otherwise due to the Optionee the amount of withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act at the time of exercise of the Option, then the Company shall permit the Optionee to pay the Exercise Price and the withholding taxes relating to the exercise of the Option through a broker-assisted exercise of the Option whereby the broker will sell a number of shares sufficient to pay such Exercise Price and withholding taxes and shall remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company, and with any remaining shares to be credited to the account of the Optionee.

 

12.               The Plan . The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ), has read the Plan and is familiar with its terms, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, and this Agreement. Pursuant to the Plan, the Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as it deems appropriate. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to the Plan, this Agreement, the Option Shares or any agreement relating to the Option or the Option Shares.

 

13.               Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

14.               Severability . All provisions of this Agreement are distinct and severable and if any clause shall be held to be invalid, illegal or against public policy, the validity or the legality of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and the remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted to give maximum effect to the original intention of the parties hereto.

 

15.               Amendment . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

16.               Employment Agreement Override . If the Optionee is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that provides for any special vesting or exercise benefits in connection with a termination of employment that conflict with those set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of such employment agreement shall control.

 

17.               Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Grant Notice and the Plan, and the other exhibits attached thereto or hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to the award of the Options described herein to Optionee by the Corporation.

 

5
 

EXHIBIT A

 

Edge Therapeutics Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

6
 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 21, 2015 by and between Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and R. Loch Macdonald (“Executive”). This Agreement shall become effective as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Date”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H  :

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement entered into as of August 12, 2015 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the Prior Employment Agreement in its entirety; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement and to continue such employment, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                 Definitions .

 

(a)                 Accrued Obligations ” shall mean (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (ii) any unpaid or unreimbursed business expenses incurred in accordance with Section 6 hereof, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time through the Date of Termination, and (iv) any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year immediately preceding the year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

 

(b)                Base Salary ” shall mean the salary provided for in Section 4(a) hereof, as adjusted from time to time.

 

(c)                 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                Confidentiality Agreement ” or “ Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement ” shall mean the Officer Confidentiality and Invention Agreement executed by Executive on March 6, 2013.

 

(e)                 Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s failure, neglect, or refusal to perform in any material respect Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement (in each case, except where due to a Disability, sickness or illness); (ii) any act of Executive that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, the effect of injuring the business of the Company or its subsidiaries in any material respect; (iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to: (x) a felony or (y) any other criminal charge that has, or could be reasonably expected to have, an adverse impact on the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company or otherwise result in material injury to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) Executive’s commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (v) any material violation by Executive of the policies of the Company, including but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment or business conduct, and those otherwise set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Company, as may be amended from time to time; (vi) Executive’s material violation of federal or state securities laws; (vii) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company, any of its affiliates or of any other party to whom Executive or the Company or its affiliates owes an obligation of nondisclosure or confidentiality; or (viii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or material breach of the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement.

 
 

(f)                 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)                Date of Termination ” shall mean the date on which Executive’s employment terminates.

 

(h)                Disability ” shall mean any physical or mental disability or infirmity of Executive that prevents Executive from performing his duties with or without a reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days or (ii) one hundred twenty (120) non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period. Any question as to the existence, extent, or potentiality of Executive’s Disability upon which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement. Executive understands that he is a “key employee” in connection with any leave qualifying for coverage under the Family and Medical Leave Act (“FMLA”).

 

(i)                  Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s written consent, (i) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties, or responsibilities as set forth in Section 3 hereof; (ii) a material reduction in Base Salary as set forth in Section 4(a) hereof (other than pursuant to a reduction applicable to all similarly situated executives); or (iii) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company (other than a provision that is covered by clause (i) or (ii)). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s exclusive remedy in the event of any material breach of this Agreement by the Company shall be to assert Good Reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 1(i) and Section 7(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company reasonably believes that Executive may have engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause hereunder, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, suspend Executive’s duties or employment, and in no event shall any such suspension constitute an event pursuant to which Executive may terminate employment with Good Reason or otherwise constitute a breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided , that no such suspension shall alter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement during such period of suspension.

 

2
 

(j)                  Release of Claims ” shall mean a separation agreement in a form acceptable to the Company under which Executive releases the Company and certain other persons and entities from any and all claims and causes of action and the execution of which is a condition precedent to Executive’s eligibility for the payments and benefits described in Sections 7(d), 7(e) and 10.

 

(k)                Severance Benefits ” shall mean continued payment of Base Salary during the Severance Term, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.

 

(l)                  Severance Term ” shall mean the twelve (12) month period, which commences on the first pay day that is at least thirty-five (35) days after the Date of Termination following termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason.

 

Section 2.                 Acceptance and Term .

 

The Company agrees to employ Executive on an at-will basis, and Executive agrees to accept such employment and serve the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein. The term of employment (referred to herein as the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated by either party at any time, subject to the provisions herein.

 

Section 3.                 Position, Duties, and Responsibilities; Place of Performance .

 

(a)                 Position, Duties and Responsibilities . During the Term, Executive shall be engaged to serve as the Chief Scientific Officer of the Company (together with such other position or positions consistent with Executive’s title or as the Company shall specify from time to time) and shall have such duties and responsibilities commensurate therewith, and such other duties as may be assigned and/or prescribed from time to time by Executive’s supervisor and/or the Board. The Executive shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive will perform business and professional services consistent with his job title and position within the Company and as reasonably assigned to Executive by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

(b)                Performance . Executive shall devote his full business time, attention, skill, and best efforts to the performance of his duties under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business or occupation during the Term, including, without limitation, any activity that (x) conflicts with the business or interests of the Company, (y) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of Executive’s duties for the Company, or (z) interferes with Executive’s exercise of judgment in the Company’s best interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Board, as a member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, (iii) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs and (iv) retaining his academic appointment with St Michael’s Hospital and the University of Toronto, or accepting similar academic appointments in the United States; provided, however , that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall be limited by Executive so as not to interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive represents that he has provided the Company with a comprehensive list of all outside professional activities with which he is currently involved or reasonably expects to become involved. In the event that, during his employment by the Company, the Executive desires to engage in other non-competitive outside professional activities, not included on such list, Executive will first seek written approval from the President and Chief Executive Officer and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3
 

 

Section 4.                 Compensation .

 

(a)                 Base Salary . During the Term, in exchange for Executive’s satisfactory performance of his duties and responsibilities Executive will initially be paid a Base Salary at the rate of $375,000 per annum, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular salary payment schedule and subject to applicable taxes and withholdings. The Base Salary of the Executive for subsequent years of this Agreement may be increased, decreased, or may stay the same, depending on the Executive’s performance and the performance of the Company.

 

(b)                Annual Bonus . In addition to Executive’s Base Salary, during the Term, Executive will be eligible to earn an annual discretionary performance-based bonus, with a target bonus opportunity equal to 45% of the Base Salary. Performance metrics with respect to said bonus will be determined by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board. Executive shall be eligible for said bonus only if Executive is employed on the last day of the performance period. Any earned annual bonus will be paid by March 15 th of the year following the year in which the applicable performance period ends.

 

(c)                 Equity Awards . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to be granted equity awards by the Company, as determined by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board. To the extent that the following would not result in a violation of Code Section 409A, upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined below), provided that the Date of Termination has not occurred earlier, Executive shall be entitled to immediate and full accelerated vesting of all equity awards granted to Executive by the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to such Change of Control, without regard to the vesting schedule set forth in any applicable plan or arrangement governing such equity awards (provided that any equity awards that are subject to the satisfaction of performance goals shall be deemed earned at not less than target performance).

 

Section 5.                 Executive Benefits .

 

During the Term, Executive shall be offered participation in health insurance and other benefits provided generally to similarly situated executives of the Company, subject to the terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of the applicable benefit plans (which shall govern). During the Term, Executive shall be eligible for four weeks’ paid time off in each calendar year, subject to the policies, terms and conditions of the Company’s paid time off policies (as in effect from time to time), and pro-rated for any partial calendar year worked. In addition, during the Term, Executive shall be eligible for the same number of holidays as well as any other broad-based benefits, except those excluded herein, in each case, as are generally allowed to similarly situated executives of the Company in accordance with the Company policy as in effect from time to time. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s ability to amend, suspend, or terminate any benefit plan or policy at any time without providing Executive notice, and the right to do so is expressly reserved.

4
 

Section 6.                 Reimbursement of Business Expenses .

 

During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for documented, out-of-pocket business expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to business expenses, and subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting of such expenses.

 

Section 7.                 Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                 General . Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) Executive’s death, (ii) a termination by reason of a Disability, (iii) a termination by the Company with or without Cause, or (iv) a termination by Executive with or without Good Reason. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the payment (or commencement of a series of payments) hereunder of any nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) upon a termination of employment shall be delayed until such time as Executive has also undergone a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), at which time such nonqualified deferred compensation (calculated as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder) shall be paid (or commence to be paid) to Executive on the schedule set forth in this provision as if Executive had undergone such termination of employment (under the same circumstances) on the date of Executive’s ultimate “separation from service.”

 

(b)                Termination Due to Death or Disability . Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death. Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company, in its sole discretion, upon the occurrence of a Disability, with such termination to be effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. In the event of Executive’s termination as a result of his death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights to or interest in any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

 

(c)                 Termination by the Company with Cause .

 

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time with Cause, effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination; provided, however, that with respect to any Cause termination relying on clause (i), (v) or (viii) of the definition of Cause set forth in Section 1(e) hereof, to the extent that such act or acts or failure or failures to act are curable, Executive shall be given ten (10) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate him with Cause, such notice to state the act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination with Cause is based, and such termination shall be effective at the expiration of such ten (10) day notice period unless Executive has fully cured such act or acts or failure or failures to act, to the Company’s complete satisfaction.

 

5
 

(ii) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment with Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations (disregarding, for this purpose, clause (iii) of Section 1(a)). Following such termination of Executive’s employment with Cause, except as set forth in this Section 7(c)(ii), Executive shall have no further rights to or interest in any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by the Company with Cause shall be receipt of the Accrued Obligations (disregarding, for this purpose, clause (iii) of Section 1(a)).

 

(iii) If Executive is terminated for Cause, he shall not be entitled to compensation for any accrued, but unused vacation days.

 

(d)                Termination by the Company without Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, given 60 days’ notice (or pay in lieu thereof). In the event that, during the Term, Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), he shall be eligible for the Accrued Obligations and, provided that he fully executes (and does not revoke) the Release of Claims as described in Section 7(g), Executive shall also be eligible for (i) Severance Benefits and (ii) reimbursement for his (and his eligible dependents’) health care continuation (COBRA) premiums for 12 months following such termination (provided that (A) such benefits shall not be provided beyond the date on which Executive obtains comparable coverage from a subsequent employer and (B) such benefits shall not be provided to the extent that the Company determines that it would result in any fine, penalty or tax on the Company or its subsidiaries for being a discriminatory benefit) (the “ COBRA Benefits ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance Benefits and the COBRA Benefits shall immediately terminate, and the Company shall have no further obligations to Executive with respect thereto, and any payments or benefits that were provided will be reimbursed or repaid promptly by Executive to the Company, in the event that Executive breaches any provision of the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement or the Release of Claims. Any such termination, reimbursement or repayment of Severance Benefits or COBRA Benefits shall have no effect on the Release of Claims or any of Executive’s post-employment obligations to the Company. Following termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, except as set forth in this Section 7(d) or Section 10, Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in Section 10, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by the Company without Cause shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits and the COBRA Benefits, subject to his execution and non-revocation of the Release of Claims, and the Accrued Obligations.

 

(e)                 Termination by Executive with Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment with Good Reason by providing the Company ninety (90) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, which written notice, to be effective, must be provided to the Company within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such event. During such ninety (90) day notice period, the Company shall have a cure right (if curable), and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period, and in the event of such termination during the Term, except as provided in Section 10, Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits as provided in Section 7(d) hereof for a termination by the Company without Cause, subject to the same conditions on payment and benefits (and forfeiture and repayment) as described in Section 7(d) hereof. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 7(e) or Section 10, Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in Section 10, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment with Good Reason shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits and the COBRA Benefits, subject to his execution and non-revocation of the Release of Claims, and the Accrued Obligations.

6
 

(f)                 Termination by Executive without Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment without Good Reason by providing the Company ninety (90) days’ written notice of such termination. In the event of a termination of employment by Executive under this Section 7(f), Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations (disregarding, for this purpose, clause (iii) of Section 1(a)). In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 7(f), the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by written notice, accelerate the Date of Termination without changing the characterization of such termination as a termination by Executive without Good Reason (and no severance pay, notice pay or pay in lieu of notice or similar pay shall be owed to Executive). Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason, Executive shall have no further rights to or interest in any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. If Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, he shall not be entitled to compensation for any accrued, but unused vacation days. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by Executive without Good Reason shall be receipt of the Accrued Obligations (disregarding, for this purpose, clause (iii) of Section 1(a)).

 

(g)                Release of Claims . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the provision of severance benefits pursuant to subsection (d) or (e) of this Section 7 or Section 10 (other than the Accrued Obligations) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release of Claims (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release of Claims), such that the Release of Claims becomes effective, with all revocation periods having expired unexercised, within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination. If Executive fails to execute the Release of Claims in such a timely manner, or timely revokes Executive’s execution of the Release of Claims following its execution, Executive shall not be entitled to any of the severance benefits under Sections 7(d), 7(e) or 10 (other than the Accrued Obligations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such sixty (60) day period ends in a calendar year after the calendar year in which Executive’s employment terminates, then, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit under Sections 7(d), 7(e) or 10 or otherwise that would have been made during the calendar year in which Executive’s employment terminates shall instead be withheld and paid on the first payroll date in the calendar year after the calendar year in which Executive’s employment terminates, after which any remaining severance benefits shall thereafter be provided to Executive according to the applicable schedule set forth herein as if no such delay had occurred.

7
 

Section 8.                 Confidentiality Agreement; Cooperation .

 

(a)                 Confidentiality Agreement . Executive has entered into the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement. The terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and the obligations and responsibilities set forth therein shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment regardless of the reason for the termination.

 

(b)                Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after Executive’s employment, Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Company employed Executive, provided that the Executive will not have an obligation under this paragraph with respect to any claim in which the Executive has filed directly against the Company or related persons or entities or the Company has filed directly against Executive. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries at mutually convenient times. During and after Executive’s employment, Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company, provided that Executive will not have any obligation under this paragraph with respect to any claim in which Executive has filed directly against the Company or related persons or entities or the Company has filed directly against Executive. The Company shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(b).

 

Section 9.                 Ownership and Use of Confidential Information .

 

The Executive will maintain in confidence during and subsequent to the Executive’s employment any information about the Company and its affiliates which is confidential information or which might reasonably be regarded by the Company as confidential and will not use that information except for the benefit of the Company. In this regard, the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and the obligations and responsibilities set forth therein shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment regardless of the reason for the termination.

 

Section 10.             Termination In Connection With or Following a Change of Control .

 

In the event that, during the Term, either (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause (but not due to death or Disability) (a) within the sixty (60) day period prior to a Change of Control, or (b) within the twelve (12) month period after a Change of Control or (y) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (and pursuant to the notice and cure periods set forth in Section 7(e)), then the Executive shall receive (i) the Severance Benefits and (ii) the COBRA Benefits, and, to the extent the following will not result in a violation of Code Section 409A, shall also be entitled to immediate and full accelerated vesting of all equity awards received by Executive from the Company or its parents that are outstanding as of the effective date of such termination without regard for the vesting schedule set forth in the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement governing such equity awards (provided that any equity awards that are subject to the satisfaction of performance goals shall be deemed earned at not less than target performance). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the receipt of any severance pay or benefits or acceleration of vesting pursuant to this Section 10 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Release of Claims in accordance with Section 7(g). No severance pursuant to this Section 10 will be paid or provided unless and until the Release of Claims becomes effective and the revocation period has expired, and Executive has not exercised his revocation, in accordance with Section 7(g). The receipt of any severance pay and benefits pursuant to this Section 10 will also be subject to Executive not violating the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement, returning all Company property, and complying with the Release of Claims. In the event of Executive’s breach of the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement or the Release of Claims, all remaining severance payments and benefits will immediately cease and all severance payments and benefits that were made will be reimbursed and repaid promptly by Executive to the Company. In the event that Executive becomes entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 10, Executive shall not receive any payments or benefits under Section 7. In addition, upon a termination described in this Section 10, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations.

8
 

Section 11.             Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” occurs when:

 

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; provided, however ; that sales of equity or debt securities to investors primarily for capital-raising purposes shall in no event be deemed a Change of Control;

 

(ii) the date of the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or business entity that has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to hold, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

 

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or

 

9
 

(iv) there is a consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Section 12.             Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to comply with, or be exempt from, Code Section 409A (to the extent applicable) and the parties hereto agree to interpret this Agreement in the least restrictive manner consistent therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, severance pay pursuant to Sections 7(d) or (e) or Section 10 constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations and thus, to the extent of payments made from the date of termination of Executive’s employment through March 15 of the calendar year following such termination, such payments are intended to constitute “short-term deferral” under Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations. To the extent that severance payments or benefits are made following said March 15, they are intended to be payable upon an “involuntary separation from service” pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations, to the maximum extent permitted by said provision. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder, and a payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement or otherwise would be subject to additional tax under Code Section 409A if such payment or benefit is paid within six (6) months after Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A), then such payment or benefit shall not be paid (or commence) during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s separation from service except as provided in the immediately following sentence. In such an event, any payments or benefits that would otherwise have been made or provided during such six-month period and which would have incurred such additional tax under Code Section 409A shall instead be paid to Executive in a lump-sum cash payment on the earlier of (i) the first regular payroll date of the seventh month following Executive’s separation from service or (ii) the 10th business day following Executive’s death (but not earlier than such payments otherwise would have been made). In addition, no reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount available for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year shall not affect the amount available for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in a subsequent calendar year. Any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled hereunder shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such expenses were incurred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any liability to Executive or to any other person or entity if the payments and benefits provided in this Agreement that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

 

Section 13.             Parachute Payment . In the event that (i) Executive becomes entitled to any payments or benefits hereunder or otherwise from the Company or any of its affiliates which constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in Code Section 280G (the “ Total Payments ”) and (ii) Executive is subject to an excise tax imposed under Code Section 4999 (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, if it would be economically advantageous for Executive, the Total Payments shall be reduced by an amount (including zero) that results in the receipt by Executive on an after tax basis (including the applicable federal, state and local income taxes, and the Excise Tax) of the greatest Total Payments, notwithstanding that some or all of the portion of the Total Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Any such reduction in payments and benefits shall be applied first against the latest scheduled cash payments; then current cash payments; then any equity or equity derivatives that are included under Code Section 280G at full value rather than accelerated value with the highest value reduced first; then other non-cash or non-equity based benefits will be reduced (in the order of latest scheduled payments and benefits to earliest scheduled payments); and finally, any equity or equity derivatives included under Code Section 280G at an accelerated value (and not at full value) shall be reduced with the highest value reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24). All calculations hereunder shall be performed by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm selected by the Company, with the full cost of such firm being borne by the Company. Any determinations made by such firm shall be final and binding on Executive and the Company.

10
 

Section 14.             Clawback . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any equity-based or incentive compensation provided to Executive, including any bonuses or equity awards provided pursuant to Sections 4(b) or 4(c) of this Agreement, shall be subject to any “clawback” required by law or by any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, or to any clawback or recoupment policy otherwise adopted by the Company from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any reduction in the amount of compensation ultimately provided to or retained by Executive on account of this Section 14 constitute an event pursuant to which Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason or otherwise constitute a breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

Section 15.             No Conflict with Existing Obligations . Executive represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and his duties as an executive of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services. Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

 

Section 16.             Assignment . This Agreement for personal services shall not be assigned by Executive. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

 

Section 17.             Arbitration; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, the Company and Executive agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company, Executive and any executive, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, including any relating to this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration. Disputes which Executive hereby agrees to arbitrate, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY , include, but are not limited to, any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination, the New Jersey Conscientious Executive Protection Act, the New Jersey Family Leave Act, and any other federal, state or local discrimination, retaliation or wrongful termination claims or other statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive. Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and that a single neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (the “Rules”). All arbitration fees and costs shall be shared equally by the parties, but the parties shall be responsible for payment of their own attorneys’ fees. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit or alter the Company’s right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction under (and as described in) the Confidentiality Agreement.

11
 

Section 18.             Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that Executive is WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

Section 19.             Other .

 

(a)                 Waiver of Breach . The waiver by the Company of a breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement or the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the Company’s rights with respect to any subsequent breach by the Executive.

 

(b)                Governing Law and Forum . This Agreement shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, exclusive of its conflict of laws rules, and the parties hereto agree and stipulate that this Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into in the State of New Jersey, regardless of where it was negotiated, implemented and/or executed.

 

(c)                 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unimpaired, and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(d)                Construction . This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with its plain meaning, and the rule that ambiguities shall be construed against the drafter of the document shall not apply in connection with the construction or interpretation hereof. The parties expressly agree that the principle of contract interpretation that ambiguities are construed against the drafting party shall not apply.

12
 

(e)                 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(f)                 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous promises, understandings, or agreements, whether written or oral (including, without limitation, the Prior Employment Agreement) relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing, signed by both parties.

 

(g)                Survivorship . The provisions of Sections 1, 7(d), 7(e) and 7(g) and Sections 8 through 19 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and this Agreement.

 

[Signatures on following page]

13
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  EDGE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
   
   
Date: September 21, 2015 /s/ Brian A. Leuthner
  By: Brian A. Leuthner
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
   
   
  EXECUTIVE
   
   
Date: September 21, 2015 /s/ R. Loch Macdonald
  R. Loch Macdonald

14
 

Exhibit 10.1 5

 

CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  

DOUBLE ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1  

TO THE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT (the “Amendment No. 1”), effective as of September 21, 2015 to the October 20, 2010 License Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and between Evonik Corporation (assignee of this Agreement by SurModics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), an Alabama Corporation, with a principal place of business at 299 Jefferson Road, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 and a facility at 750 Lakeshore Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35211 (“formerly “Evonik Degussa Corporation” and hereinafter “Evonik”) and Edge Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 200 Connell Drive, Suite 1600, Berkeley Heights, New Jersey 07922 (“Edge”) is made by and between Evonik and Edge.

 

WHEREAS , SurModics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“SurModics”) and Edge entered into the Agreement dated as of October 20, 2010; and

 

WHEREAS , on or about November 17, 2011, SurModics assigned this Agreement to Evonik; and

 

WHEREAS , on or about January 1, 2013, Evonik Degussa Corporation changed its name to Evonik Corporation; and

 

WHEREAS , Evonik and Edge have engaged in a dispute concerning the interpretation of the Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , on August 18, 2015, Evonik sent Edge a letter asserting that Edge had violated various provisions of the Agreement, including the exclusive negotiating period with respect to a manufacturing agreement for Phase III Clinical Trial Material and Commercial Supply; and

 

WHEREAS , on August 31, 2015, Edge responded to Evonik’s August 18 letter, disputed that it had breached any provision of the Agreement or any other agreement with Evonik, and asserted that the exclusive negotiating period had ended no later than June 2014; and

 

WHEREAS , in order to settle said dispute, the parties hereto wish to amend this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.6 of the Agreement and to agree upon certain additional terms set forth in this Amendment No. 1;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                   Amendment to Party Name . All references to “SurModics” in the Agreement shall hereby be deleted in their entirety and replaced with “Evonik”.

 

2.                   Amendment to Section 3.2.1 . Section 3.2.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Edge shall have no obligation to negotiate an agreement for Evonik to manufacture Phase III Clinical Trial Material and Commercial Supply exclusively and in good faith with Evonik. Edge may engage a third party manufacturer other than Evonik to make the Product and such engagement shall not constitute a breach of the Agreement. Evonik shall have no obligation under the Agreement, as amended, to manufacture Phase III Clinical Trial Material and Commercial Supply, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. “

 

 
 

3.                   Amendment to Section 3.2.2 . Section 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“3.2.2 On or about October 21, 2015, Evonik shall provide to Edge the necessary documentation to manufacture the Product, at Edge’s expense, including the following: copy of batch records, production specifications, right to reference the drug master file, if it exists, raw material specifications and standard test methods. Any such information obtained by Edge and its manufacturer(s) for manufacturing purposes shall be treated as the Confidential Information of Evonik, provided that Edge and such manufacturers(s) shall be permitted to disclose such information to third parties bound by a confidentiality agreement no less restrictive than the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Agreement and to regulatory authorities. However, in no event will Evonik be required to disclose or transfer to Edge, Edge Affiliates, Edge sublicensees or any third party, Evonik’s FormEZE process and/or technology.”

 

4.                   Edge acknowledges and agrees that all provisions set forth in Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 concerning the giving of written notice to Evonik of First Commercial Sale of each Product and achievement of Milestones and payment of non-refundable, non-creditable amounts upon satisfaction of the applicable Milestone for each Product (on a Product-by-Product basis, including combinations thereof, as set forth in Section 4.1) shall remain in effect, notwithstanding that Evonik may not be engaged in manufacturing Phase III Clinical Trial Material or Commercial Supply and whether or not any Evonik IP Rights or Evonik Research IP Rights are used. Edge guarantees that all such payments shall be timely made to Evonik. Furthermore, Edge guarantees that in the event Edge, Edge Affiliates, Edge sublicensees or any third party that on Edge’s behalf manufactures a product consisting of a different polymer (“Alternate Product”), Edge will nevertheless make all Milestone and royalty payments and comply with all notice and reporting obligations, as indicated herein and pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 in respect of such Alternate Product.

 

5.                   Amendment to Section 4.1.3 . Section 4.1.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“During the applicable Royalty Term, Edge shall pay to Evonik a royalty of ** percent (**%) of Net Sales of each and every Product which uses Evonik IP Rights or Evonik Research IP Rights and a royalty of ** percent (** %) of each and every Product or Alternate Product which does not use any Evonik IP Rights or Evonik Research IP Rights , within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter following the First Commercial Sale of a Product or Alternate Product by Edge, its sublicensees or their respective Affiliates, whether such product is sold by Edge, a sublicensee of Edge or any Affiliate thereof. For clarity’s sake, Edge will owe a royalty of **% or **% respectively of Net Sales on each and every Product and Alternate Product sold, regardless of who actually manufactures the Product. For the sake of further clarity, Edge will owe a royalty of **% of Net Sales on each and every Product or Alternate Product sold which does not utilize Evonik IP Rights or Evonik Research IP Rights.”

 

6.                   Amendment to Section 4.1.4 Concerning Royalty Abatements . The parties acknowledge and agree that the abatement provisions of Section 4.1.4 relate only to the sale of Products which are commercialized utilizing Evonik Patent Rights or Evonik Research Patent Rights ordinarily subject to a **% royalty rate and that no abatements or reductions in royalty rate shall apply to Products or Alternate Products bearing the **% royalty rate pursuant to Section 4.1.3 as amended herein.

 

2
 

7.                   Amendment to Section 9.3 Termination by Edge . Section 9.3 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

 

8.                   Withdrawal of Notice of Breach . The parties acknowledge and agree that the purported notices of breach in Evonik’s August 18 letter are withdrawn. The parties further acknowledge and agree that Edge is not currently in breach of the Agreement or the Feasibility Evaluation Agreement (as amended) dated February 18, 2010 by reason of those matters identified in Evonik’s August 18, 2015 letter to Edge, and those matters identified in the letter cannot hereafter form a basis for termination by Evonik of the Agreement.

 

9.                   Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Effect on the Agreement . The Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as amended by this Amendment No. 1 and this Amendment No. 1, together with the Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein and there are no other agreements, commitments or understandings among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment No.1 shall govern and control. Each and every other term, condition, covenant, representation, warranty and provision set forth in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Agreement to the “Agreement” shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 1.

 

(b)          Counterparts . This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(c)           Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have signed this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first set out above.

 

Evonik Corporation   Edge Therapeutics, Inc.
             
By: /s/ Yann D’Herve   By: /s/ Brian A. Leuthner
Name: Yann D’Herve   Name: Brian A. Leuthner
Title: Vice President of Sales   Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: September 18, 2015   Date: September 18, 2015
             

 

 

3
 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Edge Therapeutics, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Short Hills, New Jersey
September 21, 2015